WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES 18050GWV05/71
Water Quality Criteria Data Book
Volume 3
Effects of Chemicals on Aquatic Life
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY RESEARCH AND MONITORING
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES
The Water Pollution Control Research Series describes
the results and progress in the control and abatement
of pollution in our Nation's waters. They provide a
central source of information on the research, develop-
ment, and demonstration activities in the Environmental
Protection Agency, through inhouse research and grants
and contracts with Federal, State, and local agencies,
research institutions, and industrial organizations
Inquiries pertaining to Water Pollution Control Research
Reports should be directed to the Chief, Publications
Branch, Research Information Division, R&M, Environmental
protection Agency, Washington, B.C. 20^60.
-------
Water Quality Criteria Data Book - Vol. 3
EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS ON AQUATIC LIFE
Selected Data From the Literature Through 1968
by
Battelle's Columbus Laboratories
for the
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Project No. 18050 GWV
Contract No. 68-01-0007
May 1971
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $3.75
-------
EPA Review Notice
This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection Agency
and approved for publication. The data are listed as reported in the
literature without collaboration or evaluation of their validity. Therefore,
these data must and cannot be used indiscriminately for the establishment
of water quality criteria for the aquatic environment. These data should be
used only as a guideline for the base of action. Approval does not signify
that the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies of EPA, nor
does mention of trade names or commercial products constitute endorse-
ment or recommendation for use.
-------
ABSTRACT
Original data from more than 500 technical publications concerning the specific effects of
chemicals on individual species of aquatic biota were collected and summarized in uniform
format. Alphabetical assembly of the data by chemical allows rapid access to considerable
detailed information. A Species Index facilitates search for information on the toxicity of
chemicals to individual aquatic species.
The details of major procedures in laboratory bioassay and field assessment of chemical
toxicity in water are discussed. Freshwater and marine procedures are included. A total of
approximately 1000 references were utilized in preparing this report.
Recommendations include:
(1) Establishment of an information-analysis center on chemical water pollution based
to some extent on the report prepared.
(2) Preparation of a listing of chemical constituents of effluents and continued
up-dating of this list.
(3) Development of a pattern of bioassays for evaluating the effects of a chemical on
aquatic life. Data from these evaluations would be used in developing
mathematical models for predicting chemical toxicity in a wide range of
environmental circumstances.
(4) Development of in situ bioassay procedures for more realistic assessment of
chemical toxicity to aquatic life.
111
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
I Introduction 1
II Objectives 4
III Literature Search and Bibliographies 5
IV Fish Bioassay 6
V Bioassay of Aquatic Organisms Other Than Fish 18
VI Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Related Microbiological
Procedures 19
VII Marine Bioassay 25
VIII Field Assessment 26
IX Factors Affecting Chemical Toxicity in Water 43
X Industrial Wastes 55
XI Extracted Data - The Effect of Chemicals on Aquatic Biota 63
XII Summary and Conclusions 66
XIII Recommendations 69
XIV Bibliography 70
XV Appendices
A. Chemicals and Mixtures of Chemicals A-l
B. Commercial Chemical Products B-l
C. Species Index C-l
D. Identification of Commercial Chemicals D-l
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
1 Food Web in Western Lake Erie Leading to the Sheepshead Fish
Page
27
VI
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
1 Fish Used in Bioassays, Frequency of Use, and Type of Water
in Which They Occur 12
2 Laboratory Methods for Studying the Effect of Chemicals on
Fish Other Than Bioassay Lethality 15
3 A Partial Listing of References Using Freshwater Aquatic Organisms
Other Than Fish for Bioassay 18
4 Toxicity of Various Compounds as Determined by BOD 23
5 Collecting Equipment in Common Usage in Limnological Studies
and the General Purpose for Which Each is Used 34
6 Partial Listing of Organisms Commonly Associated With Pollution 35
7 Thermal Death Points of Fish Acclimized at the Indicated Tempera-
tures (Freshwater = F, Marine Atlantic = A, Pacific = P) 45
8 Minimum Oxygen Values at Various Temperatures at Which Fish
Can Exist Under Laboratory Conditions 51
9 Usual Fisheries Hazards of 30 Common Types of Municipal and
Industrial Effluents 56
10 General Comments on Selected Industrial Effluents 57
Vll
-------
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION
The internal and external chemical environment of an organism determines whether that
organism will survive, grow, and perpetuate itself. Internal chemical balance is mediated by the
genetic makeup of the organism, the external chemical milieu in which it lives, and all other
environmental factors. The effect of chemicals on living organisms is an especially important
factor in aquatic environs where organisms are in intimate contact with chemicals in solution and
suspension. Water passes into and through the body of an organism primarily via the integument,
membranes, gills, or mouth. Toxic chemicals in the water may cause immediate lethality
although in many instances sublethal quantities of deleterious chemicals may be accumulated
within the body. In time, the chemical residues in an organism may cause drastic effects of
varying types, also including mortality. Complicating this situation is the effect of chemicals on
lower animal forms which provide part or all of the food chain leading to higher aquatic
organisms. Thus, sport fish may leave polluted areas not to avoid chemical pollutants or to
escape death but rather to seek food, for example, when bottom fauna upon which they feed are
obliterated. Low dissolved-oxygen concentrations in water caused by release of oxygen-
consuming chemicals can also have equally drastic impact on aquatic organisms.
This then is the basic problem today in water pollution and is the primary subject of this
report. A closely related problem, considering aquatic biota as indicators of chemical toxic
effect, is the consideration of whether or not such water is safe for use by humans. At the
moment fish bioassay appears to be the best method available for determining the toxic effect of
chemicals on aquatic life.
In a report section entitled "Recommendations for the Use of Bioassays and Application
Factors to Denote Safe Concentrations of Wastes in Receiving Streams", the National Technical
Advisory Committee (Interim Report, 1967), has made the following recommendations in part
for the use of bioassays:
"1. For the determination of acute toxicities, flow-through bioassay s are the first
choice. Methods for carrying out these flow-through tests have been described by
Surber and Thatcher, 1962; Lemke and Mount, 1963; Henderson and Pickering, 1963;
Jackson and Brungs, 1966; Mount and Warner, 1963; Mount and Brungs, 1965; and
Brungs and Mount, 1967. Flow-through bioassays should be used for unstable volatile
or highly toxic wastes and those having an oxygen demand. They also must be used
when several variables such as pH, DO, CO2 and other factors must be controlled.
2. When flow-through tests are not feasible, tests of a different type or duration must
be used. The kinds of local conditions affecting the procedure might be single
application of pesticides or lack of materials and equipment.
3. Acute static bioassays with fish for the determination of TLm values should be
carried out in accordance with Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Waste Water. Such tests should be used for the determination of TLm values only for
persistent, nonvolatile, highly soluble materials of low toxicity which do not have an
oxygen demand as it is necessary to use the amount added as the concentration to
which the test organisms are exposed.
4. When application factors are used with TLm values to determine safe concentrations
of a waste in a receiving water, the bioassay studies to determine TLm values should
1
-------
be made with the most sensitive local species and life stages of economic or ecological
importance and with dilution water taken from the receiving stream above the waste
outfall. In the absence of knowledge concerning the most sensitive of the important
local species or life stages or due to difficulty in providing them in sufficient numbers,
other species whose relative sensitivity is known can be used or tests may be carried
out using one species of diatom, one species of an invertebrate and two species of fish,
one of which should be a pan or game fish. Further, these bioassays must be
performed with environmental conditions at levels at which the waste is most toxic.
Tests should be repeated with one species at least monthly and when there are changes
in the character or volume of the waste.
5. Concentration of materials with noncumulative toxic effects should not exceed 1/10
of the 96-hour TLm value at any time or place. The 24-hour average of the concentra-
tion should not exceed 1/20 of the TLm value. For toxicants with cumulative effects,
the concentrations should not exceed 1/10 and 1/100 for the above respective values."
The need for water of better quality by improved pollution control has been chronicled
broadly with considerable justification in news media, scientific journals, and government reports.
The result of this attention has been the establishment of water quality criteria and federal
requirements for states, localities, and consequently industries to set minimum water standards
within certain time limits, and to enforce these standards. The basic Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (1956) was provided and later amended in 1961, by the Water Quality Act of 1965,
and by the Clean Water Restoration Act of 1966. In the years given, these amendments were
approved as public laws. Water quality requirements are becoming more stringent each year.
Carpenter (1968) has outlined federal policy and organization in regard to this problem. In Water
Quality Criteria (1968), the various problems of water pollution control are discussed in detail
and recommendations are made for measures to improve pollution management. Earlier, these
and related problems were discussed in publications by the National Research Council (1966),
the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare (Public Health Service Publication No.
999-WP-25, 1965), ORSANCO (Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission, 1967), and the
Environmental Pollution Panel (1965). Establishment of water quality criteria in the U.S. has
been recently considered by the Aquatic Life Advisory Committee (1955, 1956, 1960), the
American Society for Testing Materials (Katz and Woelke, 1967; Woelke, 1967), Bartsh and
Ingram (1959, 1966), Carter (1968), Ettinger and Mount (1967), Okum (1968), Smith (1961),
Tarzwell (1957, 1959, 1962), Weston (1964), and Wilhm and Dorris (1968). The Manufacturing
Chemists Association (1967) listed the sources of information on water quality criteria. The
number of meetings increases each year as announced in such periodicals as Water and Sewage
Works. The problems of industrial water utilization and effluent management of chemical wastes
are generally discussed by Bower (1965), Cairns (1965, 1967), in Public Works (Anonymous,
1968), and in various texts, as well as briefly in the section of this report entitled "Industrial
Wastes". Engdahl and Croxton (1962) have discussed the economics of pollution, a matter
further treated in such journals as Chemical Week and Chemical and Engineering News.
Eutrophication of lakes is a special pollution problem that is not discussed in this report.
Excellent documents pertaining to eutrophication are by Fruh, et al (1966) and bibliographies
by the U.S. Public Health Service (Mackenthun, 1962, 1965). Similarly, thermal effluents were
not considered as a topic for this report, due primarily to the magnitude of research in this field.
Useful, extensive bibliographies have been recently published, including ones by the American
Society for Civil Engineering (1967), Kennedy and Mihurksy (1967), Raney and Menzel (1967),
and Wurtz and Renn (1965).
-------
Another special problem is pesticide contamination of the environment. This is discussed to
a considerable extent throughout this report, but especially in the section "Field Assessments".
Reviews or general references concerning the effect of pesticides in the environment or other
agricultural problems of this nature include an article in Environmental Sciences and Technology
(Anonymous, 1968); papers by Cottam (1961), Langer (1964), Moore (1967), and Robinson
(1967); and periodicals such as Residue Reviews (Springer-Verlag New York Inc., Vol 1+, 1962+)
and Pesticides Documentation Bulletin (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Vol 1+, 1965+).
Other useful reference sources on trends in water pollution control are the chemical
industry trade journals, Chemical Week and Chemical and Engineering News, and such publica-
tions as the Conservation Foundation Letter, and the Environmental Health Letter (Vol 1+,
1961+).
This is something of the background in which this report was prepared in late 1968 and
early 1969.
-------
SECTION H
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of this program were to:
(1) Collect and summarize in standardized format the available information from the
scientific literature concerning:
(a) The specific effects of chemicals on individual species of aquatic biota. (This
study was limited to studies of single chemicals or simple mixtures of
chemicals and does not include industrial effluents that contain highly
complex chemical mixtures.)
(b) Details of the procedures and environmental factors important in the
observation or the measurement of these effects.
(2) Review the existing information on aquatic life as it is applicable or related to the
study of water pollution.
(3) Review the methodology used in studying the effects of chemicals on aquatic life.
-------
SECTION III
LITERATURE SEARCH AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Some 3500 papers, mostly from the period 1950 through 1968, were screened and about
2000 obtained for direct examination. Foreign language publications were not included. About
500 contained original data, from which extracts were prepared (Appendices A and B). An
attempt was made to be comprehensive for the years 1958 through 1968 with only selected
references included preceding this period. Of these selected references, the majority were
published after 1950, with only a few being from the older literature.
The primary source for identifying the references used in this study were the literature
reviews published annually by the Water Pollution Control Federation Committee in the Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Federation (1958-1968), which proved to be excellent. The
reference list was checked against Chemical Abstracts, Biological Abstracts, Water Pollution
Abstracts, and numerous recent special subject bibliographies. Very few additional references
were added to the list from these other sources. Personal visits were made to selected govern-
mental and industrial organizations to secure pertinent data. Information was also requested from
the Science Information Exchange (Smithsonian Institution) and National Referral Center
(Library of Congress). Letter requests for publications not commonly available were sent to a
number of scientists in this field.
-------
SECTION IV
FISH BIOASSAY
Fish bioassay of industrial wastes and other potentially toxic materials has evolved in the
past 50 or so years from nonstandardized procedures by individual scientists to the present
where standardized assay procedures now are available to researchers in this field. Early work on
fish bioassays was done in Europe and Asia nearly 60 years ago. Pioneering work in the U.S. on
developing procedures and methods for bioassay of fish was conducted by Shelford, Bilding,
Carpenter, and Ellis. In 1945, Hart, Doudoroff, and Greenbank in a book now out of print
described a standardized fish bioassay procedure, which Doudoroff, et al (1951) recommended as
a standard method for use by industry, government agencies, and others. This method with
comparatively few modifications, e.g., continuous flow exposure of fish in addition to static
exposure, has been widely used and today is used more or less in its original form. The fish
bioassay procedure outlined in the 12th edition of Standard Methods (American Public Health
Association, 1967) is basically that described by Doudoroff, et al. Procedures developed by W. E.
Martin of the Pesticides Regulation Division and by Burdick (1960) at the N.Y. Conservation
Department are quite similar. A prepublication copy of fish bioassay procedures that is to appear
in the forthcoming 13th edition of Standard Methods (1971) was kindly provided by Professor
M. C. Rand. The following discussions are based primarily on this document.
Static Bioassay
Briefly, the static bioassay procedure can be described as follows:
(1) After determination of an approximate toxic range of a chemical or effluent,
appropriate concentrations are prepared on a logarithmic or geometric scale within
the toxic range.
(2) Small (5.0-7.5 cm) fish, which have been quarantined 10-30 days (min-max) to
assure no disease problems and acclimatized to the chosen assay water, are placed
in the chemical or effluent solutions prepared with dissolved oxygen in concentra-
tions not less than 4 mg/1 (warm water fish) and 5 mg/1 (cold water fish) at a
constant temperature. Temperatures of 25 ± 2 C and 15 ± 2 C are recommended
for warm water and cold water species, respectively.
(3) Observation and recording are made of dead fish which should be removed at 8,
24, 48, and 96 hours after the assay is initiated. Notation of other effects, such as
intoxication, distress, loss of equilibrium, and other abnormal behavior, should
also be-made.
(4) Calculation or estimation of a TLso or TLm for various time periods is made by
interpolation of the data plotted on semilogarithmic coordinate paper.
The TLm of a compound is not considered as representing the concentration of a chemical
or effluent that is safe in fish habitats. It is merely a relative measure of the acute, lethal
toxicity of the material to a certain fish under controlled environmental conditions and must be
used with a mathematical application factor to determine safe concentrations of effluents to be
-------
released. This has been discussed by Doudoroff (1951), Warren and Doudoroff (1958), and the
National Technical Advisory Committee (1967).
A further distinction between LDso, LCso, and ECso is made in the prepublication copy
of Standard Methods as follows:
"The expressions 'lethal dose' (LD) and 'lethal concentration' (LC) have also been
frequently used, the term 'lethal dose' often incorrectly. The expression 'lethal dose' is
not appropriate when designating a certain concentration in an external medium,
inasmuch as a dose, strictly speaking, is a measured quantity administered. Unlike
'lethal dose' and 'lethal concentration', the term 'tolerance limit' is universally
applicable in designating a level of any measurable lethal agent, including high and low
temperatures, pH, and the like. The expression 'effective concentration' (EC) applies to
concentrations only and is generally used in connection with effects other than death."
The APHA procedure describes in excellent detail the selection and preparation of fish and
diluent water, effluent samplings or preparation-dilution of test substances, use of aeration,
controls, etc.
Static, acute fish bioassay has been shown to be inadequate for estimating the effect of
chemicals on fish. Lack of reproducibility between laboratories is the rule rather than the
exception. Reasons for this include chemical and microbiological degradation of toxic com-
pounds, volatility of some compounds, utilization of oxygen by microorganisms as well as by
fish, water quality variability, accumulation of fish metabolic by-products in assay containers,
and uptake of toxicants by the test animals.
Periodic (daily or more often) renewal of test solutions is a variation of the static, acute
fish bioassay that can be utilized to overcome some of the objections of this type of evaluation.
Continuous test solution renewal must be used in long-term, chronic exposures of fish to
chemical solutions where sublethal effects are to be studied. This variation is recommended in
the Standard Method especially "when there is evidence or expectation of a rapid change of
toxicity of the test solution".
Also recommended in the procedure is the determination of temperature, DO, and pH of
the samples under evaluation at various times during the experiment as well as of the chemical
properties or dissolved mineral content of the diluent water. To quote, "A rather complete
mineral analysis of the water is advisable". Furthermore, chemical analysis for the toxicant under
study is suggested throughout the exposure period. Seldom is this type of information reported
in the literature as is shown and discussed in subsequent sections of this report.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Circular 185 (1964) describes static bioassay procedures
in relation to piscicide studies being carried out by the U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
Wildlife. Freeman (1953) discussed use of standardized diluent water in static bioassay of fish
and aquatic invertebrates. Other authors have also discussed or used synthetic or defined water
for bioassays (Cairns and Scheier, 1955, 1958, 1963, 1968; Doudoroff, 1956; Dowden and
Bennett, 1965; Fitzgerald et al, 1952; Trama, 1955; and Whitley, 1968). Handling and
maintenance of bioassay fish was described by Hunn, et al (1968). A number of authors have
discussed mathematical treatment of fish toxicity data including Burdick (1957) and Henderson
and Tarzwell (1957). Excellent general discussions of static fish bioassays have been published by
Burdick (1960, 1967), Cairns (1957, 1966), McCall (1961), Tarzwell (1959), Wuhrmann and
Woker (1959), and Wuhrman (1955).
-------
Cope (1961) suggested standards for reporting fish toxicity tests which apparently have not
been accepted widely. Essentially his appeal dealt with correct identification, size, and condition
of the test fish; complete description of the procedure involved and of chemical, physical, and
biological factors; volume of water and number of fish for that volume; etc. Many of these data
are lacking in most of the papers reviewed in the present report.
Continuous Flow Bioassay
The majority of the factors discussed under static bioassay apply to the continuous flow
procedure with the added requirement of automatic intermittent or continual metering of the
test substance dissolved or suspended in diluent water into the test chambers and continuous
flow-through of water. Problems associated with dissolved oxygen and test chemical content in
static exposures can be obviated in the continuous flow technique since the water added contains
these materials in constant concentrations.
Briefly, a continuous flow system is composed of:
(1) Diluent water reservoir from which water flows into the
(2) Constant head diluent supply where the water is cooled or heated to the desired
temperature and then metered along with
(3) The effluent or toxicant (added with a chemical pump, Mariotte bottle, etc.) into
(4) The test container in which fish are exposed, and which
(5) Overflows into an appropriate drain.
An acclimatizing tank for test fish can also receive water from the reservoir and constant
head diluent supply. Water flow is by gravity and the recommended flow rate is equal to a
complete volume change of test containers in 6 hours.
Data are taken usually over a 5-day period and plotted as for the static bioassay. Five-day
supplies of water and toxicant are required.
The procedure as it is outlined allows ample latitude for assembling the apparatus according
to individual requirements. As guides, the work of Jackson and Brungs (1966), Surber and
Thatcher (1963), Lemke and Mount (1963), Mount and Warner (1965), and Mount and Brungs
(1967), and others are referred to. These reports deal in part with information concerning valve
control systems,, chemical metering pumps, serial dilution apparatus, and the proportional diluter
as utilized in various types of studies.
The earliest paper found on continuous flow bioassay was by Merkens (1957), a British
scientist, who devised an automatically controlled apparatus for monitoring and adjusting temper-
ature, pH, dissolved oxygen, and toxicant concentration in the test water added. This system was
ingenious for its time.
Alabaster and Abram (1965) have more recently described British continuous flow tech-
niques. Flow rate is adjusted to maintain an adequate level of dissolved oxygen. The apparatus
and treatment of data are described in considerable detail.
-------
Other recent procedures or innovations on the continuous flow technique have been
reported by Betts, et al (1967), Burke and Ferguson (1968), Grenier (1960), Hendersen and
Pickering (1963), and Solon, et al (1968).
The use of the continuous flow procedure in chronic exposures (Mount, 1962, 1968;
Mount and Stephan, 1967), piscicide development (Parker and Wurth, 1965), residue accumula-
tion (Holden, 1966), tracer studies (Holden, 1962), spawning (Mount and Stephan, 1967), and
avoidance (Foster, 1967; and Warner et al, 1966) is discussed in other sections of this report.
Burdick (1960, 1967) and Jackson and Brungs (1966) have thoroughly discussed the
continuous flow technique and its applicability to current water pollution problems. There can
be no doubt that continuous flow fish bioassay simulates the field situation more closely than
does static bioassay.
Fish Selection
The selection of fish for bioassay depends in part on the species of appropriate size
available for study that can be maintained in the laboratory and also on the native fish present
in the receiving water under study. Lennon (1967) has recommended development of inbred
strains of test fish for standard reference in much the same manner as inbred mouse strains are
used in mammalian toxicology. Cope (1966) has also made similar recommendations.
Small, preferably juvenile, fish are generally used so that sufficient numbers may be
accommodated in the laboratory. Mount (1968) has briefly listed fish species that might be used
as appropriate test organisms. This listing was prepared at the National Water Quality Labora-
tory, Duluth, Minnesota. The fish were selected on the basis of the following criteria:
(1) Sport, commercial or forage value
(2) Potential for exposure to pollution
(3) Geographical distribution and abundance
(4) Suitability for laboratory studies
(5) Existing knowledge in regard to toxicity.
The fish selected were:
Primary list all pollutants
Threadfin shad (Dorosoma petenense)
Brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)
Rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri)
Northern pike (Esox Indus)
Emerald shiner (Notropis atherinoides)
Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
White sucker (Catostomus commersoni)
Channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus)
White bass (Roccus chrysops)
Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
9
-------
Largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides)
Yellow perch (Perca flavescens)
Special list for selected pollutants
Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch)
Lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush)
Mountain whitefish (Prosopium williamsoni)
American smelt (Osmerus mordax)
Smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui)
Walleye (Stizostedion vitreum)
The goldfish (Carassius auratus) was the selected equivalent of the "white rat".
Hunn, et al (1968) list the bioassay species used by the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
Wildlife as follows:
Rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri)
Brown trout (Salmo trutta)
Brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)
Lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush)
Northern pike (Esox lucius)
Goldfish (Carassius auratus)
Carp (Cyprinus carpio)
Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
White sucker (Catostomus commersoni)
Black bullhead (Ictalurus melas)
Channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus)
Green sunfish (Lepomis cyanellus)
Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
Smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui)
Largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides)
Yellow perch (Perca flavescens)
Walleye (Stizostedion vitreum)
Henderson and Pickering (1963) state that many species are suitable for bioassays,
including:
Guppy (Lebistes reticulatus)
Mosquito fish (Gambusia affinis)
Goldfish (Carassius auratus)
Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
10
-------
On the basis of research usage as determined by the papers reviewed in the present study,
an even wider variety of fish has been used experimentally. These, along with their frequency of
use and type of water in which they may be found, are summarized in Table 1. Only those
found in more than one paper are listed.
Chronic Bioassay
Evaluation of sublethal concentrations of various chemicals in long-term fish exposures is
probably the most reliable bioassay method for determining safe levels at which chemicals may
be released into receiving water. The exposure may be either static in which periodic solution
renewal is required or continuous flow in which the concentration of the chemical is maintained
at a constant level. The latter is by far the method of choice. Both procedures have been
discussed in previous sections.
Chronic Static Exposure
A few recent papers serve to illustrate the variations that may be employed in conducting
this type of exposure. The long-term effect of a 2-hour exposure to Dieldrin on the reproduction
of guppies (Lebistes reticulatus) was studied by Hubble and Reiff (1967) over a 12-month
period. The fish were placed in a standardized water following the exposure. No harmful effect
on reproduction was observed.
Weiss and Gakstatter (1964) studied the long-term effect of various pesticides on acetyl-
cholinesterase activity of bluegill, golden shiner, and goldfish by daily replenishing the test
solutions over periods up to 30 days. The pesticides studied could be detected at concentration
levels down to 0.1 x 10~3 mg/1.
Test water containing subacute concentrations of copper or zinc was used by Grande (1967)
to expose trout eggs, fry, and fingerlings. The test solutions were renewed during 28-day periods
every second day in experiments with eggs and daily for young trout.
The effect of sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin on laboratory populations of guppies
(Poecilia reticulata) in aquaria was studied by Cairns, et al (1967). Weekly renewal of test
solutions over a 14-month period was employed.
Dugan (1967) studied the combined effects of sublethal concentrations of detergents and
pesticides on goldfish. The test water was cleaned by filtering periodically and the chemical
concentrations adjusted to desired levels. Four-month exposure periods to the surfactants and up
to 51-day exposure periods to Dieldrin were studied. Synthetic water and 100-gal epoxy-coated,
galvanized water tanks were used.
In a study of the effect of Diquat on bluegill and bluegill food organisms, Gilderhus (1967)
exposed the animals to the chemical during a 24-week period with varied frequencies of sublethal
concentrations.
None of these authors used the static, acute fish bioassay procedure outlined in Standard
Methods.
11
-------
TABLE 1. FISH USED IN B10ASSAYS, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND TYPE OF WATER
IN WHICH THEY OCCUR
(Freshwater = F; Marine - Atlantic = A, Pacific = P)
Scientific Name
Abramis brama
Ambloplites rupesnis
Ameiurus nebulosus
Brachydanio rerio
Campostoma anomalum
Carassius auratus*
C. carassius
Catastomus commersoni*
Cyprinodon variegatus
Cyprinus carpio*
Ericymba buccata
Esox lucius
Eucalia inconstans
Fundulus similis
Gambusia af finis*
Gasterosteus aculeatus*
Gobio gobio
Hyborhynchus notatus
Ictalurus melas*
I. natalis*
I. nebulosus*
I. punctatus*
Lagodon rhomboides
Lebistes reticulatus*
Leiostomus xanthurus
Lepomis auritus
L. cyanellus*
L. gibbosus*
L. macrochirus**
L. megffloris
L. microlophus*
Micropterus dolomieui*
M. salmoides*
Mugil cephalus
Notemigonus crysoleucas*
Notropis atherinoides
N. cornutus
N. hudsonius
N. lutrensis
N. stramineus
N. umbratilis
Oncorhyncus kisutch*
O. tshawytscha*
Perca flavescens*
Petromyion marinus*
Phoxinus phoxinus*
Pimeptwles notatus*
P. promelas**
Rhinichthys atratulus
Rurilus rurilus
Salmo gairdneri**
S. salar*
S. trutta*
Salvelinus fontinalis*
S. namaycush
Semotilus atromaculatus*
Sti2ostedion vitreum*
Common Name
Bream
Rock bass
Brown bullhead
Zebrafish
Stoneroller
Goldfish
European carp
White sucker
Longnose killifish
Carp
Silverjaw minnow
Northern pike
Brook stickleback
Striped mullet
Mosquitofish
Threespine stickleback
Gobie
Bluntnose minnow
Black bullhead
Yellow bullhead
Brown bullhead
Channel catfish
Pinfish
Guppy
Spot
Redbreast sunfish
Green sunfish
Pumpkinseed
Bluegill
Longear sunfish
Redear sunfish
Smallmouth bass
Largemouth bass
Striped mullet
Golden shiner
Emerald shiner
Common shiner
Spottail shiner
Red shiner
Sand shiner
Redfin shiner
Coho salmon
Chinook salmon
Yellow perch
Sea lamprey
Red-sided shiner
Bluntnose minnow
Fathead minnow
Blacknose dace
Roach
Rainbow trout
Atlantic salmon
Brown trout
Brook trout
Lake trout
Creek chub
Walleye
Occurrence
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
F
F
F
A
A-F
A-F-P
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
P-F
P-F
F
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F-P
A-F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
All species listed were lound in two or more papers.
Found in more than 5 papers.
"The most common!) used species.
12
-------
Chronic Continuous Flow Exposure
Brown, et al (1968), Butler (1965, 1967), Cairns and Scheier (1963), Cope (1965), Jensen
and Gaufin (1966), Mount (1962, 1968), Mount and Stephan (1967), Olsen and Foster (1958),
Raymont and Shields (1964), Surber and Thatcher (1963), and Weiss (1965) have utilized
continuous flow techniques of their own creation for the study of a variety of aquatic organisms
in long-term, continuous flow exposure to a variety of chemicals. Exposure periods up to 11
months were employed in these studies. The reports cited above represent less than 5 percent of
the total number of papers from which data were extracted for Appendices A and B.
Generally, chemicals are toxic at lower concentrations in continuous flow exposures,
especially long-term ones, than in static exposures. Furthermore, nonlethal effects occur more
readily in continuous flow bioassays. For example, Mount (1968) reported for this type of
bioassay that the "safe concentration" was 3-7 percent of the 96-hour TLm (static exposure) in
studying the chronic toxicity of copper to fathead minnows. Furthermore, Mount and Stephan
(1967) have stated that the biologically safe concentrations for Malathion and butoxyethanol
ester of 2,4-D as determined in a continuous flow, chronic study are 1/45 and 1/9, respectively,
of the 96-hour TLm for each of these compounds as determined in static bioassay. However,
Cairns and Scheier (1963) found in a study of the acute and chronic effects of sodium alkyl
benzene sulfonate on sunfish that results from the two types of exposure at equivalent
concentrations of ABS were quite close although not identical.
As further requirements to improve water quality are imposed, the need for chronic
continuous flow data concerning the effects of sublethal concentrations of potential pollutants
on aquatic biota will increase.
In situ Bioassay
The need for standardizing fish bioassay laboratory procedures has led to environmental
laboratory conditions unlike those found in streams and lakes. Factors such as fluctuating
sunlight, temperature, DO, pH, pollutant and nutrient concentration, etc., cannot be taken into
account or compensated for in the laboratory. In situ evaluation of a chemical solution in the
stream or body of water in which it is to be released is a method of determining with an
improved degree of accuracy the concentration effects of a discharge released into that particular
body of water. Exposures to the chemical in question of native species of fish can be conducted
by means of portable live cars, cages, plastic pools, or raceways. Thus, the fish species of concern
for a given stream can be studied in conditions approaching their particular complex ecological
situation.
There is no standard procedure for this type of bioassay, but it has been employed to some
extent as briefly discussed later in the section, "Field Studies". Burdick (1967) has recom-
mended this approach and pointed out that automated water quality monitoring equipment now
available can provide continuous recording of physical and chemical changes in water conditions
which may allow correlation of bioassay data with ecological conditions. Raceways with
disposable vinyl liners are used in advanced evaluation of piscicides as well as 9-10-ft-diameter
vinyl wading pools with bottom soils of various types, pond or ground waters, aquatic plants and
invertebrates, fish, and amphibians, as required. Hawskley (1967) speculated on the advent of
"continuous bioassay" in which effluent and receiving water in varied ratios will be circulated
into and out of test containers and noted that this almost of necessity will have to be performed
at the plant site. Standard method fish bioassays are conducted in this laboratory in conjunction
13
-------
with routine chemical analyses and analyses with an atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
Hawkins stated that a mobile unit for conducting fish bioassays and chemical analyses at the
plant site was in the design stage in 1964. A mobile bioassay unit was used in developing
selective larvicides for control of sea lamprey (Howell and Marquette, 1963). Automatic water
quality monitors can provide continuous and depth-profile data acquisition for water tempera-
ture, dissolved oxygen, pH, conductance, dissolved chlorides, oxidation-reduction potential, and
turbidity. These parameters are indirect but excellent physical-chemical indicators of water
pollution. In conjunction with fish bioassays, they can provide data suitable for mathematical
modeling and simulation. More than 200 monitors of this type are now in operation in the
United States. The monitor can be housed in a trailer for portability. Weather data recording for
air temperature, solar radiation, wind speed and direction, and total precipitation can be
integrated into the continuous recorder.
Fish Responses Other Than Bioassay Lethality
Methods for laboratory study of fish response to chemicals in freshwater environments vary
nearly as much as the number of investigators in this field of research. These range from simple
observations (as suggested in Standard Methods and other sources); to sophisticated determina-
tions of chemical residues, ACHE blood content, etc.; to the highly sophisticated Conditioned
Avoidance Response Apparatus (CARA). These methods are identified in Table 2. One of these
procedures may become a "standard method" for aquatic laboratory studies, but this does not
appear likely to occur in the near future. Standard static and continuous flow fish bioassay
methods will probably remain the principal laboratory tools for developing toxicity data with
chronic exposures becoming more widely used. Some of the methods, notably, the avoidance,
life stage, fish tissue culture, and CARA techniques, may be very useful in determining more
precisely the "safe concentration" levels for chemical effluent release. Texts, such as those by
Brown (1957) describe physiological methods for studying fish. Some of these methods would be
highly applicable to the study of the effect of chemicals on aquatic life and could form the basis
for the development of new procedures.
14
-------
TABLE 2. LABORATORY METHODS FOR STUDYING THE EFFECT OF CHEMICALS
ON FISH OTHER THAN BIOASSAY LETHALITY
Type
Comments
References
Observations of abnormal
behavior
Autopsy and histology
Avoidance
Growth retardation
Residue analysis
Observations may be made on the following:
Quiescence, excitability, or irritability
Surfacing or sounding
Tetanic or flaccid movement
Swimming - erratic, convulsive, gyrating,
inverted on side, etc.
Changes in pigmentation
External mucosa exudate, shedding, etc.
Integument hemorrhagia
Rate of respiration - slow, irregular, gulping,
etc.
Gill hemorrhaging or mucous discharge
Defecating or regurgitating mucous or other
material
Sensitivity to stimuli such as light, sound,
touch, electric probe, etc.
Moribundity distended operculum,
opaque eyes, etc.
Recovery complete, or not.
Tissue and organ pathology are studied by
appropriate methods. Decrease of glycogen
and RNA, tissue dissociation, necrosis,
lesions, and secretions may also be noted.
Raceways or similar laboratory structures are
generally used so that a chemical solution can
be metered into the bioassay water to estab-
lish a concentration gradient. Fish have been
trained to discriminate between very low con-
centrations of selected chemicals.
Chronic exposure was the most effective tech-
nique utilized.
Following exposure, organs of the fish are
removed and analyzed for specific chemical
content. This technique is used most often
in studies of pesticide accumulation, and is
also quite useful in field studies to show
previous exposure. Whole fish homogenates
have also been analyzed as well as animal
feeds and processed sea foods prepared
from various types of marine fish species.
Brown, et al (1968), Cairns,
etal( 1967), Cope (1966),
Fromm and Schiffman
(1958), Grindley (1946),
Mount (1962), and Olsen
and Foster (1958)
Blumenkratz (1956), Cairns
(1966), Cairns and Scheier
(1963), Cope (1965), Eng.
Science, Inc. (1964), Gilderhus
(1967), Herbert and Shurben
(1964), Mount (1964), Mount
and Stephen (1967), Van Valin,
et al (1968), and Warner, et al
(1966)
Cairns (1957), Costa (1965),
Hasler and Wisby (1949),
and Ishio (1965)
Crandall and Goodnight
(1962), Olsen and Foster
(1958), and Royer (1966)
Butler (1965,1967), Cope
(1965), Eisler (1967),
Gilderhus (1966,1967),
Godsil and Johnson (1968),
Holden (1966), Mahdi
(1956), Moubry, et al (1968),
Mount (1962), Mount and
Stephan (1967), Pagan and
Hageman (1950), Ullman,
etal (1961), Weiss (1965),
and Welch and Spindler
(1964)
15
-------
TABLE 2. (Continued)
Type
Comments
References
Acetylcholinesterase (ACHE)
activity of brain
Radiotracers
Effects on various life
stages offish
Spawning (reproductive
behavior)
Swimming or cruising speed
and oxygen consumption
while swimming
Chemical resistance offish
This method is used primarily in the study of
organophosphorus pesticides in both labora-
tory and field studies of freshwater and
marine types. The utility of this method is
somewhat limited because of its near
specificity for organophosphates.
This technique is used primarily in the study of
pesticides and metal ions where labelling can
be successfully accomplished. Tissue and
organ analyses of radiotracer accumulation
have been conducted. Among the radio-
isotopes used in fish studies are Ca^S, C^,
P32, and Zn35. Acetates, chlorides, Bayer
22408, DDT, Dieldrin, Dimethoate,
Lindane and Parathion are some of the com-
pounds studied in this manner. Wet com-
bustion of tissues and measurement of
C 14(32 release has also been employed.
Effects of chemicals on sperm, eggs, yearling,
and adult fish as well as fry are often studied
to determine the relative resistance of these
life stages to chemicals. Embryos from
fertilized eggs have also been studied with the
finding that fertilized egg membranes provide
some resistance to the effects of chemicals.
This may be studied in the laboratory by pro-
viding suitable objects, such as pieces of
cement-asbestos tile; and proper environ-
mental conditions, including a controlled
photoperiod, for this activity. Spawning in
several studies was shown to be affected by
concentrations of chemical much lower than
those for the TLm (96 hr). A "Laboratory
Fish Production Index" (LFPI) has been
proposed and is gaining acceptance.
Specifically designed raceways, cages, or
"current trays" are required to determine
rate of speed. Oxygen utilization can be
determined by means of an oxygen-
consumption chamber or respirometer. This
is a useful technique for studying fish larger
than fry. Current velocity can be controlled
and is an important factor in studying large
fish which require sufficient speed for
oxygen transfer in their gills.
After sublethal exposure, fish acquire specific
resistance to certain chemicals. This has been
demonstrated in the laboratory and the field
most frequently for pesticides and metals.
Butler (1965), Cope (1965),
Fromm and Schiffman
(1958), Weiss (1959,1961,
1964,1965), and Weiss and
Gakstatter(1964)
Butler (1965), Douglas and
Irwin (1963), Fujiya (1965),
Gakstatter and Weiss
(1967), Holden (1962),
Joyner (1961), Marchetti
(1965), Miller, etal (1966),
and Schmidt and Weidhaas
(1961)
Cairns and Scheier (1959),
Cope (1966), Crandall and
Goodnight (1962), Goodman
(1951), Grande (1967),
Hiltibran (1967), Marchetti
(1965), Mount (1968),
Piavis (1962), and Skidmore
(1966)
Cairns, et al (1967), Cohen,
etal (1961), Gilderhus
(1967), Holden (1966),
Hubble and Reiff( 1967),
Mount (1962, 1968), and
Mount and Stephan (1967)
Cairns and Scheier (1963),
Doudoroff and Warren
(1962), Herbert and Shurben
(1963), Mount (1962), and
Ogilvie and Anderson (1965)
Boyd and Ferguson (1964),
Darsie and Corriden (1959),
Fairchild (1955), Ferguson,
etal(1954, 1955), and
Mount (1968)
16
-------
TABLE 2. (Continued)
Type
Comments
References
Blood studies
Glucose transport
Fish tissue culture
Environmental stress
Thermal acclimatization
Fish taste
Conditioned avoidance
response apparatus (CARA)
Changes in erythrocyte count, hemoglobin,
sodium and calcium levels, microhematocrit,
and hematocrit have been used in a variety of
studies. The latter has been suggested as a
measure of the state of health of bioassay
fish prior to testing.
This is an in vitro type of study using dissected
fish gut.
Epithelial cells of fathead minnow cultured on
modified Eagle's MEM medium, were found
to have a reduced mitotic index at the calcu-
lated "safe concentration" of zinc. It was
concluded that one-tenth of the 96-hr TLm
is probably closer to the safe concentration.
Reduced DO or increased temperature caused
increased toxicity of various chemicals.
In studies of the effect of DDT on salmon, it
was found that DDT interferes with the
normal thermal acclimation mechanism.
Fish exposed to 10 ppm DDT and acclimated
to warm water were extremely sensitive to
cold water. Acclimatization also affected
chemical toxicity.
The taste of sport fish can be drastically
changed by chemical pollutants.
Toxicant-induced behavior of fish exposed to
sublethal concentrations of chemicals was
studied in raceways by means of photo-
graphing the fish at various intervals and
calculating response in terms of relative
position. A large mirror facilitated photog-
raphy. At concentration levels 1/2000 of
the 96-hr TLm value for tetraethyl pyro-
phosphate (TEPP), aberrant behavior of
goldfish was noted. A ratio of 1/25 was
obtained for Toxaphene.
Cairns and Scheier (1963),
Cope (1965,1966),
Gilderhus (1967), Hatch
(1957), and Hunn, et al
(1968)
Stokes and Fromm (1965)
Rachlin and Perlmutter
(1968)
Cairns (1957), Lloyd (1961),
and Pickering (1968)
Cope (1963, Keenleyside (1958),
and Greer and Paim (1968)
Hynes (1966) and Rachlin
and Perlmutter (1968)
Eng. Science, Inc. (1964) and
Warner, etal( 1966)
17
-------
SECTION V
BIOASSAY OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS OTHER THAN FISH
Surprisingly few aquatic orgamsms other than fish have been used as test organisms in
bioassays. The orgamsms most commonly used are numerous species of algae and the
crustaceans, Daphnia magna and D. pulex. Other freshwater mvertebrates used in bioassays
include protozoa (Paramecium and Tetrahymena), planaria (Planaria and ^>>*^
(Gammarus), gastropods (Lymnaea and Physa). stonefly and mayfly naiads andI caddisfly and
midge larvae. Oysters and shrimp are the principal test animals other than fish in marine
bioassays. The oyster (Ostrea) are quite sensitive to low concentrations of some chemicals as
determined by retarded shell growth. The brown, pink, and white shrimp (Penaeus) are the most
commonly used Crustacea in seawater bioassays. Barnacles (Balanus) are also used. These are
discussed in the section, Marine Bioassay. Table 3 is a listing of references using various
organisms other than fish for freshwater bioassay studies.
Procedures developed by C. M. Palmer and T. E. Maloney (1955) at the Taft Engineering
Center in Cincinnati, Ohio, and by G. P. Fitzgerald, et al (1952, 1958, 1963) are widely used for
laboratory study of freshwater algae.
There are no generally accepted or standard procedures for bioassays using these other types
of organisms, although the procedures developed by Bertil Anderson (1944, 1945, 1948, 1960)
in his studies of D. magna are commonly used.
In evaluating papers from which data were extracted (Appendices A and B), it was evident
that a much broader spectrum of species are studied in the field than under laboratory conditions.
TABLE 3. A PARTIAL LISTING OF REFERENCES USING FRESHWATER AQUATIC ORGANISMS
OTHER THAN FISH FOR BIOASSAY
Type References
Algae: Abram (1967), Alabaster and Swain (1963), Beak (1958), Elson and
(Chlorella pyrenoidosa, Kerswffl (1967), Ganelin, et al (1964), Holden (1964), Hopkins,
Microcystis aeruginosa, et al (1966), Kallman, et al (1962), Kemp, et al (1966), Khan
and numerous other species) (1964), Merkens (1958), Nejedly (1967), Palmer and Maloney
(1955), and Sprague, et al (1965)
Invertebrates: Abram (1967), Anderson (1946), Burdick (1965), Cairns, et al (1965),
(Daphnia magna, D. pulex, Chadwick (1960), Clarke (1947), Fromm (1965), Gaufin (1961),
Gammarus pulex, Culex spp, Gaufin, et al (1961), Henderson, et al (1961), Ingols (1959), Kabler
etc.) (1957), Naylor (1965), Shaw and Grushkin (1967), Sprague (1965),
Tarzwell (1957), Tarzwell and Henderson (1960), Turnbull, et al
(1954), Weiss and Botts (1957), Wilber (1965), Williams (1964),
and Wood (1957)
Vertebrates: Cairns, et al (1965), Lackey (1957), Shaw and Grushkin (1967), and
(Raiw pipiens, R. catesbieana, Stroud (1967)
Bufo valliceps - sperm, eggs,
tadpoles, and adults)
18
-------
SECTION VI
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD) AND RELATED
MICROBIOLOGICAL PROCEDURES
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
The biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) test is a test which is designed to determine the relative
oxygen requirement of a municipal and/or industrial effluent. The determination of BOD of an
effluent for the purpose of regulating the rate of discharge into a stream or sewerage system with
minimal adverse effects on the oxygen resources of the receiving water will be at best an analytical
starting point. BOD has several very limiting criteria which must be adequately understood for this
technique of possible waste dilution to be useful. The procedure for BOD determinations as de-
scribed in the 13th Edition of the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water
(American Public Health Association, 1967) provides the basis for this discussion. This procedure
has been essentially the same for more than 10 years with comparatively minor changes.
Although basically a simple bioassay to execute, the exceptions and precautions given in the
BOD procedure make it somewhat formidable to the uninitiated. Briefly without specific details,
the procedure consists of:
(1) Microbial seeding (if needed) of appropriate water dilutions of the chemical or
effluent and initial determination of the dissolved oxygen (DO) of the sample by
the iodometric method, azide modification. Sample dilutions are prepared with
distilled water saturated with dissolved oxygen and buffered at pH 7.2 with a
phosphate buffer solution.
(2) Incubation of the seeded samples at 20 C for 5 days and in darkness in standard
BOD bottles which are water-sealed to exclude oxygen.
(3) DO determination of the diluted samples after the 5-day incubation period. The
most reliable results are said to be for that dilution which shows a residual DO of
at least 1 mg/1 and a depletion of at least 2 mg/1. For toxic chemicals or
effluents, toxic effect is indicated by lack of oxygen utilization by the micro-
organisms. When the lag period for microbial growth is prolonged, incubation
periods of up to 20 days or longer may be employed.
(4) When substances are evaluated that are oxidizable by molecular oxygen, then an
immediate dissolved oxygen demand (IDOD) should be determined and taken into
consideration when calculating the BOD. The IDOD is a short-term assay in which
DO is determined 15 minutes after the sample is added to the dilution water.
Carbon compounds utilizable by aerobic microorganisms, oxidizable nitrogen compounds
utilizable by nitrogen bacteria, and certain chemical reducing compounds (ferrous iron, sulfites,
sulfides, and aldehydes) are the three main types of chemicals that influence oxygen demand.
The latter can be taken into consideration by the IDOD determination. Solubility and volatility
of chemicals must also be considered. Some organic wastes are not oxidizable and thus are not
amenable to the BOD bioassay. When such wastes are suspected, chemical oxygen demand (COD)
and total carbon (TC) analyses would be conducted for comparison with BOD results.
According to the procedure: "In many cases, particularly in food processing wastes, a
satisfactory seed may be obtained by using the supernatant liquor from domestic sewage which
19
-------
has been stored at 20 C for 24-36 hr", but it goes on to state that "acclimated" seed and
receiving water below a point (2-5 miles) of effluent discharge may be used since "many
industrial wastes contain compounds which are not amenable to oxidation by domestic-sewage
seed". If the concern is with dissolved oxygen depletion, then an "acclimated" seed would seem
most appropriate whether it is acclimated in the laboratory or collected downstream from a
discharge. If the concern is with the toxic level of an effluent, then both acclimated and
domestic-sewage seed evaluations might be made to establish a type of index for safe discharge.
In the event of evaluation of a new type of discharge, seed acclimated in the laboratory to that
particular discharge undoubtedly would be most desirable.
In regard to the amount of seed to be added, it is stated that, "Only past experience can
determine the actual amount of seed to be added per liter." It would be more precise to add
exact amounts of seed, e.g., Zintgraff, et al (1968) added 0.5-2.0 mg/1 of seed in their studies.
The BOD bioassay suffers as do most laboratory procedures from lack of correlation
between laboratory results and those obtained in the field. The need for a standardized
procedure is recognized, but many factors enter into the behavior of a chemical in the aquatic
environment that cannot be taken into account in the laboratory. Some of these objectionable
features are alluded to and briefly discussed in Standard Methods, but others are overlooked and
should be considered in attempting to apply the results of BOD determinations. The principal
uncontrolled variable in the BOD procedure is the nonstandardized microbial inoculum or
acclimated microbial seed as the case may be. Briefly, other factors include:
(1) Temperature and pH seldom is the aquatic environment at precisely one
temperature or pH.
(2) Fluctuating solids and dissolved solids content in receiving water these can
greatly influence the effect of a chemical on aquatic biota.
(3) Algae although BOD determinations are conducted in a dark incubator, algae
can grow heterotrophically and utilize oxygen, as do bacteria and other micro-
organisms. Dead algal cells can also affect BOD. Wisniewski (1958) has dis-
cussed the effect of algae on BOD determinations and DO in streams.
(4) Protozoa these are known to be present in domestic sewage seed, and according
to Bhatla, et al (1965) protozoa are responsible for approximately 30 percent of
the BOD exerted under normal seeding conditions in 5-day BOD tests.
(5) Total aquatic biomass all plants and animals other than the ones discussed
above significantly influence the effect of chemicals on the aquatic environment.
(6) Mixed nutrient substrates these are the rule rather than the exception in
receiving water.
(7) Mixed toxicants in sublethal concentrations already present in receiving water
this problem has received comparatively little attention as judged by reports in
the literature. Exceptions in non-BOD studies are the pesticides where the effect
or accumulation of mixtures of these compounds and their decomposition
products on and in aquatic biota have been documented. Additive, antagonistic,
or synergistic effects probably do occur.
(8) Photochemical oxidation by ultraviolet from sunlight.
20
-------
(9) Mixing due to currents the BOD laboratory assay is static and therefore no
mixing occurs.
(10) Other factors briefly mentioned in various papers as important in oxygen deple-
tion are reduction of nitrates, anaerobic microbial alteration of organic com-
pounds, secondary oxygen uptake, and decomposition of chemical intermediates.
All of these factors should be recognized by the analyst who should take them into account
when applying data from BOD determinations.
BOD can be utilized to advantage by an experienced researcher in determining the oxygen
depletion potential or the effect on microorganisms of an effluent containing toxic chemicals.
Both are important considerations in effluent management for minimal effect on receiving
waters.
On studying the various papers concerned with reporting BOD data, it was found that a
wide variety of methods for reporting the data are utilized. As examples, Ingols (1954, 1955,
1956) plotted BOD values to show oxygen depletion in percent of control BOD with increasing
concentrations of mercuric chloride, copper, zinc, etc., in ppm. Oberton and Stack (1957) using
acclimated seed in studying the BOD of acrolein, diethanolamine, and methyl vinyl ketone
reported their results as observed BOD in percentage of theoretical oxygen demand plotted with
days of incubation. Randall (1966) reports the effect of acclimated seed on the pesticides,
Malathion and Parathion, in terms of net oxygen utilization and time in hours. In an article
entitled "The BOD of Textile Chemicals, Updated List 1966", the data presented on nearly
400 chemicals and commercial chemical products are given as percent of 5-day BOD (Anon.,
1966). In another paper (Anon., 1958), data for mercuric chloride, sulfuric acid, formaldehyde,
and phenol are presented as the median toxic concentration in mg/1, i.e., the concentration at
which 50 percent inhibition of oxygen utilization occurred; Zintgraff, et al (1968) reported BOD
data using acclimated and nonacclimated seed for potassium cyanide in molar concentrations
plotted against oxygen uptake in ppm or with time in hours. Rudolfs, et al (1950) reviewed the
literature in 1950 on toxic materials affecting sewage treatment processes, streams, and BOD
determinations and made general statements concerning this subject but with scant tabular
material.
Since such a variety of methods for presenting data are found in the BOD literature, no
attempt has been made to summarize BOD results in this report. The reader is referred to the
various articles cited for information pertinent to his own interests, and to the summaries of
chemical data shown in Appendixes A and B.
Herman (1959) proposed a toxicity index based on BOD data. Depending on the BOD
curves obtained (percent available oxygen utilized plotted against concentration in mg/1), a series
of "toxigrams" (Types 1 through 5) were devised, which were:
Toxigram Type 1 simple poisons (the curve drops at toxic concentrations)
Toxigram Type 2 no effect (the "curve" is flat)
Toxigram Type 3 immediate dissolved oxygen demand (IDOD) by reducing
substances (the curve rises to 100 percent oxygen utilization at higher concentrations)
Toxigram Type 4 oxygen demand at low concentrations, inhibition of oxygen
utilization at relatively high concentrations (the curve rises at low concentrations and
drops at toxic levels)
21
-------
Toxigram Type 5 - same as Type 4 except that at still higher concentrations oxygen
utilization rose to 100 percent again. The author noted that the rise in oxygen
utilization was due probably to simple chemical oxygen demand.
By designating the median toxic concentration (TCso) and indicating the appropriate
toxigram type, a convenient index for characterizing that particular chemical was obtained.
Despite its disadvantages, i.e., slowness, lack of correlation between the lab and the
receiving stream, empirical application, and lack of reproducibility between laboratories, the BOD
bioassay or some variation of it can be a useful tool in pollution control. An effort should be
made by those who depend on BOD determinations to arrive at a common method for reporting
results and possibly to develop a toxigram index similar to that proposed by Herman (1959).
Data for 33 chemicals from Herman's study are summarized in Table 4. This index approach
has not been widely adopted, but probably should be in view of the confusing data presentations
revealed in the present critique. Herman pointed out that toxic concentrations other than the
median, e.g., TCio, TC25, TC75, etc., can be chosen to suit individual industrial needs for release
of chemicals.
Correlations of BOD with other data have also been attempted with varying success as
follows:
Chemical data on phenols, heavy metals, etc. (Lloyd and Jordan, 1964)
Respirometric methods (Vernimmen, et al, 1967; Montgomery, 1967)
Aquatic biota (Burlington, 1962)
Coliforms (Burlington, 1962)
Hynes (1959) has diagramatically depicted the effect of an organic effluent on a river by
plotting the BOD rate from an effluent outfall downstream and its relationship to dissolved
oxygen, salt, suspended solids, concentration of nitrogen (NH4 and NOs) and phosphate (PO4),
and populations of algae, bacteria, sewage fungi, Cladophora, Protozoa, Tubificidae, Chironomus,
Asellus, and clean water fauna. These diagrams are quite general and Hynes pointed out that the
detailed relationship of the various parameters plotted varies with the type of effluent.
Short-Term Oxygen Demand
The short-term oxygen demand (STOD) bioassay is a variation of BOD which requires time
in the order of minutes or a few hours to conduct rather than 5 days or longer. The STOD
requires a relatively sophisticated respiration cell with an oxygen electrode, continuous recorder,
and ancillary equipment compared to that required for BOD determinations. However,
endogenous growth rate, effect of substrate addition, and oxygen demand to the point of
substrate exhaustion can be determined within 40 minutes for some types of compounds.
When oxygen is fully utilized, the system may be aerated and further oxygen utilization
followed. Vernimmen, et al (1967) reviewed previous research on this subject and described the
equipment, procedure, and some results on such chemicals as sodium acetate, formaldehyde,
methanol, isopropanol, isobutanol and phenol. In this study various types of acclimated and
domestic sewage seed were used. Vernimmen and co-workers suggest establishing a suitable
correlation factor between STOD and BOD for a given waste and predicting BOD by means of a
STOD/BOD ratio in the same manner as COD is used in predicting BOD. Although appealing
because of immediate results, the STOD bioassay has not received wide acceptance.
22
-------
TABLE 4. TOXICITY OF VARIOUS COMPOUNDS AS DETERMINED BY BOD (Herman, 1959)
Substance Tested
Simple Inorganic Poisons
Ammonium thiocyanate
Boric acid
Cadmium sulfate
Chromic sulfate
Cobalt chloride
Copper sulfate
Mercuric chloride
Potassium cyanide
Sulfuric acid
Inorganic Reducing Agents
under Certain Conditions
Ferrous sulfate
Oxalic acid
Sodium metaarsenite
Sodium nitrite
Sodium oxalate
Inorganic Oxidizing Agents
under Acid Conditions
Potassium dichromate
Sodium arsenate
Organic Acids and Derivatives
Acetanilide
Formic acid
Nitrobenzene
Salicylic acid
Sodium benzoate
Sodium o-benzoyl sulfimide
(soluble saccharin)
Tannic acid
Alcohols, Aldehydes, Ketones,
and Derivatives
Acetaldehyde
Acetone
Formaldehyde
Hexamethylenetetramine
Methanol
Phenols and Cresols
o-cresol
m-dihydroxybenzene
2,4-dinitrophenol
Phenol
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
Chloroform
Reported As
NH4SCN
H3BO4
Cd++
Cr+3
CoCl2
CuS04
HgCl2
KCN
H2S04
FeS04
H2C204
NaAs02
NaN02
Na2C204
Cr+6
NasAsO4
C6HsNH-COCH3
H-C02H
C6H5N02
C02H-C6H4-OH
C6Hs-CO2Na-H20
CyH403NSNa-H20
(HO)3C6H2-CO
CHs-CHO
CH3-CO-CH3
H-CH:O
(CH2)6N4
CH3OH
CH3-C6H4-OH
C6H4(OH)2
(N02)2C6H3OH
C6H5OH
HCCls
TC5o, mg/1*
5000
1000
142
117
64
21
0.61
15
58
43
17
100
550
630
110
-
1000
230
740
940
100
1600
Toxigram Type
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
4
4
3
2
3
5
3
4
3
3
4
3
1
4
3
*TC5Q = Concentration at which oxygen utilization is reduced 50 percent.
23
-------
Related Microbiological Methods
Montgomery (1967) and Ludzack and Ettinger (1963) thoroughly reviewed respirometnc
methods for the determination of biochemical oxygen demand, including the STOD procedure,
Warburg respirometry, Barcroft differential manometry, Wilson six-unit recording respirometry,
electrolytic respirometry, the Sierp apparatus, the Nordell odeometer, the oxyutilometer, and
Sapromat A6 respirometry. Malaney, et al (1959) presented data on the toxic effects of metallic
ions on sewage microorganisms using the Warburg procedure.
Biodegradability of organic chemicals in the aquatic environment is another important
factor related to biochemical oxygen demand. This is of increasing concern because of the
accumulation of chemicals, especially pesticides and detergents, in the beds of rivers, lakes, and
estuaries. The behavior of organic chemicals in the aquatic environment was reported in a recent
study by Buzzell, et al (1968). At sublethal concentrations, the BOD, COD, total organic carbon
(TOC), and toxicity as determined by microbial and fish bioassay were all determined for a
selected group of 20 compounds representing a variety of types of chemicals. Bacterial enumera-
tion was used to indicate bacterial growth in biodegradation units. Theoretical oxygen demand
(TOD) for each compound was compared with 5-day and 20-day BOD results. The comparison
showed that seldom was TOD reached in the BOD determinations. Graphs showing all of the
data obtained were plotted. Each compound had its own characteristic set of curves for BOD,
COD, TOD, etc. A sound basis resulted from this study to further evaluate BOD and other
measures of chemical effect on aquatic organisms. This approach might well be used in the study
of chemical toxicity in the aquatic environment.
Earlier, Ludjack and Ettinger (1963) reviewed methods of estimating the biodegradability
and treatability of organic water pollutants and how various types of data from BOD,
respirometry, etc., procedures can be applied in practice to various contact treatment units.
Several excellent papers (Beak, 1957; Dobbins, 1964; Gannon, 1966; Nejedly, 1967; and
Smith, et al, 1962) discuss laboratory BOD determination in relation to receiving stream BOD
and the multiple factors that are involved in calculating or estimating downstream dissolved
oxygen drop. In particular, papers by Dobbins (1964), Gannon (1966), Goodman and Dobbins
(1966), and Smith, et al (1962) would be particularly useful in developing mathematical
modeling or simulation of stream problems associated with dissolved oxygen depletion.
Other microbiological techniques for study of various types of water pollution are described
in standard texts too numerous to mention here. Bacteria and other microorganisms are usually
studied as indicators of fecal pollution. Papers by Kabler (1957, 1961), Khan (1964), Bonde
(1966), Morrison and Fair (1966), O'Connell and Thomas (1965), Cooke and Bartsch (1959),
Burman (1966), and Bick (1963) describe studies in which enumerations were made of Escherichia
coli, coliforms, fecal streptococci, salmonellae, Aeromonas, Pseudomonas, Clostridia, microfungi,
actinomycetes, and algae. Bick (1963) extended this list of organisms to include protozoa and
other aquatic invertebrates in reviewing Central European ecological approaches in studying water
pollution. According to this approach, organisms characteristically occur in various "saprobic
zones" which are used to describe the degree of pollution. The procedures involved in the papers
cited above are concerned primarily with sewage pollution or taste and odor problems. Burman
(1966) reviewed the various procedures, media, equipment, etc., in bacteriological examination of
water and describes a technique in which Cl4-iabelled compounds are incubated, the d4O2
evolved is absorbed on barium hydroxide, and counts of radioactivity are used to quantitate
respiration. Since only 4 hours are required for completion, this technique might be a useful,
more rapid variation of the standard BOD assay. A similar technique, using Cl4c>2 in the study
of photosynthetic activity of algae in the field, is used to determine trophic levels in various
types of water (Butler, 1965).
24
-------
SECTION VII
MARINE BIOASSAY
Any report or critique to be made of the methods used in bioassaying the effects of
chemical pollutants on marine and estuarine forms can be presented concisely and to the point.
That is, those bioassay techniques in which the flowing-seawater method is not used fall short of
obtaining accurate tolerance limits, etc., for marine and estuarine species in regard to chemical
pollutants. The flowing-seawater technique for both acute and chronic toxicity studies developed
at the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries at Gulf Breeze, Florida, as described by Lowe (1964)
comes closely to providing the necessary data regarding chemical toxicants to marine and
estuarine forms.
In this technique, the chemical solution is contained in a stock solution bottle and is
metered by means of a stopcock into a slanted mixing trough which contains running fresh
sea water. The fresh seawater is kept in a holding tank at a constant level and is siphoned at a
constant rate into the trough. From the trough, the toxicant-containing water flows by gravity
over baffles into the chamber containing the test animals. A drain is situated at one end of the
chamber to allow overflow and maintenance of a constant level of toxicant-containing water. The
author states that this constant-flow system eliminated the need for aeration and that no attempt
was made to control temperature and salinity. A record of the latter two values was kept
however.
Data on marine studies are included in Appendixes A and B and may be identified by the
names of the marine species listed in the second (Organism) column. Further identification is
afforded by the Species Index (Appendix C).
Marine species most frequently used in bioassay include: :
Algae
Fish
Dunaliella euchlora
Platymonas sp
Crustacea
Anemia salina brine shrimp
Callinectes sapidus blue crab
Carcinus spp decapod crab
Peneaus aztecus brown shrimp
P. duorarium pink shrimp
P. setiferus white shrimp
Molluscs
Balanus spp barnacle
Crassostrea virginica oyster
Mercenia mercenia hard clam
Mya spp soft shell clam
Ostreet spp oyster
References to marine studies are made throughout the various sections of this report. It is
of some interest to note that somewhat less than 10 percent of all papers reviewed were
concerned with studies on the effect of chemicals on the marine organisms.
Cyprinodon variegatus sheepshead minnow
Fundulus similis longnose killifish
Lagodon rhomboides pinfish
Leiostomus xanthurus spot
Mugil curema white mullet
M. cephalus striped mullet
Oncorynchus kisutch coho salmon
Petromyzon marinus sea lamprey
Salmo gairdneri rainbow trout
S. solar Atlantic salmon
S. trutta brown trout
25
-------
SECTION VIII
FIELD ASSESSMENT
Many ecological parameters must be taken into consideration when field studies are
conducted. Even minor variations in most environmental factors such as temperature, rainfall,
pH, dissolved oxygen, and sunlight can significantly affect the toxicity of many chemical
compounds. Full discussion of these factors is presented in texts by Hutchinson (1957, 1967),
Welch (1952), Ruttner (1953), and Odum (1959). One consideration of major importance is the
food web. The introduction of toxic substances at any point in the web may interfere with the
reproduction and well-being of higher animal forms.
Study of Residues in Aquatic Animals
The transfer of food energy from plants (the producers) through various animal organisms
(the consumers) with repeated eating and being eaten is referred to as a food chain. The links in
the chain seldom number more than five and usually many chains are interconnected with one
another with the resulting pattern being called a food web. Figure 1 is a simplified diagram of a
food web in western Lake Erie leading to the sheepshead. This diagram, modified from Daiber
(1952) by Kendeigh (1961) shows the producers and consumers organized into nutritional or
trophic levels. The lowest level (P) is composed of the producers that are able to use solar energy
for the manufacture of food. At the second level (Cj) are the primary consumers or grazing
herbivores; at the third level (2) the secondary consumers or small-size carnivores; and the
fourth level (3) the larger carnivores. It is possible that additional consumers may be present
(4). The consumer levels are not sharply defined because feeding behavior of some species may
involve them in more than one level. Generally, the farther removed from the producers an
organism is, the greater the likelihood it will feed on more than one level. Bacteria and fungi act
as transformers (T) or decomposers and break down dead organic matter into nutrients that may
be utilized by the producers (Ingols, 1959; Odum, 1959; Phillipson, 1966; and Welch, 1952).
Food webs are studied in a variety of ways including direct observation which is probably
the least reliable. Stomach analysis of higher animal forms has been widely used for a great many
years and has provided some useful information. When using this method, a major problem arises
when plant juices and soft tissues must be considered because these are rapidly digested and
practically impossible to identify. Precipitin tests have recently been used. An extract is made
from a prey organism and this is injected into a rabbit which produces antibodies against this
foreign protein. An extract is then made from a predator species and mixed with the rabbit
antibodies. If this predator organism has been feeding on the prey organism, a white precipitate
of antigen and antibody will be formed. In recent years, radioactive isotopes have also proven to
be a most valuable tool in the study of the transfer of energy through trophic levels (Fujiya,
1965; Gakstatter and Weiss, 1967; and Miller, et al, 1966).
Meeks (1968) studied food chain organisms and how chemical contaminants can accumulate
in the various trophic levels. A marsh adjacent to Lake Erie was treated with 3.9 millicuries of
chlorine-36, ring-labeled DDT at a rate of 0.2 Ib of technical DDT per acre. Radiolabeled DDT
residues were traced until 1 5 months after the application. In his discussion of the work, Meeks
stated that plankton and larger organisms rapidly removed the DDT from the water. Producer
organisms contained their maximum residues between 1-3 days and most invertebrates contained
their maximum residues several days later. These residues could have come directly from the
26
-------
Deep bottom
Open water
Sheepshead
Shallow bottom
Greenside darter---*,
V
Fantail darter «J
Log perch c
Crayfish
Beetle larvae-
Gammarus
Baetinine mayflies-
Ephemera
Caddisflies
Midge flies
Aquatic angiosperms-
Attached thallophytes<
Detritus-
FIGURE 1. FOOD WEB IN WESTERN LAKE ERIE LEADING TO THE SHEEPSHEAD FISH
Species are separated into their different trophic levels (as modified from Daiber,
1952, by Kendeigh, 1961).
27
-------
water or could have been picked up through the food web. There are several factors that indicate
that the food web is the most important contributor. Herbivorous snails, at the second trophic level,
contained their maximum levels at the same time as most primary producers. Odonata naiads and
backswimmers, both carnivorous invertebrates occupying the third trophic level, reached their
peak accumulation at 1 week. The red leech was probably the invertebrate closest to a secondary
carnivore, fourth trophic level, and it had the latest and highest DDT levels of any invertebrate.
Most vertebrates attained their maximum DDT residues after the invertebrates had their highest
levels.
The DDT applied in this project would equal 0.07 ppm in water if all of the DDT had been
available at the same time. Meeks used this figure as a base level for determining magnitudes of
accumulation and recorded a sample of Cladophora collected at 3 days which exceeded this level
by a factor of 3125. For a tadpole at 4 hours and a northern water snake at 13 months
accumulation was over 500 times this base level. Concentrations ranging from 200 to 500 times
occurred in some duckweed and bladderwort samples during the first week as it did in samples
of carp and tadpole tissues. Most plant and invertebrate species exceeded the 0.07 ppm by a
factor of 50 during the first week and throughout the project, vertebrate tissue often con-
centrated DDT more than 50 times the base level.
Miller, et al (1966) noted that molluscs characteristically accumulate pesticidal compounds
at levels far above those present in the surrounding water. In laboratory experiments, Butler
(1966) showed that oysters exposed to one ppb of DDT in flowing seawater may store 25 ppm
in its tissues within 10 days. Terriere, et alj(1966) reported concentration factors from water to
plant of 500, water to aquatic animals other than fish of 1,000 to 2,000, and for rainbow trout,
10,000 to 20,000. Odum, et al (1969) found that suspended particulate organic matter may be a
reservoir of DDT and some particles may contain residues thousands of times greater than the
concentration occurring in the water. Fiddler crabs and other organisms that utilize plant detritus
for food concentrate the pesticide in their tissues.
Nicholson (1967) stated that any DDT which is not excreted or metabolized can accumu-
late in tissues to some degree. It may then be passed on to the next higher trophic level by way
of the food chain. Pesticides have been detected in aquatic animal tissues far removed from
where the chemicals were actually used. Sladen, et al (1966) cited examples of Adelie penguins
and a crabeater seal whose tissues contained DDT residues. These species reportedly do not leave
the Antarctic ice pack. The pathway to these animals is probably the marine crustaceans upon
which they feed.
Cade, et al (1968) reported finding high levels of pesticides in the eggs and tissues of
fish-eating peregrine falcons of the Yukon area of Alaska, and Enderson and Berge (1968)
reported similar findings in peregrines in northern Canada.
Hunt and Bischoff (1960) believed that ODD residues in fish caused the deaths of grebes in
Clear Lake, California. Investigations showed the following ODD concentrations in samples taken
13 months after application of the ODD: in plankton, 10 mg/kg; in fat from plankton-eating
fish, 902 mg/kg; in fat from carnivorous fish, 2690 mg/kg; and in fat from fish-eating birds,
2134 mg/kg (Nicholson, 1967). It is believed that grebes are unable to tolerate as high a level of
DDD as some species of fish.
Fay and Youatt (1967) concluded that various pesticide residues found in tissues of aquatic
birds in Lake Michigan did not appear to be an important factor in bird die-offs in this lake.
Studies by Keith (1966), however, suggest that unusual mortality of aquatic birds in California
was due to pesticide poisoning. Pesticides have also been linked with the declining population of
fish-eating ospreys in Connecticut (Ames, 1966).
-------
Within a given species there may be strains or populations in existence which are resistant
to, or have a greater tolerance for, a particular chemical and, therefore, will survive under
conditions that would normally prove fatal for this species. Populations of yellow bullhead,
golden shiner, green sunfish, and bluegill have been found that were resistant to Endrin
(Ferguson and Bingham, 1966), while some mosquito fish (Ferguson and Bingham, 1966;
Ferguson, et al, 1966; and Toohey, et al, 1965), and black bullhead (Ferguson, 1967) have been
found resistant to DDT. The resistance of fish to these chemicals appears to be genetic, i.e.,
passed on from one generation to the next. This resistance, however, may be lost unless the fish
are kept in continual contact with the chemical. While these populations are now geographically
limited, the possibility exists that eventually they could become widespread. Ferguson (1967)
concluded that although selection of a resistant fishery may permit fish exposed to toxic
chemicals to survive, it may ultimately produce a biological product dangerous to consumers of
all sort, including man himself.
In recent years, numerous investigations have been carried out on the accumulation of
chemicals in both vertebrates and invertebrates. Emphasis has been placed primarily on pesticides
(see Appendix B).
Field Methodology
Field assessment studies may be divided into two general types although a clear-cut
distinction is not always possible. The first type consists of field observations made on the
effects of chemicals on aquatic life with little prior manipulation or study of the environment by
the investigator. In many cases, the exact concentration of the chemical is unknown and may
not be fully identified but may be simply referred to as a pesticide, an eradicant, an industrial
pollutant, an organic pollutant, etc. These studies are usually made when a body of water
becomes polluted from a pesticide-spraying operation, effluents from an industrial site, or from
the application of chemicals directly into the body of water.
The effects of these chemicals are often expressed as a reduction in numbers of a particular
species or the total absence of a species or population. Dead organisms are sometimes identified
and counted, as in fish kills, or estimations made of percent mortality of a given population.
Effects may sometimes be expressed by noting the presence of particular organisms, usually
considered to be undesirable, such as Sphaerotilus, Chironomus, and tubificids. Sometimes
pre-pollution studies have been made or comparisons made between similar bodies of water. This
type of approach has been widely used in assessing the effect of thermal pollution on aquatic
life.
The second type of field assessment consists of actual toxicity studies of the effects of
known chemical concentrations on particular organisms. The studies are sometimes made in
conjunction with laboratory toxicity tests and implies some prior manipulation of the environ-
ment. Results are usually expressed in lethal concentrations of the chemical studied. Field
assessments of this type are conducted in various sizes and types of water bodies. The smallest
are simple pools or channels, such as man-made troughs or tanks. Ponds, man-made or natural,
are widely used for this type of assessment. Lakes and reservoirs are also used but allow the
minimum control in a lentic environment due to size. Streams are used, but less than lentic
bodies of water. The following discussion deals with the methods used in these toxicity studies.
Chemicals are applied to bodies of water for the purpose of assessing their effects on
aquatic organisms in several different ways. A uniform distribution is of primary concern and,
therefore, the size and depth of the body of water will be a major factor in determining which
29
-------
method to use. Cloth bags containing chemicals may be submerged at various depths and the
chemicals allowed to diffuse out into the water or the bags may be towed from a boat. A
common method is to pour or drip chemicals from the stern of a power boat into the wake
caused by the motor. Power sprayers are used from boats in smaller bodies of water or from the
shore. In the largest bodies of water, airplanes or helicopters are used.
Gjullin, et al (1949) studied the effects of DDT on trout, blackfly, and caddisfly larvae
from Alaskan streams using 6-ft-long galvanized metal troughs set up adjacent to a stream. Water
from the stream was pumped into the troughs and DDT was administered by a 1-gallon aspirator
bottle calibrated with a stopcock to deliver the desired concentration per minute. Darsie and
Corriden (1959) used bushel-sized galvanized tubs placed at various points along a stream filled
with stream water at that point. Fish from the stream were placed in the tubs and the entire
area was sprayed with Malathion by plane. Control tubs were covered during spraying and
mortality of fish in all tubs was recorded after 4 hours. A similar method using aquaria was used
by Schouwenberg and Jackson (1966). Snow (1963) treated pails of water from a stream with
Simazine and then bass fry were placed in the pails and mortality recorded over a 96-hour
period. Field studies were conducted on the toxicity of Lindane using 60 large fish tanks (1.5 m
x 1.5 m x 30 cm) made from corrugated metal sheets. Each contained 50 fish and a different
concentration of Lindane was used in each tank (Kok and Pathak, 1966). Gannon, et al (1966)
used an experimental outdoor channel 640 feet long for water pollution studies. The channel
consisted of 4-feet-long aluminum units that supported a waterproof plastic liner.
Attempts to approach more natural conditions in man-made devices have been made by
other investigators. Applegate, et al (1961) and Howell, et al (1964) used running water raceways
with an artificial stream bed constructed of materials from local streams, to test sea lamprey
larvicides. These raceways were 6 feet wide and over 60 feet long. Productivity studies using
artificial streams, supplied with water from an underground spring, were reported by Haydu
(1968). The streams were 4 feet wide and ranged up to 700 feet long. Yeo (1967) used plastic
pools (4 feet square by 2 feet deep) with a 2-inch layer of clay on the bottom. The pools held
180 gallons of water and aquatic plants, clams, and fish were added. A liter of natural pond
water was added to introduce naturally-occurring microorganisms. These pools were used to
study the influence of water hardness on dissipation and toxicity of Diquat. Parka and Worth
(1965) also used plastic pools (6 feet in diameter and 15 inches deep) to study the effects of
Trifluralin on fish. These pools were placed in form-fitting holes at the lowest point of a sloping
field to form a catch basin. The pools were stocked with fish and the field was sprayed with a
known quantity of Trifluralin. Over the next three days a sprinkler system soaked the field with
ten inches of water which resulted in Trifluralin being carried into the basin in runoff water.
A more direct method, and one commonly used is to take qualitative and quantitative data
on biota, apply the chemical to the body of water, and resample the populations. A control
body of water may or may not be used. Numerous researchers have used this general approach
with varied modifications (Eipper, 1959; Hoffman and Drooz, 1953; Hilsenhoff, 1966; and
Surber, 1943).
Some investigators desire more control over the organisms being used in field assessments,
and various methods are used to contain them. Live boxes or screened cages are commonly used.
Patterson and Von Windeguth (1964) confined fish in live boxes and placed these in three
shallow ponds that were sprayed with Baytex. Additional live boxes were placed in three control
ponds and mortality was recorded after 24 hours. Mulla, et al (1963) and Wollitz (1963) did
similar work in ponds using fish and frogs. The same technique has also been used in lakes
(Jackson, 1960; Johnson, 1966; and Kallman, et al, 1962) and streams (Davis, 1954; Elson and
Kerswill, 1967; Graham and Scott, 1958; Kerswill, 1967; Kerswill and Edwards, 1967;
Schoenthal, 1963; and Schouwenberg and Jackson, 1966).
30
-------
Another method used to restrict the movement of organisms is to enclose sections of the
body of water. Harp and Campbell (1964) studied benthos in a farm pond by using plastic
enclosures that divided the pond into sections measuring 12 by 18 feet. Different concentrations
of Silvex were used in each section. Walker (1964) studied the effects of Dichlobenil on fish and
aquatic plants in enclosures and open plots in selected farm ponds. Copeland and Woods (1969)
also studied herbicidal effects on aquatic plants and used plots staked out in shallow areas of a
lake. The plots were screened in with chicken wire to prevent plants from drifting away. Bonn
and Holbert (1961) blocked off entire coves in a Texas lake with one-inch mesh nylon net to
prevent movement of fish into and out of the cove. The coves were then treated with rotenone
products.
A unique method to assess industrial pollution in a stream was used by Tatum (1966). A
sampler, similar to the one designed by Hester and Dendy (1962) consisting of masonite plates,
was placed in a fertilized pond for about one month to accumulate a dense growth of
chironomid larvae (Diptera). These samplers were then placed in a river at stations above and
below the outfall of an industrial site. Counts of larvae were made on each sampler after 1 week
and comparisons were made between the average number of organisms on the samplers at
stations above the outfall and on the samplers below the outfall. Williams and Mount (1965)
measured the effect of zinc on periphytic communities by using a glass slide method. Periphyton
populations were monitored by allowing periphyton to accumulate on glass slides submerged in
running water canals for 2-week periods. One canal was used as a control and three other canals
were treated with different concentrations of zinc.
The effects of chemicals sprayed into streams have been studied by monitoring the rate of
downstream drifting of aquatic insects (Binns, 1967; Burdick, et al, 1960; Coutant, 1964; and
Reed, 1966). Insects were continuously collected by Surber .square-foot bottom samplers both
before and after spraying and also in control streams. In another assessment, the effects of DDT
sprayed in a stream were studied by determining the abundance of aquatic insects (Reed, 1966).
An index was developed for those benthic insects found attached on rocks measuring approxi-
mately 15.2 centimeters in diameter. Butler (1965) studied the toxicity of pesticides by
measuring primary productivity. By mixing known amounts of Cl4 with two suspensions of
phytoplankton, one of which contains a known concentration of pesticide, it is possible to
measure the interference of the pesticide with growth in a given period of time. Decreased
carbon fixation provides an index of productivity, from which the relative toxicities of various
pesticides may be compared. Other field methods used to detect the effects of chemicals on
aquatic life include the use of other more specific radioactive tracers, the measurement of the
effects of chemicals on the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), and the fish brain cholinesterase
inactivation technique. All of these methods have been discussed previously.
Sampling Equipment
Quantitative population samples taken to determine the effects of external factors are
difficult to obtain. The effects of the external factors must be great enough to override the
natural changing of the population brought about by migration, temperature, availability of
dissolved oxygen, food supply, etc. Studies that require collecting organisms for evaluation also
face the problem of valid sampling techniques because by definition a sample must be representa-
tive. Dimond (1967) stated that sampling procedures for stream insects are crude, and so much
variation in the data results from their use that only major shifts in population size and structure
can be detected. Lauer, et al (1966) said it was difficult to collect water samples that are truly
representative of the concentration of the toxic agent to which the organism has been exposed.
31
-------
Ricker (1968) in reference to collecting fish for productivity studies said that four truisms
emerge: (1) most collecting methods are selective, with respect to species and size of individuals;
(2) soundness of collecting procedures has too often been assumed and has too seldom been
evaluated experimentally; (3) vast opportunities remain for discovering and developing new
methods; (4) there is no substitute for operation experience on the part of the collector.
Several books provide valuable information on equipment and collecting procedures.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (American Public Health
Association, 1967), Limnological Methods (Welch, 1948), and Ecological Methods (Southwood,
1966) provide detailed information on the physical and chemical examination of water, informa-
tion on equipment and methods for collecting biological material, and information on population
sampling in freshwater habitats. Books by Ricker (1968) and Bennett (1962) give techniques for
collecting and examining fish. The brief discussion that follows concerns only the most common
methods used in the studies previously considered.
Though a wide variety of devices exist for sampling stream and lake bottoms, the three
most widely used are the Ekman and Peterson dredges for lake bottoms, and the Surber
square-foot sampler for shallow streams. Dredges take relatively shallow samples which are
usually disturbed before they reach the surface and, therefore, the devices are not suitable for
use in stratification studies. After the material is brought to the surface it is washed through a
No. 30 mesh screen and the organisms sorted out. The screen collects only macroscopic bottom
fauna. The Ekman dredge relies on its own weight to sink, has a rather weak spring to close the
jaws and is, therefore, limited to use on bottoms which are soft and consist of finely divided
mud. Large bivalves, sticks, or small rocks interfere with the closing of the jaws. The Peterson
dredge is heavier, has additional attached weights, and can be used in sand and gravel. This
dredge is sufficiently heavy, however, that it must be raised by a hoist. The Surber square-foot
sampler is by far the most widely used stream sampler and is especially suitable for sampling on
rocky bottoms which are shallow and possess current enough to hold the net in an open
position. It has limited use in water deeper than three feet and again only macroscopic organisms
are collected (Libby, 1964; Mackenthun, 1966; Mackenthun and Ingram, 1967; Southwood
1966; and Welch, 1948).
Benthic and periphytic organisms are also collected by emplacement of a removable
substrate. According to Southwood (1966), this is one of the most accurate collection methods.
Collecting devices of this type are in various forms including building bricks (Elvins, 1962),
asbestos-cement plates (Southwood, 1966), Plexiglas substrata (King and Ball, 1967), glass slides
(Welch, 1948), and wire boxes containing rocks and sticks (Bull, 1968; Mason, et al, 1967; and
Scott, 1958). N. W. Britt (1955) used concrete blocks on a rubble and gravel bottom to collect
mayfly naiads. Unattended concrete block and Hester-Dendy multiple plate samplers are some-
times disturbed by anglers. This can be a problem when collecting devices must be left
unattended in areas where large numbers of people use the water for recreational purposes. An
additional problem encountered using this type of sampler especially in deep water, is that
organisms not firmly attached may be lost when the sampler is raised.
The Kemmerer water sampler is probably the most widely used water collecting device and
is also suitable for quantitative plankton samples. An advantage that the Kemmerer sampler has
over the Juday plankton trap is that nannoplankton as well as net plankton is collected A
possible disadvantage of the Kemmerer is that motile zooplankters may tend to avoid it. The
Juday plankton trap is a commonly used quantitative sampler which collects and removes the
plankton in one operation. When the trap is brought to the surface, the water drains out and
concentrates the plankters in a small net container. This collects only net plankton as the
nannoplankton are so small they pass through the bolting cloth filter. The Juday trap is bulky,
32
-------
awkward to handle, and usually must be raised with a hoist. Qualitative plankton samples may
also be collected with a bolting cloth tow net or with a plankton pump (Southwood, 1966; and
Welch, 1948).
Ricker (1968) states that the use of electricity for capturing fish is one of the least selective
of all active fishing methods. Too strong an electrical current, prolonged exposure, or contact
with the electrodes, however, can kill fish, or cause damage that later proves fatal, and is of
potential danger to the operators. Electrofishing can be done in both lakes and streams but water
resistivity, variations in fish size, shape, or species, temperature, and fish mortality factors all
have a bearing on the effectiveness of the shocker (Patten and Gillespie, 1966). Seining is the
most common way to collect fish but is limited to shallow waters and bottoms that have few
large boulders and few aquatic plants. Hoop and fyke nets are commonly used and according to
Ricker (1968) can be both strongly selective and differently efficient in collecting fish species.
For example, a net set parallel to the shoreline can be either more or less efficient than one
perpendicular to it, depending on the species. Gill and trammel nets tend to be more efficient in
capturing fishes adorned with external roughnesses, teeth, etc. Since these nets are stationary and
depend on the fish moving to them, the fishing success may depend on abrupt changes in
barometric pressure, wind-driven currents, water-level fluctuations, turbidity, and transmitted
light. In very large bodies of water, purse seining and trawling are the most practical collection
methods.
Table 5 shows the most commonly used items of collecting equipment, exclusive of dip nets
and simple seines, with the general purpose for each item indicated. Of course, the quantitative
samples may also be used to collect qualitative samples. The various traps and nets used for
collecting fish result in acquiring qualitative information only. For fish population studies, some
form of the capture-mark-recapture method must be used. There are many kinds of collecting
devices in use though no single one is suitable for all types of habitats; a fact which complicates
attempts to make comparative determinations (Anderson, 1962).
Indicator Organisms
Thieneman (Patrick, 1965) was the first to emphasize the fact that certain groups or
associations of species were characteristic of a given type of environment. This does not mean
however, that individual species are necessarily reliable indicators of environmental conditions in
a particular area. Various researchers (Beak, 1965; Beck, 1957; Brinkhurst, 1966; Gaufin and
Tarzwell, 1956; Lackey, 1957; Lackey, 1961; Mackay, 1969, Olson, 1957; Palmer, 1959; Palmer,
1963; Patrick, 1957; and Patrick, et al, 1967) have concluded that few individual species as
indicators of pollution exist, but when a number of kinds of organisms are used in conjunction
with chemical, physical, and bacteriological methods, the combination may be a reliable index.
Table 6 is a list of organisms that have been associated with pollution of various types. When
considering this table, it must be borne in mind that a number of ecological factors may
influence the presence or absence of an organism and, therefore, changes in distribution and
abundance of a species may not be related to pollution (Paine and Gaufin, 1956; Patrick, 1965;
Lackey, 1957). Lackey (1957) pointed out that a cause and effect relationship does not
necessarily exist simply because of abundance of an organism and occurrence of a defined
pollutant.
Beak (1965) proposed a biotic index of water pollution based on presence and density of
certain macrobenthic organisms. There were six stages in the index from normal fauna to total
absence of fauna corresponding to increasing degrees of pollution. In most cases organisms were
33
-------
TABLE 5 COLLECTING EQUIPMENT IN COMMON USAGE IN LIMNOLOGICAL STUDIES
AND THE GENERAL PURPOSE FOR WHICH EACH IS USED
(Bennett, 1962; Ricker, 1968; Southwood, 1966; and Welch, 1948)
Equipment
General Purpose
Ooze sucker
Ekman dredge
Peterson dredge
Triangle bottom dredge
Wilding square-foot sampler
Dendy inverting sampler
Surber square-foot sampler
Hess circular sampler
Hollow square-foot-sampler
Wisconsin trap
Kemmerer water sampler
Birge cone net
Wisconsin plankton net
Closing net
Juday plankton trap
Clarke-Bumpus sampler
Hoop and Fyke traps
Gill and tangle nets
Sunken trap nets
Electric shocker
Purse seine
Trawl
Benthos
Microfauna (qualitative) in uppermost layers
Macrofauna (qualitative) on soft bottoms
Macrofauna (quantitative) on hard bottoms
Macrofauna (quantitative) on smooth bottoms
Macrofauna (quantitative) on soft or hard bottoms
Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams
Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams
Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams
Periphyton
Macrofauna (qualitative) from hard objects having large areas
Macrofauna (qualitative) from plants in shallow water
Plankton
Net and nannoplankton (quantitative)
Net plankton (quantitative)
Net plankton (quantitative)
Net plankton (quantitative) from deep water verticle tows
Net plankton (quantitative)
Net plankton primarily deep water
Fish
Quiet shallow waters
Pelagic fish, various depths
Lower depths in relatively shallow waters
Shallow streams and lakes
Open water surface seining in large bodies of water
Bottom, surface, or midwater depths in large bodies of water
34
-------
TABLE 6. PARTIAL LISTING OF ORGANISMS COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH POLLUTION
Organism
Type of Pollution
References
Insects
Chironomus riparius
C. plumosus
Culex pipiens
C. tentans
Eristalis bastardi
E. tenax
Glyptotendipes spp
Oligochaetes
Limnodrilus spp
Tubifex spp
Fungi
Fusarium aquaeductum
Geotrichum candidum
Leptomities lacteus
Penicillium lUacinum
P. ochrochloron
Bacteria
Aerobacter aerogenes
A. cloacae
Escherichia coli
Sphaerotilus natans
Streptococcus durans
S. faecalis
S. liquefaciens
S. zymogenes
Bryozoa
Ctenostomata sp
Protozoa
Bodo caudatus
Caenomorpha medusula
Chaenea spp
Colpoda spp
Colpidium spp
Dimastigamoeba gruberi
Diplophrys archeri
Organic
Organic
Organic
51
))
,,
Copper
Fecal pollution
,,
))
Organic
Fecal pollution
Organic
Organic
Gaufin, 1957; Learner and Edwards,
1966; Paine and Gaufin, 1956
Ingram, 1957
Gaufin, 1957; Ingram, 1957; Paine
and Gaufin, 1956; and Gaufin, 1958
Gaufin and Tarzwell, 1952
Gaufin, 1957; Gaufin and Tarzwell,
1952; and Paine and Gaufin, 1956;
Gaufin, 1958
Ingram, 1957
Paine and Gaufin, 1956
Brinkhurst, 1966; Gaufin, 1957;
1958; and Shrivastava, 1962
Brinkhurst, 1966; Gaufin, 1957,
1958; and Gaufin and Tarzwell,
1952
Cooke, 1957
Kabler, 1957, 1961
Kabler, 1961
Kabler, 1957, 1961
Curtis, 1969; Herbert and Richards,
1963; and Patrick, 1968
Kabler, 1961
Lackey, 1961
Lackey, 1957
Lackey, 1961
Lackey, 1957
35
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Organism
Type of Pollution
References
Protozoa (Continued)
Enchelyomorpha vermicularis
Glaucoma pyriformis
G. schintillans
Hexamitus spp
H. crassus
H. inflatus
Loxodes vorax
Mastigamoeba spp
Mastigella spp
Metopus spp
M. sigmoides
Opercularia spp
Paramecium putrinum
Pelomyxa palustris
Polytoma uvella
Poteriodendron petiolatum
Saprodinium putrinum
Spirostomum spp
Strombidium spp
Tetramttus spp
T. pyriformis
Tillina magna
Trachelocerca coluber
Trepomonas spp
Trigonomonas compressa
Trimyema compressa
Uahlkampfia guttalu
U. Umax
Urocentrum turbo
Uroleptus spp
Urophagus rostratus
Urotricha spp
Urozona butschlii
Organic
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
1957
1961
1957
1961
1957
Lackey, 1961
Lackey, 1957
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
1961
1957
1961
1957
Lackey, 1961
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
1957
1957,1961
1961
Lackey, 1957, 1961
Lackey, 1957
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
1957,1961
1961
1957
1961
Achanthes affinis
A. minutissima
Achnanthidium brevipes
var intermedia
Actinastrum hantzschii
Actinella spp
Agrnenellum quadriduplicatum
Amphora coffeiformis
A. ovalis
Anabaena constricta
Anacystis spp
A. montana
Anomoeoneis serians var.
brachipira
Arthrospira jinneri
Hydrogen sulfide
Calcium carbonate
Salt brine
(principally NaCl)
>>
High acidity
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, salt brine, oil
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Iron
Organic
Palmer, 1959
Patrick, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Palmer, 1959
36
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Organism
Type of Pollution
References
Algae (Continued)
Astasia spp
Asterionella formosa
Caloneis amphisbaena
Calothrix spp
C. braunii
Camphlodiscus spp
Carteria multifilis
Ceratoneis arcus
Chaetomorpha spp
Chlamydobotrys spp
Chlamydomonas spp
C. ehrenbergii
C. reinhardi
Chlorella pyrenoidosa
C. vulgaris
C. variegata
Chlorobrachis spp
C. gracillina
Chlorococcum botryoides
C. humicola
Chlorogonium euchlorum
Chromulina spp
C. ovalis
Closterium acerosum
Coccachloris elabens
(Aphanothece halophytica)
Cocconeis diminuta
C. pediculus
C. placentula
Cryptoglena pigra
Cryptomonas erosa
Cyclotella kiitzingiana
C. meneghiniana
Cymatopleura solea
Cymbella lacustris
C. naviculiformis
C. ventricosa
Diatoma elongatum
D. vulgare
Diploneis elliptica
Dunaliella salina
Enteromorpha intestinalis
E, prolifeia
Entophy salts deusta
(Aphanocapsa littoralis)
Euglena spp
E. acus
E. adhaerens
E. agilis
Organic
Copper
Paper mill wastes, hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper
Hydrogen sulfide
Organic
Phenolic wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Distillery wastes
High acidity
Salt brine
Organic
Iron
Organic
Distillery wastes
Copper
Organic
Distillery wastes, organic
Iron
High acidity
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes
5)
Phenolic wastes
Organic
High acidity
Phenolic wastes
Hydrogen sulfide, salt brine
Phenolic wastes, paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper, phenolic wastes
Salt brine, paper mill wastes, copper,
hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Phenolic wastes, paper mill
Wastes, oil
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Lackey, 1957
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
Palmer, 1959
Chromium
High acidity
Organic
37
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Organism
Type of Pollution
References
Algae (Continued)
E. deses
E. gracilis
E. hiemalis
E. mutabilis
E. oxguris
E. polymorpha
E. sociabilis
E. stellata
E. tatrica
E. viridis
Eunotia spp
E. exigua
E. lunaris
E. trinacria
Fragilaria virescens
Frustulia rhomboides var
saxonica
Gomphonema spp
G. acuminatum
G. herculaneum
G. olivacuum
G. parvulum
Gyrosigma attenuatum
Hantzschia amphioxys
H. elongata
Lepocinclis ovum
L. text a
Lyngbya astuarii
L. digueti
Melosira arenaria
M. varians
Meridian circulars
Microcoleus chthonoplastic
Navicula anglica
N. atomus
N. cincta var heufleri
N. cryptocephala
N. gregaria
N. linearis
N. longirostris
N. minima
N. minuscula
N. palea
A', pygmaea
j\. radiosa
j\. salinamm
A', subtilissima
N. viridis
Organic
11
High acidity
Organic, chromium
Organic
Chromium
Chromium, high acidity
High acidity
Chromium, high acidity, organic
Iron, high acidity
High acidity
Phenolic wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Iron
Paper mill wastes, oil
Calcium
Phenolic wastes, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen sulfide, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity, organic
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Oil, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Salt brine, organic, phenolic wastes,
paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, oil
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity, salt brine
High acidity, copper
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957; Palmer, 1959; and
Sundaresan, et al, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1959, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1959, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Patrick, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Palmer, 1959
>>
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
38
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Organism
Type of Pollution
Reference
Algae (Continued)
Neidium bisulcatum
Nitzschia acicularis
N. apiculata
N. epithemaides
N. frustulum
N. ignorata
N. palea
N. trybliowella var debilis
Ochromonas spp
Oscillatoria spp
0. chalybea
0. chlorina
O. formosa
O. lauterbornii
0. limosa
O. princeps
O. putrida
0. tenuis
Pandorina spp
P. momm
Pediastrum spp
P. simples
Penium cucurbitinum
Phacus parvulus
P. pyrum
Phormidium autumnale
P. tenue
P. uncinatum
Pinnularia spp
P. borealis
P. subcapitata var helseana
Platymonas spp
Polytoma citri
P. uvella
Pyrobotrys gracilis
P. stellata
Scenedesmus spp
S. bijugatus
S. obliquus
S. quadricauda
Spirogyra communis
Spirulina subsalsa
Spondylomorum spp
Stauroneis anceps
S. phoenicentem
Stenopterobia intermedia
Stephanaptera gracilis
Stichococcus bacillaris
Copper
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen sulfide
Phenolic wastes, hydrogen sulfide,
salt brine
Hydrogen sulfide
High acidity
Paper mill wastes, salt brine
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
High acidity, iron, salt brine
Phenolic wastes
Iron
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper
Organic
55
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes
High acidity
Iron
55
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
5)
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
))
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
39
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Organism
Type of Pollution
References
Algae (Continued)
Stigeoclonium tenue
Surinella delicatissima
S. linearis
S. ovata
S. ovata var salina
Symploca erecta
Synedra acus
S. affinis
S. pulchella
S. ulna
Tabellaria flocculasa
Tetraedron muticum
Tetraspora spp
Trachelomonas spp
T. hispida
Trichodesmium spp
Ulothrix spp
U. zonata
Vanheurckia rhomboides var
crassenervia
Xanthidium antilopaeum
Organic
Iron
Curtis, 1969, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes,
organic
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes,
hydrogen sulfide, organic
Copper
Oil, salt brine
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, salt brine
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes, oil Palmer, 1959
High acidity
Organic
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Iron
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Salt brine, paper mill wastes
High acidity
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
40
-------
identified only to Family and were grouped according to feeding type and sensitivity to
pollution.
In using groups of aquatic organisms as indicators of pollution, the absence or reduction in
numbers of "clean-water" species may be as important, if not more so, than the presence of
known pollutional forms (Anderson, 1962; Fremling, 1964; Gaufin, 1958, 1965; Gaufin and
Tarzwell, 1952; and Leonard, 1965). Aquatic organisms usually considered to be "clean-water"
organisms include mayflies, stoneflies, caddisflies, molluscs of the family Unionidae, and beetles
of the family Elmidae. The absence of these organisms and the presence of physid snails,
tubificids, Eristdis tenax, and Chironomus pipiens would indicate water highly degraded by
organic wastes (Hinshaw, 1967; Ingram, 1957; Paine and Gaufin, 1956; and Young, 1961).
Palmer (1959) lists over 40 species of algae that he considers "clean-water" forms. He also said
that blue-green algae and flagellates are the algal groups most frequently encountered in the
portion of a stream containing organic pollution. Palmer (1963) has compiled a listing of more
than 600 species that are said to be tolerant of pollution.
The presence of large number of tubificids usually indicates a high concentration of organic
matter. These worms can live in water low enough in oxygen that most other fauna will not
survive (Brinkhurst, 1966, and Curry, 1965). King and Ball (1964) used wet weight ratios of
tubificids to aquatic insects to indicate changes in water quality. Their results indicated that this
technique may be useful in measuring organic pollution. Among the mayflies, there seems to be
an order of sensitivity to organic waste and as pollution increases sensitivity declines in the
following order: Rhithrogena, Heptagenia, Ecdyonurus, Ephemerella, and Baetis. An amphipod,
Gammarus pulex, lives quite well even in badly polluted water as long as the oxygen content is
not greatly lowered (Hynes, 1959). Ingram (1957) in discussing clams and snails, said that not
enough is known about molluscan ecology to name any species a pollution indicator and though
species such as Psidium idanoensis, Physa Integra, P. heterosteopha, and Musculium transversum
are found associated with organic waste, they are also found in areas unpolluted by domestic
sewage or putrescible industrial waste.
Coliform bacteria are constantly present in alimentary discharges, are comparatively easy to
enumerate, have long been considered indicative of fecal pollution (Gilderhus, 1966; and Kabler,
1957, 1961). Owing to special nutritional requirements a few species of fungi have been
associated with certain types of pollution (Servizi, et al, 1966). Generally, however, there has
been little correlation found between pollution and populations of aquatic fungi (Cooke and
Bartsch, 1959).
Brinkhurst (1966) said that fish are not particularly easy to use as indicators because they
are relatively difficult to sample, and their mobility makes it possible for them to avoid those
parts of the environment which become intolerable for short periods of time. Katz and Gaufin
(1953) studied the effects of organic pollution on fish distribution in a small Ohio stream. No
species of fish were regarded as indicators of pollution although several were relatively tolerant
of unfavorable conditions. They concluded that the number of species present and their relative
abundance are the most important considerations when pollutional conditions are being
evaluated.
Williams (1964) concluded that the search for biota or communities of biota which might
be useful as indicators of water quality has been hampered by the lack of information on the
environmental requirements of the various species and their resistance to specific chemical
substances.
41
-------
Concluding Remarks
(Field Assessment)
The value of field studies lies in the fact that more natural conditions are approached in
the field than in the laboratory. This is important because the reaction of an organism to a
chemical in the laboratory is not necessarily the same as it would be in nature. A price is paid
for these natural conditions, however, because it is impossible to control or even to ascertain all
of the variables in a field study. To complicate this further, in most field work there is a
conspicuous lack of detailed water-quality data taken in support of the field observations. In this
report, for example, approximately 220 papers dealing with field projects were carefully studied
and evaluated. Of these, only about 50 contained definitive water quality information. It has
long been recognized that the toxicity of a compound may depend on a number of interrelated
factors, including temperature, pH, water hardness, dissolved oxygen content, and exposure time.
For example, Cairns (1957) showed that considerable increases in toxicity may result during
periods of low dissolved oxygen content, and that this may occur even when the oxygen supply
is not low enough to be directly harmful to the organism. Burdick (1967) states that toxicants
react with detritus, and organic or inorganic materials in the water or bottom sediments and that
bacterial decomposition may alter chemicals to substances of greater or less toxicity. He
concluded that even light penetration may have an effect. Only rarely are all or even a majority
of these factors taken into consideration in conducting field studies of water pollution.
42
-------
SECTION IX
FACTORS AFFECTING CHEMICAL TOXICITY IN WATER
Depending on the nature of a chemical, environmental factors influencing water quality may
also affect the inherent toxicity of that compound to aquatic biota. Similarly, water quality
itself can affect chemical toxicity. For these reasons, chemical-physical characterization of water
is important whether it is used in a bioassay or studied in the field. Experimentation may have
little significance without minimal characterization, that is, measurement of water temperature,
pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), conductivity, oxidation-reduction potential, dissolved chlorides, and
turbidity. Furthermore, when potentially toxic ions, e.g., heavy metals or halogens, are known or
suspected to be present, analysis for these should be made. Without such data for an aquatic
experiment, the toxicity of a chemical to an aquatic organism means only that for the conditions
of that experiment is the chemical toxic at the concentration level reported, i.e., the toxicity
data cannot be extended to any other type of water.
As pointed out previously in other sections of this report, this type of water characteriza-
tion data was seldom given in the publications reviewed. Use of an unspecified, "standard water"
throughout a bioassay study helps very little when an attempt is made to extrapolate from the
study and predict how a chemical may behave in an entirely different water. If there is to be a
serious attempt to employ multivariate analysis or mathematical modeling in predictive studies of
chemical pollution problems, then the suggested type of water data must be taken, or completely
standardized experimental conditions including chemically defined water must be employed. The
following discussions concern the more important water-quality factors that may affect the
toxicity of a chemical in aquatic environments.
Temperature
The biological significance of temperature in the aquatic environment has been recognized
for many years. It was once said that a limnologist could obtain more information about a body
of water with a thermometer than any other single instrument. Reid (1962) believes "from the
broad and basically ecological point of view, the thermal properties of water and the attending
relationships are doubtless the most important factors in maintaining the fitness of water as an
environment." In several limnology texts (Reid, 1961, Ruttner, 1953, and Welch, 1952),
accounts are given of thermal stratification, thermoclines, heat budgets, general thermal dynamics
of water bodies, and the effects these factors have on aquatic life. Hutchinson (1957) gives an
in-depth account of the thermal properties of lakes. In recent years as the use of streams and
lakes by industry has increased, more investigators have been concerned with the effects of
increased temperatures on aquatic organisms. There are several very recent, extensive
bibliographies (over 1500 references) available on heated effluents and their effects on aquatic
life (American Society of Civil Engineers, 1967; Kennedy and Mihursky, 1967; and Raney and
Menzel, 1967). A reference manual on thermal effects on aquatic organisms was prepared by
Wurtz and Renn (1965).
A great deal of attention has been placed on thermal effects on fish. Fish, like most aquatic
organisms, are poikilotherms and therefore lack the means of maintaining an independent body
temperature. Needless to say, water temperature is a critical factor in the life of a fish and in
fish production. Each species has a thermal zone in which it can function in a normal manner
with a higher and lower zone in which it can survive for certain lengths of time. The degree of
43
-------
success the fish will have in these less than optimal zones will depend on a multitude of factors
including the health of the fish, stage of development, sex, diet, season of the year, and various
water quality parameters (Alabaster, 1967; Alabaster and Welcomme, 1962; Brett, 1956; Hoar,
1956; Huet, 1965; Mihursky and Kennedy, 1967; Tarzwell, 1957; and Tyler, 1966).
A major factor affecting the ability of an organism to adapt to a new temperature is the
previous temperature to which it has been exposed. Prosser and Brown (1961) define acclimation
as the compensation by animals to persistent change in temperature, usually in the laboratory.
Though not all authors make the distinction between acclimation and acclimatization, Prosser
and Brown refer to acclimatization as compensations under field conditions which come about
more slowly. Upper lethal temperatures tend to be closer to the acclimation temperature than
lower lethal temperatures (Colton, 1959). Upper or lower lethal temperatures obviously have
more meaning when the acclimation temperature is indicated. Table 7 lists the thermal death
points of a number of species of freshwater and marine fish in relation to the acclimation
temperatures. The table is a summary of work conducted by Brett (1956) and Jones (1964).
Laboratory studies conducted on thermal death points of various organisms may be of two
basic types. These are acute or shock tests in which large temperature increases are usually
completed in a few hours, and the chronic tests in which temperature increase is only a degree
or two a day and the overall test lasts several months. Shock tests are of value in studying fish
movements or when thermal loading is confined to a limited area. In these situations fish are
likely to move rapidly from one temperature zone to another. Chronic tests are designed to
approximate a condition of gradual exposure over considerable periods of time (Cairns, 1955,
1956).
Generally, fish of temperate regions are able to tolerate temperatures from 0 C to 30 C but
resistance to the highest and lowest temperature varies with different species. Salmonids and
other cold water fishes do not tolerate higher temperatures while warm water forms, such as the
cyprinids, tolerate higher temperatures quite well. Marine species may be more sensitive to
temperature change than freshwater species and immatures of both types are more sensitive than
adults. In general, all abrupt changes in temperature can be harmful even if the changes are short
lived.
Temperature may affect the fish directly or it may have an indirect effect. A change may
be within the toleration limits of a fish but may alter the environment to the point where it is
more suitable for another species (Tarzwell, 1957). This may come about in a number of ways
including a reduction or an increase in food supply, interference with the spawning process, or
alteration of the dissolved oxygen content of the water. Though other factors are also involved,
fish only spawn when the water reaches a suitable temperature and this varies with different
species. Water temperature may affect growth. For example, carp growth is very good between
20 C and 28 C, average between 13 C and 20 C, poor between 15 C and 13 C, and non-existent
below 5 C (Alabaster, 1967; Colton, 1959; Fry, 1960; Huet, 1965; and Swift, 1965).
Though the physiological effects of heat on an organism are discussed in some detail by
Brown (1957) and Prosser and Brown (1961), the actual cause of death by either heat or cold is
not well understood. Various theories have been put forth concerning the mechanism of heat
death including coagulation of protoplasm, inactivation of enzyme systems, lack of oxygen due
to inactivation of the respiratory center, and the release of toxic materials from heat affected
cells (Brett, 1956; Brown, 1961; Cairns, 1955; and Jones, 1964). Though the exact causes of
death at high temperatures may not be clear, most investigators agree that multiple factors are
involved.
44
-------
TABLE 7. THERMAL DEATH POINTS OF FISH ACCLIMIZED AT THE INDICATED TEMPERATURES
(FRESHWATER = F, MARINE - ATLANTIC = A, PACIFIC = P)
(Brett, 1956; and Jones, 1964)
Fish
Atlantic salmon
Atlantic salmon (grilse)
Atlantic salmon (parr)
Blacknose dace
Blacknose dace
Bluegill
Bluegill
Bluegill
Bluntnose minnow
Brook stickleback
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brown bullhead
Brown bullhead
Brown bullhead
Brown trout
Brown trout (fry)
Brown trout (fry)
Brown trout (yearling)
Brown trout (parr)
Carp
Chinook salmon (fry)
Chinook salmon (fry)
Chum salmon (fry)
Chum salmon (fry)
Coho salmon (fry)
Coho salmon (fry)
Common shiner
Common shiner
Creek chub
Creek chub
Creek chub
Emerald shiner
Emerald shiner
Emerald shiner
Fathead minnow
Fathead minnow
Fathead minnow
Gizzard shad
Gizzard shad
Acclimation
Temperature, C
_
-
10
20
15
20
30
25
25-26
5
10
15
20
25
15
20
30
26
5-6
20
-
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
30
10
15
25
10
15
25
10
20
30
25
30
Thermal Death-
Point, C
29.5-30.5
32.5-33.8
29.8
28.8
29.3
30.7
31.5
33.8
33.3
30.6
23.7
24.4
25
25.3
25.3
31.8
33.4
36.5
26
22.5
23
25.9
29
31-34
25
25.1
23.1
23.7
24.3
25
30.3
31.0
27.3
29.3
30.3
26.7
28.9
30.7
28.2
31.7
33.2
34.3
35.9
Occurrence
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
A-F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
A-F
F
F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
45
-------
TABLE 7. (Continued)
Fish
Golden shiner
Golden shiner
Golden shiner
Goldfish
Goldfish
Goldfish
Guppy
Largemouth bass
Largemouth bass
Largemouth bass
Mosquito fish
Mosquito fish
Mosquito fish
Opaleye
Opaleye
Perch
Perch
Perch
Perch
Pink salmon (fry)
Pink salmon (fry)
Pink salmon (fry)
Pumpkinseed
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout (Kamloops var)
Roach
Roach
Roach
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Tench
White sucker
Yellow Perch
Acclimation
Temperature, C
15
25
30
10
20
30
30
20
25
30
15
20
30
20
30
10
15
25
5
10
20
25-26
11
20
25
30
5
10
20
-
25
15
Thermal Death-
Point, C
30.5
33.2
34.7
30.8
34.8
38.6
34
32.5
34.5
36.4
35.4
37.3
37.3
31.4
31.4
23-25
25.0
27.7
29.7
21.3
22.5
23.9
34.5
28
24
29.5
30.5
31.5
22.9
23.4
24.8
29-30
29.3
27.7
Occurrence
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
A-F
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F-P
P-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
46
-------
When the temperature goes beyond the thermal zone optimal for the organism, evidence
indicates the general resistance to other adverse conditions is reduced. Hynes (1959) stated that
several workers have shown that a rise of 10 C may halve the survival time of test animals. It has
been reported that an increase in temperature caused an increase in toxicity in fluorides
(Angelovic, et al, 1961), cyanide (Cairns and Scheier, 1963), sodium pentachlorophenate
(Crandall and Goodnight, 1959), phenol (Brown, et al, 1967), various pesticides (Mahdi, 1966,
and Macek, et al, 1969), as well as a possible reduction in resistance to disease (Cairns, 1955,
and Turnbull, et al, 1954). It has also been reported that anesthesia with alcohol was induced
more rapidly in fish when the temperature was increased. Though it may not appreciably affect
the toxic threshold, an increase in temperature may affect the length of time required for a given
concentration to kill an organism. Hester (1959) found that if 40 F tests were continued beyond
3 days, the kill of fish by the end of the twenty-first day was approximately the same as 70 F
tests conducted for 3 days. When all tests were run at 3 days, however, more rotenone was
required to kill fish at 40 F than at 70 F. Similar findings were reported by Lloyd (1965) and
Cairns and Scheier (1957). The rate of uptake of chemicals by aquatic organisms increases with
an increase in temperature (Das and Needham, 1961). This occurs probably because of the
increase in metabolic rate which accompanies the increase in temperature.
An interesting example of the effects of temperature on fish behavior was reported by
Loeb, et al (1966). Brown bullheads (Ictalurus nebulosus) were killed when exposed to 50 ppb
of 4-iodo-3-salicylanilide at temperatures of 5 C or 21 C. When bottom sediments were added,
the bullheads would bury themselves in the sediment at 5 C and thus escape the toxic chemical.
At 21 C, however, the fish would not bury themselves and were killed by the chemical.
Results of field studies conducted to determine the effects of increased temperatures on
aquatic life are usually recorded as a reduction in numbers of individual organisms, reduction in
species (with or without reduction in numbers of individuals), or the presence of indicator
organisms (Geen and Andres, 1961; Mann, 1965; Trembley, 1960; and Wurtz and Dolan, 1961).
Various types of organisms are useful in these studies. Trembley (1965) conducted a five year
study of heated discharges in a Pennsylvania river and outlined the types of useful organisms and
made some brief remarks about each group. The numbers of species of periphyton tended to be
reduced in high temperatures but individual species were often present in great numbers. Most
aquatic invertebrates tended to increase during winter months and undergo reduction in the
summer. Insect larvae of the family Tendipedidae were the most tolerant invertebrates in the
heated water areas. A rooted aquatic plant, Potomogeton, was found growing well in tempera-
tures ranging from 35 C to 37 C. Certain species of blue-green algae, primarily Oscillatoria, were
found to be the most heat-tolerant and were observed growing well in temperatures up to 45 C.
During the summer, fish left the heated-water zone and were apparently attracted to the heated
water areas during the winter months. Plankters drifted with the current and because of this
were not considered suitable organisms to work with in lotic environments.
The Aquatic Life Advisory Committee (1956) in discussing water quality requirements for
freshwater fish concluded that "any change in the temperature of the aquatic habitat will affect
the animals and plants living in it, even though the change remains within their ranges of thermal
tolerance. Because there is a relationship between temperature and the solubility, dissociation
and stability of the substances dissolved or suspended in water, a change in temperature will have
an indirect effect upon aquatic organisms, entirely apart from any direct effect, through
alteration of the physical and chemical characteristics of their environment. Since body tempera-
ture of a fish or lower aquatic organism is very close to that of the water, a change in
temperature will have direct effect by action upon the metabolic rate, growth, reproduction and
other vital processes. It should be pointed out further that, as a consequence of the temperature
effect upon one species, a change in temperature might alter the biotic environment of another
47
-------
species, thereby affecting the latter indirectly through an increase or decrease in food or shelter.
The complexity of the problem is increased by the fact that the nature and magnitude of the
effects upon aquatic organisms are related, not only to the temperature itself, but also to the
rate at which it is changed and to the duration of the altered level".
pH
The most frequently used index of hydrogen ion activity is pH. The pH of natural waters
may range from extremes of 1.7, found in an African lake, to 12.0 recorded from some Japanese
lakes. Normally however, surface water pH is between 6.0 and 9.0. Factors influencing pH in
unpolluted bodies of water are currents, which serve to keep the waters mixed; biological
processes such as photosynthesis and respiration; and the composition of the rocks and sediments
of the substrate (Jordan and Lloyd, 1964; National Technical Advisory Committee, 1968; and
Reid, 1961). Hutchinson (1957) states that in practically every case where the water is neither
very acid nor very alkaline, it may be assumed that the pH is regulated by the carbon
dioxide-bicarbonate-carbonate system.
Determination of pH is not a measure of total acidity or alkalinity in water. Many
compounds may be in water in unionized portions of weakly ionizing acids such as phosphoric,
carbonic, fatty acids, protein compounds, or as hydrolyzing salts such as ferrous or aluminum
sulfate. The latter are referred to as acid buffers. When acidity is measured by titration using a
dye like methyl orange with an end-point at pH 4.5, the value is termed "free acidity". If the
titration is carried by alkali addition to the end point of phenolphthalein at a pH of 8.3, the
value is called "total acidity" and will include the weak acids, acid salts, and with sufficient time
for reaction between alkali additions, some acidity due to slowly hydrolyzable compounds.
Alkalinity is usually imparted by the bicarbonate, carbonate, and hydroxide components of
a natural or treated water supply. These ions are the so-called alkali buffers. In determining
alkalinity, if the solution is titrated to the phenolphthalein end point of 8.3, the alkali fraction
measured is that contributed by the hydroxide and half of the carbonate. Indicators responding
in the pH range of 4-5 are used to measure the "total alkalinity" contributed by the hydroxide,
carbonate, and bicarbonate.
Alkaline buffering capacity of water in some limestone areas, for example, may partially
neutralize acidic components of an effluent. Where carbon dioxide content is high, alkali
components of a waste effluent may be partially neutralized. Total acidity and alkalinity are
features of water quality that are often overlooked in considering effluent release, and also in
conducting bioassay or field studies of chemical toxicity.
When pH is the only factor considered, the toleration limit of most organisms falls in the
range of 5.0 to 9.0 (Jones, 1964; Doudoroff and Katz, 1950; and Hynes, 1966). Fry (1960)
concluded that the general range for good fish production was 6.7 to 8.6. McKse and Wolf
(1963) state that of waters which support a good fish fauna, only 5 percent have a pH of less
than 6.7 and only 5 percent have a pH over 8.3. The permissible range for fish depends on
several factors including temperature, age, dissolved oxygen, prior acclimatization, and the
content of various anions and cations.
The exact cause of death of fish in low or high pH waters is unclear though Tarzwell
(1957) has stated that an unsuitable pH may interfere with oxygen uptake. It has been reported
(Jones, 1964, and Aquatic Life Com., 1955) that fish are killed in acid waters by precipitation
and coagulation of the mucous on the gills and by coagulation of the gill membranes themselves
48
-------
The pH of water may have considerable influence on the toxicity of certain chemicals. The
pH value will determine the degree of dissociation of weak acids and bases, some of which may
be more toxic in molecular than ionic form (McKee and Wolf, 1963; Hynes, 1966; and Cairns
and Scheier, 1963). Highly dissociated inorganic acids do not appear to be toxic at pH values
above 5.0 and highly dissociated inorganic alkalies do not appear to be toxic below 9.0 (Aquatic
life Com., 1955).
The effect of pH on the toxicity of specific compounds has been reported. An increase in
toxicity brought about by a decrease in pH was reported for pentachlorophenol and sodium
pentachlorophenate (Goodnight, 1942, and Crandall and Goodnight, 1959), nickel cyanide
(McKee and Wolfe, 1963), and sodium sulfide (McKee and Wolfe, 1963, and Tarzwell, 1957).
Within certain ranges, pH may have little or no effect on toxicity. Henderson, et al (1958, 1959)
reported no differences in toxicity for several chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides when the pH
was varied from 7.4 to 8.2. Loeb, et al (1965) conducted studies on ergot derivatives on
surfacing behavior of fish, and found no change in response when pH was changed from 6.3 to
7.2. Marking and Hogan (1967) found little difference in toxicity of Bayer 73 to fish in a pH
range between 6.4 to 8.0. At a higher pH (10.0) and a lower pH (5.0), the toxicity of this
compound was reduced. Mount (1966) in a flow-through study showed that zinc was always
more toxic at a high pH than at a low pH, and further that water hardness was also an
important factor.
Dissolved Oxygen
The amount of dissolved oxygen (DO) present is one of the most significant chemical
parameters in the study of surface waters. The amount of oxygen that can be dissolved in water
at any one time is dependent upon (1) water temperature, (2) partial pressure of the oxygen in
the atmosphere in contact with the water, and (3) salinity.
Photosynthesis in algae and higher aquatic plants is one source of DO in natural waters. The
rate of photosynthesis depends on many factors but the major one is light. The depth that light
penetrates the water (euphotic zone) is determined by turbidity, color, and the absorptive effect
of the water itself. Another important source of oxygen is the atmosphere. Factors which will
influence the rate at which oxygen will dissolve into the water from the atmosphere include (1)
wave action, or other surface disturbances, (2) the difference in partial pressure between the
atmosphere and the water, and (3) the moisture content of the atmosphere.
There may be considerable diurnal and seasonal fluctuations in DO in a stream or lake
primarily due to changes in water temperature and photosynthetic rates. Water temperatures vary
from one season to another and deep lake water may vary considerably from the surface to the
bottom, e.g., during thermocline formation. Though photosynthesis does not occur at night,
aquatic plant respiration continues and oxygen is utilized. The amount of oxygen that is used in
aerobic biochemical action in the decomposition of organic matter (BOD) also causes extreme
fluctuations in DO available for aquatic organisms.
Oxygen requirements of fish and other aquatic organisms vary with the species and are
affected by age, degree of activity, size, prior acclimatization, and health of the organism.
Environmental factors influencing DO requirements or interfering with oxygen uptake are
temperature, pH, carbon dioxide, and dissolved solids. Temperature appears to be the major
factor because as the temperature increases, the metabolic rate of cold-blooded animals increases
along with oxygen uptake. At the same time, the solubility of oxygen in water decreases as
49
-------
temperature increases. This is discussed in excellent detail with a tabulation of the water
solubility of oxygen in Standard Methods (American Public Health Association, 1967).
Jones (1964) summarized the work of various investigators (Table 8) who conducted
laboratory studies on DO requirements of fish at various temperatures. Jones pointed out that
these figures were somewhat low compared with observations made in the field at similar
temperatures. It follows, however, that while fish may survive short periods of stress under
laboratory conditions, this does not mean they will be able to survive indefinitely, feed,
reproduce, grow, and compete with other organisms.
Doudoroff and Warren (1962) found that sublethal adverse effects of low DO on fish
included reduction in swimming speed and loss of weight. The gross efficiency of food conver-
sion was not greatly reduced in fish maintained on an unrestricted diet until the DO level
dropped below 4 ppm. The reduction in growth rate was attributed to loss of appetite. It was
also found that sac fry hatched from eggs in waters with a low DO content were small and weak.
A low level of DO may in itself be a lethal factor for various aquatic organisms and may
also cause an increased toxicity in a variety of chemicals. Several investigators have reported an
increase in the toxicity of chemicals due to decreased DO including various petroleum products
(Tagatz, 1961), unionized ammonia (Downing and Merkens, 1955), potassium dichromate
(Cairns, 1965), potassium cyanide (Downing, 1954; and Cairns, 1965) zinc, lead and copper salts
(Reiff, 1964), and various other inorganic salts (McKee and Wolf, 1963).
Suspended Solids and Turbidity
Turbidity may be defined as the degree of opaqueness produced in water by suspended
particulate matter. In much of the literature, turbidity and suspended solids (or suspensoids) are
used as synonyms. The particle size, shape, and refractive index have more influence on turbidity
than weight composition (American Public Health Association, 1967). The interplay of light on
the suspended material along with the reflection from the sky or bottom are also responsible for
the apparent color of the water. This is distinguished from true color which is derived from
substances in solution or in the colloidal state.
Turbidity is measured in Jackson turbidity units (JTU) which is the distance through a
column of water at which the image of a standard flame from a candle is no longer visible. The
standard unit is that condition produced by 1 ppm Fullers earth in distilled water. Turbidity has
a profound effect on natural light penetration which can be determined by the use of a
photronic cell or a Secchi disk. The measure of natural light penetration, however, is not a good
measure of turbidity because other factors affect light penetration including intensity, cloud
cover, water disturbance, and direction of the sunlight.
Suspended solids that occur naturally in water bodies include plankton, organic and
inorganic detritus, and silt. These suspended solids are augmented by a multitude of materials in
discharges from population centers, agricultural, and industrial sites. McKee and Wolfe (1963)
note that differentiation between suspended and settieable solids are often not clear because the
terms are sometimes confused in the literature. Until settled to the bottom, all settieable solids
are suspended solids and the rate of settling is dependent on quiescence, temperature, density,
flocculation, and otlier factors.
50
-------
TABLE 8. MINIMUM OXYGEN VALUES AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES AT
WHICH FISH CAN EXIST UNDER LABORATORY CONDITIONS
(Jones, 1964)
Fish
Bleak
Blunt-nosed minnow
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brown bullhead
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Carp
Carp (mirror)
Coho salmon
Coho salmon
Coho salmon
Dace
Eel
Goldfish
Goldfish
Goldfish
Perch
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Roach
Salmon parr
Smallmouth bass
Steel-colored shiner
3-spined stickleback
Tench
Yellow perch
Yellow perch
Oxygen, ppm
0.68-1.44
2.25
2.0
2.2
2.5
1.52
2.4
2.5
1.35-2.35
0.3
1.13
1.16
2.13
2.8
1.28-1.6
1.64-2.48
2.9
1.1
0.59-2.5
1.3
1.4
2.0
0.57-1.1
1.0
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.1-1.3
2.4-3.7
2.5
0.83-1.42
1.05-2.06
0.67-0.69
2.0-2.2
0.63-0.98
2.25
0.25-0.50
0.35-0.52
2.25
0.37-0.88
Temperature, C
16
20-26
10
15
20
3.5
23
19-20
15.6
30
6.4
9.5-10
18
24
9.4
17.2
-
30
16
16
20
24
16
17
10
20
30
16
16
19-20
11.1
18.5
16
8
15-16
20-26
-
16
20-26
15.5
51
-------
Cairns (1967) described the adverse effects of suspended solids on aquatic biota and
acknowledged that the effects would vary with the species and stage of development. A brief
summary of this discussion follows:
(1) Reduction of light penetration - This may restrict the growth of photosynthetic
forms and, as they are the base of the food web, this could have widespread
effects on all other organisms.
(2) Mechanical or abrasive action - This is of particular importance to gill-breathing
organisms, such as fish and mussels, because gill impairment not only effects
respiration and excretion but may have other widespread metabolic effects.
(3) Blanketing action or sedimentation - This has a deleterious effect on fish
spawning sites and in fact may make large areas useless for spawning. Benthic
organisms which are a valuable food source for fish may be eradicated.
(4) Availability as a surface for growth of fungi and bacteria - The presence of
particulate matter may enable the environment to support substantially increased
populations of microorganisms.
(5) Adsorption and/or absorption of various chemicals This may lead to a buildup
of toxic substances in a limited area with a possibility of sudden release.
(6) Reduction of temperature fluctuations Probably of little importance since
particulate concentration would have to be extremely high.
Reduced light penetration will greatly influence productivity. Little plant or benthic
productivity can be expected when the turbidity exceeds 200 JTU (National Technical Advisory
Committee, 1968). Buck (Tarzwell, 1957) reported the average volume of net plankton in clear
ponds was eight times greater than from turbid ponds. Buck also stated (Fry, 1960) that
virtually no light is transmitted beyond three inches when suspended solids reach 150 ppm. Most
predacious fish feed by sight and in turbid waters have difficulty competing with such bottom-
feeder fish as carp, buffalo, and carpsuckers.
Heavier particles of suspended material will settle out and may in this way reduce benthic
production. Generally, benthic productivity increases with a change from fine to coarse
substrates. Only small amounts of sand and silt shifting in and around the gravel will eliminate
much of an area suitable for aquatic insects and other benthic organisms (Aquatic Life Advisory
Committee, 1956). Spawning sites for fish are greatly altered by silting, and fish eggs may not
receive enough oxygen when covered with fine sediments. A covering of silt may also prevent
metabolites from being washed away (Trama and Benoit, 1960).
Reviewing data from other investigations, Tarzwell (1957) stated that in order for
suspended solids to be directly harmful to fish the material must be present in very large
amounts. Herbert and Merkens (1961) exposed trout to suspensions of kaolin and diatomaceous
earth at concentrations of 270 ppm, and substantial numbers of the fish died. Concentrations of
90-100 ppm were less harmful and concentrations of 30 ppm had no observable effect. Wallen
(Aquatic Life Advisory Committee, 1956) reported that fish lived for at least short periods
(approximately a week) in silt concentrations of 100,000 ppm. The fish died in a few hours
when exposed to concentrations of 175,000 to 225,000 ppm.
52
-------
MacLeod and Smith (1966) found that the rate of metabolism and swimming endurance
were reduced in minnows exposed to sublethal concentrations (100-800 ppm) of suspended
wood fibers. Herbert and Richards (1963) reported reduced growth in trout kept in pulp
suspensions of 50 and 100 ppm for 40 weeks, but concluded that streams containing concentra-
tions of these suspended solids as high as 200 ppm and sometimes higher may support a
"reasonable" fish population. They also stated that a fishery is likely to be seriously harmed if
the average concentration is greater than 600 ppm.
Herbert, et al (1961) reported a reduction in numbers of trout in a stream polluted with
suspended solids (1000 ppm) which was the only polluting material in the stream. He attributed
trout reduction to effects on spawning sites, reduction in available food organisms, and some
harmful effects directly to the fish.
Smith, et al (1963, 1965, 1966) and Kramer and Smith (1966) have conducted a series of
studies on the effects of suspended material from industrial sites. They stated that fish in streams
receiving woodfiber wastes may suffer deleterious effects from exposure to sublethal concentra-
tions of suspended fibers. They further concluded that the effects of suspended fibers on fish
mortality would depend on the species of fish, type of wood fiber, processing method, DO,
concentration, and to a lesser degree, temperature.
When high concentrations of suspended solids are present, death of fish may be due to
clogging of the gills (Brown, 1957; Thompson, 1963; and McKee and Wolfe, 1935). Large
populations of planktonic organisms such as diatoms and protozoans may produce irritation of
fish gills, a condition referred to as sestonosis (Fry, 1960).
There is little information on the effect of turbidity on the toxicity of chemicals. Though
the effects of the turbidity are not known, many investigators acknowledge its importance and it
is often measured in both laboratory and field studies (see Appendices A and B). Wallen, et al
(1957) conducted toxicity studies on a variety of chemicals and carefully measured the turbidity
both before and after the tests. They concluded their paper by stating that it would be
important to determine if variations in turbidity would significantly affect the toxicity of
chemicals, especially those that react to reduce turbidity. Schoenthal (1963) found that
mortality in trout exposed to DDT was reduced when turbidity and alkalinity were increased.
This may have been due to adsorption of the DDT by the sediment. Brungs and Bailey (1966)
have shown that Endrin toxicity to fish is not greatly reduced unless a highly absorptive material
such as activated carbon is present.
Other Factors
Among other water quality factors affecting chemical toxicity in the aquatic environment,
water hardness and CO2 content are probably the most important.
Hardness of water is chiefly attributed to calcium and magnesium ions. Water containing
more than 40 ppm total hardness is generally considered hard water while less than this amount
indicates soft water. Hardness in natural water can also be correlated with dissolved solids, and
sometimes with alkalinity. Increased toxicity of the following chemicals has been reported for
hard water: antimony potassium tartrate (Tarzwell and Henderson, 1960), Dipterex (Henderson
and Pickering, 1968), and Fermate (Pickering and Henderson, 1966). Soft water increased the
toxicity of the following chemicals: Sarin (Pickering and Henderson, 1959), copper and zinc
(Sprague and Ramsay, 1965), fifteen metal compounds (Tarzwell and Henderson, 1960),
53
-------
hexavalent chromium (Trama and Benoit, 1960), methyl methacrylate, styrene and vinyl acetate
(Pickering and Henderson, 1966), zinc (Mount, 1966, and Cairns and Scheier, 1958), Cumate
(Pickering and Henderson, 1966), and copper sulfate (McKee and Wolfe, 1963). Water hardness
had little or no effect on the toxicity of the following chemicals: antimony trioxide (Tarzwell
and Henderson, 1960), ten organic phosphorus compounds (Henderson and Pickering, 1958,
1959), twelve petrochemicals (Pickering and Henderson, 1966), eight organic cyanides
(Henderson, et al, 1961), cyanide (Cairns and Scheier, 1963), and ten phosphorus and
chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides (Pickering and Henderson, 1966).
Dissolved carbon dioxide is important in the aquatic environment, especially to plants.
Although a product of respiration, the amount of CO2 in the body of many animals determines
respiration rate. Its primary role in photosynthesis has long been known along with its
importance in the carbon-dioxide-bicarbonate system that determines the pH of many natural
bodies of water. Carbon dioxide can also affect the toxicity of chemicals in water. At concentra-
tions below 30 ppm, carbon dioxide is generally not toxic to fish. Above this level, it may be
limiting in various ways, or lethal at high concentrations depending on the fish species involved.
The effect of carbon dioxide on aquatic organisms is closely associated with DO and is mediated
largely by ambient water temperature. The significance of carbon dioxide in aquatic environs is
discussed fully by Brown, 1957; Doudoroff and Warren, 1962; Fry, 1960; Tarzwell, 1957; and in
Water Quality Criteria, 1968. No information was found on carbon dioxide enhancement of the
toxicity of chemicals, but when carbon dioxide is present in amounts sufficient to alter pH, this
is a distinct possibility.
Natural environmental factors that may affect chemical toxicity directly or indirectly by
contributing to water quality changes are:
(1) Air temperature - contributes to water temperature
(2) Solar irradiation and cloud cover affects surface evaporation rate and water
temperature as well as varying incident ultraviolet which may photooxidize chemi-
cals in water
(3) Precipitation - diluting factor
(4) Wind speed and direction - affects atmospheric C>2 uptake of water by surface
roiling and also causes varied rates of mixing
(5) Solids and rock substrata - provide dissolved chemicals that primarily constitute
the chemical make-up of water
(6) Plant and animal detritus present in a body of water and from drainage areas -
provide suspended and dissolved solids and nutrients.
Another important part of the environment that may affect chemical toxicity but not one
created by nature, is the extremely wide diversity of water pollutants added to natural waters by
man. Synergistic or antagonistic effects can and do occur in dilute chemical concentrations.
Mixed pollutants are discussed briefly in the section Industrial Wastes.
54
-------
SECTION X
INDUSTRIAL WASTES
The problem of maintaining desirable water quality increases with advancing technological
development. One of the most serious water quality problems facing industry with respect to
effluent discharges is the effect of toxic wastes on aquatic life. The many substances carried in
solution and suspension determine whether water will be suitable for supporting aquatic
organisms. Chemical contents of some wastes may be freely soluble or miscible in water, such as
acids, alkalies, organic solvents, etc.; or nonsoluble, such as slurries from mining operations, soil
washings, or wood pulp fibers. Adverse effects may be direct and immediate or they may be
chronic and deleteriously affect the environment only gradually over a long period of time.
Mixed, the wastes may be synergistic or they may reduce the damaging effects each would have
individually (Garrett, 1957; Keup, et al, 1967; and Neel, 1963).
Complex wastes such as pulp mill effluents, wastes from oil refineries, and chemical plants
are neither constant in content nor in concentration and this further complicates tests to
determine their toxicities. Not only will a waste vary in toxicological and chemical characteristics
from day to day, but also within any given day variations will occur due to process changes, raw
materials, and end products. These wastes contain many known but often many unknown toxic
substances (Clemens and Clough, 1965; Keup, et al, 1967; and National Technical Advisory
Committee, 1968). Ellis in 1937 summarized the hazards of 30 common types of municipal and
industrial effluents. This list was republished 30 years later by Keup, et al (1967) as shown in
Table 9. No updating of this data summary or anything similar to it was found. For these
reasons, less emphasis was placed in the present study on acquiring mixed effluent data.
However, during the course of literature acquisition, considerable information on this subject
area was obtained. These are briefly abstracted in Table 10. Although merely a token selection of
papers on this subject, the abstracts serve to show the wide diversity of problems associated with
industrial waste effluents.
For research to be effective, the scientist must know the materials he works with. McKee
and Wolfe (1963) in their summaries of potential chemical pollutants discuss 39 chemicals as
originating from textile wastes, while another (Anon., 1966) listed 386 compounds. This type of
situation probably exists for most other industries. In all likelihood, even the latter listing is not
complete since some process changes have undoubtedly been made since 1966. One of the first
orders of business should be the establishment of listing of effluent components from industrial
plants. These listings should be continually updated.
55
-------
TABLE 9. USUAL FISHERIES HAZARDS OF 30 COMMON TYPES OF MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS(a) (ELLIS, 1937. FROM KFUP. ET AL. UUV7)
Changes in Water Affecting Fish
Hydrogen-Ion Concentration Increase in
Types of Wastes
Decrease in
Dissolved Oxygen
Increase in
Acidity
Increase in Specific
Alkalinity Conductance
Increase in
Turbidity
Increase in
Ammonia
Bottom Pollution Specilic Toxic
Blanket Action on Fishes
Mineral Wastes, Little Bacterial Action
I-rosion silt
Limestone sawmills
Asbestos works
Mine flotation
Coal- and iron-mine drains
(.rude oil
Salt water from oil wells
None
Possible
None
None
Possible
Critical
None
None
Possible
None
Possible
None
Moderate
None
Critical
Critical
None
None
Critical None
Possible
Possible to critical
Possible Possible
Possible to critical Possible to critical
None
Organic, Bacterial Action
Municipal sewage
Dairy industries
Packing plants
Canning factories
Breweries and distilleries
Beet sugar, pulp wastes
Paper pulp
Sawdust
Coal -gas wastes
Spent lubricants
Metal refineries
Laundries and wool washings
Steffens house waste
Sulphite pulp
Strawbound waste
Chemical works (1)
Chemical works (2)
Tanneries
Hye works
Bittern liquors
Tin-plate and wire mills
Starch factories
Cloth sizing
Critical
Possible to critical
Possible
None
Moderate
Moderate to critical
None
Possible
Moderate
Possible
None
None to possible
Possible to critical
Possible
Critical
Moderate
Critical
None to moderate
Critical
Possible
Possible
None
Possible
None
Critical
Possible to critical
None to moderate
Critical
Possible to critical
Possible
None
Possible
None to moderate
None
Possible
Chemical
Possible
None
Possible
Moderate to critical
Critical
Moderate to critical
Critical
None
Possible to critical
None to moderate
None
Possible
Moderate
Possible
Processes
Moderate
Possible
Moderate
Critical
Moderate
Critical
Moderate
Possible
Possible
Moderate
Possible
None
Possible
Moderate
1
Possible
None
Possible
None
None to possible
Possible
Moderate
Critical
Moderate
Critical
Possible
Critical
None
Possible
Moderate to critical
None
Possible
None
Possible to critical
None
Possible
Possible to critical Possible to critical
Possible
Critical
Possible to critical
Possible to critical
Critical Possible
Critical Critical
Possible to critical
Possible to critical Critical
Possible Possible
Critical
Possible to critical
None
Critical
Possible
None Possible to critical
Possible to critical
Possible
(a) Increases in both acidity and alkalinity are noted in some cases, due to the fact that two or more kinds of effluents are mixed,
in the stream after the effluent is added.
with one predominating at times, and to changes which take place
-------
TABLE 10. GENERAL COMMENTS ON SELECTED INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
General
Industrial wastes
Organic wastes
Unspecified chemical
waste
Industrial wastes
Organic wastes
Industrial wastes
Organic wastes from
industrial sites
Industrial wastes
Industrial wastes
Various polluting
agents in rivers
A discussion of methods for studying toxicities of industrial wastes.
Bottom communities found in streams show characteristics reac-
tions to pollution, i.e., grossly polluted streams contain tubificid
and chironomids, etc. Various streams in New Zealand were
surveyed.
A complex chemical waste containing such toxicants as fluorides,
arsenic, copper, zinc, tin, lead, and S02 was shown to lower pH
and cause fish kill at a loading of about 0.5% of the waste in sea-
water at pH 5.5 and lower. Maximum toxicity occurred when
superphosphate was being produced.
Fifty percent reduction in photosynthesis in kelp resulted from
exposures to the following chemicals in four days:
Inorganic
Mercury 0.05 ppm
Copper 0.1 ppm
Nickel 2.0 ppm
Chromium 5.0 ppm
Chlorine 5.10 ppm
Zinc 10.0 ppm
Organic
Sodium pentachlorophenate 0.3 ppm
Zephiran chloride 1.0 ppm
Sodium dodecyl sulfate 5-10 ppm
Cresols 5-10 ppm
Phenol 10.0 ppm
Emulsified fuel oils 10-100 ppm
Evaluation was made of the various approaches to the problems of
organic pollution in tidal estuaries.
A summary of the ways in which industrial wastes may affect
aquatic life.
Stream had DO depletion for about a 45-mile stretch with heavy
loss of fish and plankton organisms.
Methods of studying industrial wastes are described.
An attempt is made to estimate future industrial discharges into
the Eems Estuary, The Netherlands.
A summary of problems arising from suspended solids, toxic
materials and nutrients from sewage pollution.
Heukelekian
(1948)
Hirsch
(1958)
Chanin and
Dempster
(1958)
Clendenning
and North
(1960)
Pyatt
(1964)
Neel
(1963)
George, et al
(1966)
Jackson and
B rungs
(1966)
Eggink
(1967)
Patrick
(1968)
57
-------
TABLE 10. (Continued)
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
Petroleum
Refinery wastes from:
Fractionation area
Cracking area
Lube oil treating area
Paraffin treating area
Acid plant area
Naphtha treating area
Fluid catalyst unit
Sulfuric acid alkylation
unit
Combination unit
Distillate tank drawoff
Oil field brine water
Oil field brine water
Oil field brine water
Petroleum products:
Gasoline
Diesel fuel oil
Bunker oil
Refinery effluent
Refinery effluent
(hydrogen sulfide
and phenolics)
Petroleum oil
Effects on bluegill, 24-hr TLm, % vol were: Turnbull, et al
Nontoxic: (1954>
31.0
Nontoxic:
37.0
3.1
75.0
3.1
0.4
29.0
12.0
Average number of aquatic species found in a stream with varying Clemens and
chloride concentrations was: Finnell
4-13,000-20,000 ppm (1957)
6 - 10,000-13,000 ppm
7- 8,000-10,000 ppm
8 - 4,000- 8,000 ppm
10- 1,000- 4,000 ppm
13- 1,000 ppm
The 24-hr TLm of fish at various concentrations of chlorides showed Wood
a marked reduction in deaths as the concentration neared 7,000 ppm. (1957)
One test at 7,000 ppm for 192 hr showed 90% survival.
Fundulus and Lagodon may survive salinities up to 2.7%. Leistomus Cole, et al
did well above 2.0%. (1958)
Effects on American shad, 48-hr TL^ (mg/1), were: Tagatz
91 (1961)
167
2417
Lethality increase was accompanied by low DO.
Based on 24-hr TLm, Lebistes reticulatus was most resistant fish of Bunting and
several tested. Irwing
(1965)
No correlation between sulfide concentration and lethal dosage to Clemens and
fish was found. For phenolics, the LDso for goldfish was 33.1%, Clough
LX>50 for red shiners was 18.8%, and LDso forDaphnia was (1965)
19.0% lower than that for red shiners.
Pollution resulted from an underground storage tank leak. At the McCauley
beginning, the concentration in the water was 221.3 ppm and (1966)
after one year, 1.4 ppm. Toxic effect was pronounced on micro-
fauna in sediments.
Note:
Further references on this general subject area includes papers by Copeland and Dorris (1964), Douglas, et al
(1960, 1962, 1963), Gould and Irwm (1965), Johnson (1968), Smith (1968), Tubb and Dorris (1965), Ward
and Irwin (1961), and Zobell (1964).
58
-------
TABLE 10. (Continued)
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
Pulp and Paper
Sulfite waste liquor
Sulfite waste
Kraft mill effluent
Sulphate waste liquor
Kraft mill effluent
Paper mill effluent
(chlorine)
Paper mill effluent
Sulphite waste liquor
Kraft mill effluent
Kraft mill effluent
Paper mill effluent
Sulfite waste
Pulp mill waste
Decrease in feeding rate in oysters was observed.
Marked avoidance by juvenile chinook salmon was observed with
little or no avoidance by juvenile coho salmon.
A 100% survival of young salmon was recorded in seawater with
effluent concentration under 4.8% with adequate oxygen.
Reduced DO in river water to 1.0 mg per liter was recorded.
Prawns and Apocryptes lanceolatus died in 3 minutes or less
when exposed to the waste liquor.
Live car bioassays showed wastes were lethal to game fish during
periods of high water temperature. In mid-July, pollution-
sensitive bottom fauna decreased from 54 to 17%.
A 13-hr TLm of 32% concentration of the effluent was obtained
for Salmo salar.
Silver salmon did not avoid sulfite liquor or kraft wastes in low
enough concentrations to be "safe". Toxicity data are too
numerous to summarize here.
In fluviarum experiments, avoidance reactions were exhibited
by Phoxinus phoxinus, Leuciscus rutilus, L. idbarus, Perca
fluviatilis, Coregonus nasus, Salmo salar, and Gasterosteus
aculeatus.
A significant decrease in Sphaerotilus natans growth was accom-
plished by the intermittent discharge of the waste using a five-
or six-day holding period with a one- or two-day release.
Induced spawning in mussels Mytilus edulis andM califomianus
was observed.
Maximum survival of walleye eggs above mill:
On bottom 1.2%; off bottom 49.1%
Maximum survival of walleye eggs below mill:
On bottom 1.2%; off bottom 3.5%.
The principal cause of mortality below the mill was Sphaerotilus
natans.
Regeneration studies of bisected planaria indicated:
At 550 ppm no regeneration occurred
At 50 ppm - regeneration was 75% of control.
Histological examination of three species of fish showed decrease
in RNA, glycogen in liver, necrosis in kidney, and accelerated
secretion of mucus in gills. In bivalve livers, decrease in RNA
and glycogen occurred, and nuclei disappeared in kidney cells.
Galtsoff, et al
(1947)
Jones, et al
(1956)
Alderdice
and Brett
(1957)
Chowdhury
(1957)
Spindler and
Whitney
(1960)
Betts and
Wilson
(1966)
Holland, et al
(1960)
Hoeglund
(1961)
McKeown
(1962)
Breese, et al
(1963)
Smith and
Kramer
(1963)
Eng. Science,
Inc.
(1964)
Fujiya
(1965)
59
-------
TABLE 10. (Continued)
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
Pulp and Paper (Continued)
Sulfite wastes
Neutralized kraft
process effluents:
Brown stock screen-
ing and deckering
Recausticizing
Bleach plant
acid sewer
Bleach plant
caustic sewer
Neutralized whole
effluent
Unneutralized whole
effluent
Neutralized kraft pulp
bleach waste
Kraft effluent
Sewage
Sewage
Sewage
Sewage
Sewage
Sewage
Sewage
It was not clearly demonstrated that sulfite waste in the area
studied was the only cause of deaths of oysters, but it was con-
cluded that the amounts were sufficient to cause stresses which
may have long-term adverse effects.
Effects on guppies were: 96-hr TLm, % vol of effluent -
51.3
92.5
29.5
41.1
52.5
9.2
Reduced growth in sockeye and pink salmon alevins was found in
concentration of 1/10 to 1/20 the average 96-hr TLm.
A 75% concentration was required to kill 100% of Salmo salar in
less than lOhr.
This is a summary of the problems of toxic materials and nutrients
from sewage pollution.
A 10% concentration caused reduction on photosynthetic capacity
of kelp. A concentration of 1% gave no such indication.
Flagellates, protozoa, diatoms, and filamentous green algae showed
highest sensitivity to pollution while rotifers, Sarcodina, and
Volvocales were most tolerant.
A resume of sewage pollution of streams and beaches on Oahu.
Low surface productivity at point of discharge was observed.
Increase in productivity downstream in about 6 hr was recorded
with maximum values in about 10 hi. This was followed by a
decrease toward normal levels.
In samples of surface water from marine stations, the numbers of
Escherichia coli depended primarily on the amount of sewage
and direction of flow. Results varied enormously.
Woelke
(1965)
Howard and
Walden
(1965)
Servizi, et al
(1966)
Betts, et al
(1967)
Lackey
(1958)
Clendenning
and North
(1960)
Farmer
(1960)
Lam
(1964)
Calif. State
Water
Quality
Control
Board
(1965)
Bonde
(1967)
60
-------
TABLE 10. (Continued)
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
Suspended Solids
Suspended mineral
solids
China-clay
suspended waste
Suspended solids
Pulpwood fibers
Suspended conifer
groundwood
Suspended
groundwood
Conifer ground-
wood fiber
Suspended wood
fibers
Paper fiber sludge
Miscellaneous
Unspecified chem-
ical waste
Electroplating
wastes
Concentrations of 90 to 810 ppm made trout more susceptible to
other adverse factors in the environment.
Concentrations of 1000 ppm reduced abundance of brown trout
in an otherwise unpolluted stream. Suspensions of 60 ppm had
no observable adverse effects.
Laboratory experiments did not indicate that suspensions of
30 ppm kaolin and diatomaceous earth and suspensions of 50 ppm
wood fiber and coal-washery wastes make well-grown trout more
susceptible to disease.
Significant changes occurred in blood of fathead minnows exposed
to wood fibers. Increased hematocrit was highest for conifer
groundwood, followed by aspen groundwood, kraft conifer, and
sulfite conifer.
Survival of walleye fingerlings decreased when DO was reduced.
Rainbow and brown trout eggs survived in suspensions of 60,125,
and 200 ppm conifer groundwood. Trout alevins survival rate
decreased to a minimum of 0 in 250 ppm. The growth rate of
survivors was reduced.
Fathead minnows which were held for 96 hr in 0 to 2000 ppm
of aspen groundwood showed no effects to this exposure. A
similar series run in conifer groundwood showed increased
mortality at 738 and 2000 ppm.
Reduced growth was recorded for walleye fingerlings held in con-
centrations of 50 to 150 ppm.
Walleye eggs survived at concentrations of 250 ppm.
Low DO, high CO2, and presence of dissolved sulfides in streams
were recorded.
A complex chemical waste containing such toxicants as fluorides,
arsenic, copper, zinc, tin, lead, and S02 was shown to lower pH
and cause fish kill at a loading of about 0.5% of the waste in
seawater at pH 5.5 and lower. Maximum toxicity occurred
when superphosphate was being produced.
A midgefly, Cricotopus bicinctus, survived and matured in con-
centrations of chromium as great as 25 ppm, in copper at 2.2
ppm, and in cyanides at 3.2 ppm.
Herbert and
Merkens
(1961)
Herbert, et al
(1961)
Herbert and
Richards
(1963)
Smith, et al
(1965)
Smith and
Kramer
(1965)
Smith and
Kramer
(1965)
Smith, et al
(1966)
Kramer and
Smith
(1966)
Colby, et al
(1967)
Chanin and
Dempster
(1958)
Surber
(1959)
61
-------
TABLE 10. (Continued)
Type of Waste
Remarks
Reference
Miscellaneous (Continued)
Spent still liquors from
coal distillation
Smelter wastes
Acid mine drainage
Alkaline water
Lurgi process wastes
(bituminous coal)
Uranium mill wastes
Coal washer wastes
Uranium mine
Landfill pollution
Sulfuric acid water
Photographic wastes
Indications are that the toxicity of spent still liquors from the dis-
tillation of coal is mainly due to ammonia and monohydric phenols.
Near the smelter, the aquatic flora and productivity was greatly
reduced. Leptodictyum riparium and Eleocharis acicularis v.
submersa appeared to be the most tolerant organisms.
Twenty states have streams affected by acid mine drainage.
Pennsylvania has 2,906 miles of streams polluted with acid mine
drainage, Virginia has 1,150, and Kentucky has 590. The remain-
ing states have less than 300 each.
The pH of water passing through asbestos-cement pipeline was
increased to 9.5 with no immediate lethal effect on salmonids.
Treatment of effluent reduced permanganate value to less than
50 ppm and BOD to less than 25 ppm. The residual organic
matter had little direct toxic effect on fish.
The radioactive element in this study was radium; the nonradio-
active materials included sulfates, nitrates, chlorides, manganese,
iron, lead, arsenic, and various organics. These wastes were im-
portant in limiting aquatic biota below uranium mills. Changes
in composition of the wastes and water flow make it difficult to
calculate the radioactive and nonradioactive components of the
mill wastes.
As long as the coal washer wastes were intermittent, there was
little effect on biological productivity.
The effluent did not appear to have any adverse effect on plankton,
periphyton, benthos, and fish species other than trout (reduced
numbers).
Groundwater was polluted with CO2 from decomposing refuse
in a landfill.
Considerable reduction in survival percentage was found in
herring eggs and embryos at dilutions of 1:32,000.
Common chemicals found in these wastes are potassium ferri-
cyanide, sodium ferricyanide, boron, chromium, and sodium
thiosulfate. Release of this type of waste into streams and the
Los Angeles sewage system is discussed.
Herbert
(1962)
Gorham and
Gordon
(1963)
Kinney
(1964)
Sprague
(1964)
Cooke and
Graham
(1965)
Sigler, et al
(1966)
Charles
(1966)
Mitchum
and Moore
(1967)
Bishop, et al
(1967)
Kinne and
Rosenthal
(1967)
Hennessey and
Rosenberg
(1968)
62
-------
SECTION XI
EXTRACTED DATA - THE EFFECT OF
CHEMICALS ON AQUATIC BIOTA
Extracted information from originally published data are divided in two sections, both
alphabetically arranged by chemical name. One section (Appendix A) concerns listing by chemi-
cal name, and the other a similar listing by commercial designation (Appendix B). In all cases,
the chemical names and names (common or scientific) of organisms designated by the authors
were used in this compilation. None of the nomenclature was changed or corrected in any
manner, e.g., when authors used the common name of a fish, this and this alone was used. The
abbreviations and other designations are discussed later in this report section and described in
footnotes to the Appendices. In using the data compilations, care should be exercised in
searching varied alternative names for a given compound.
Since many papers contained large amounts of data, the most significant toxicity level was
chosen for inclusion in this compilation. In most cases, data presented at 96-hr TLm (designated
T4: T = TLm or TLso, and 4 = four days or 96 hours) were selected when available. With few
exceptions, the T value at 4 days was lower than the values for 1 or 2 days. The T4 value is
generally accepted as a realistic indication of toxic effect and the best one to use (lacking data
from chronic studies) in estimating safe levels for effluent release. Tl or T2 data were usually
not included unless these were the only data given. A and C following these designations indicate
acute or chronic bioassays, respectively. Since the data are presented as brief summaries, the
reader is referred to the original report for additional information. When ECso, LC5Q, and
LDSO*> were known or described as being concerned with lethal effects, these abbreviations were
judged to be essentially the same as TLm or TLso and designated as such (T) in the data
extracts for consistency. We acknowledge that this is not standard practice, and that there are
important differences in these designations.
The conditions noted by the researchers are designated by lower case letters. When the
conditions were controlled, these letters were underlined. In some cases, the authors briefly
referred to previous papers as a simple means for describing experimental conditions. No
underlines were made in these instances, although in all likelihood some conditions were
controlled.
Comments, in general, are brief, with the expectation that interested readers would consult
the original article for further information.
Since the chemical nature of most industrial effluents is very complex and seldom analyzed
or reported, there is little information on the effect of mixed effluents or mixtures of chemicals
in the data presented. For this reason, this document must be described merely as pertaining to
the effect of single chemicals or simple mixtures of chemicals on aquatic life.
There was no attempt to extract data from various reviews available, since these rarely
contained descriptive information concerning experimental conditions. Among others, the reader
is referred to:
*EC5o= median effective concentration, LCso = median lethal concentration, and LDso = median lethal dosage.
63
-------
American Public Health Assoc. (1960)
Anon.(1968)
Aquatic Life Advisory Committee (1955,
I960, 1967)
Averett and Brinck (1960)
Beak (1958)
Bick(1963)
Breidenback, et al (1967)
Breidenback and Lichtenberg (1963)
Brown (1961)
Burdick (1965)
Butcher (1959)
Butler (1966)
Buzzell, et al (1968)
Byrd (1960)
Carter (1962)
Cope (1963, 1965)
Cope and Springer (1958)
Cottam (1961)
Delaporte (1958)
Dewey (1958)
Doudoroff (1951)
Doudoroff and Katz (1950, 1953)
Faust and Aly (1964)
Ferguson (1967)
Ferguson, et al (1966)
Fromm (1965)
Fruh, et al (1966)
Ganelin, et al (1964)
George (1959)
Graham (1960)
Hawkes (1963)
Henderson and Tarzwell (1957)
Hirsch (1958)
Hoffman (1960)
Holden (1964, 1965)
Hughes and Davis (1967)
Hunt (1965)
Hynes(1966)
Ingram and Towne (1960)
Jackson (1966)
Johnson (1968)
Johnson, et al (1967)
Jones(1964)
Kerswill, et al (1960)
Keup, et al (1966, 1967)
King (1968)
Langer (1964)
Lawrence (1962)
Lloyd (1964, 1965)
MacMullen(1968)
Mackenthum and Ingram (1962, 1964)
Malina(1964)
McKee and Wolfe (1963)
McFarland (1959)
Moore (1967)
National Technical Advisory Committee
(1968)
Neel (1963)
Newsom (1967)
Nicholson (1959, 1967)
Nicholson, et al (1964)
Patrick (1968)
Powers (1918)
Reymonds (1962)
Rudolphs, et al (1950)
Ryckman, et al (1966)
Schoettger (1967)
Skidmore (1964)
Snow (1958)
Spiller (1961)
Sproul and Ryckman (1963)
Surber and Taft (1965)
Tarzwell (1959, 1962)
Water Pollution Control Federation
Research Committee (1958-1968)
Weaver, et al (1965)
Webb (1961)
Wilson (1968)
Doudoroff (1951) states that certain references with literature summaries are particularly
helpful in providing pertinent information published before 1954 on water pollutants toxic to
fish. These references are:
Redeke, H. C, "Report on the Pollution of Rivers and Its Relation to Fisheries",
Rapp. Conseil Permanent Intern. Exploration Mer, 43, 1 (1927).
Steinmann, P., "Toxikologie der Fische", Handbuch Binnenfischerei Mitteleuropas
(Germany), 6, 289 (1928).
64
-------
Heifer, H., "Giftwirkungen auf Fishe; ihre Ermittelung der Versuche und die
Bewertung der Ergebnisse", Kleine Mitt. Mitglied. Ver Wasser-Boden-u. Lufthyg., 12,
32 (1936).
Cole, A. E., "The Effects of Pollutional Wastes on Fish Life", in a Symposium on
Hydrobiology, University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, 241 (1941).
Southgate, B. A., "Treatment and Disposal of Industrial Waste Water", Department of
Scientific and Industrial Research, London, England, 23 (1948).
Harnisch, O., "Hydrophysiologie der Tiere", in "Die Binnengewasser", Vol. 19, Ed. A.
Thienemann, Schweizerbart'sche, Erwin Nagele, Stuttgart, Germany (1951).
"Water Quality Criteria", California Water Pollution Control Board, Pub. No. 3,
Sacramento, California (1952). (Also, Addendum No. 1, 1954, and Pub. No. 3,
1963).
Not to demean past contributions from ecological investigators, but rather to suggest how
the data they develop in the future can be made more valuable for engineering application, it
may be stated that problems of interpretation encountered in this review would be minimized or
eliminated by the following:
Positive identity of chemicals under test
Precise description of test organisms
Use of standard test methods, where applicable, or full details of procedure if
standard methods are not used
Closer definition and control of test conditions.
Apparent differences in results among investigators of the same chemical on the same fish
species may have resulted from different methods of handling specimens prior to and during
tests, different stages in the life cycle of specimens, variations in physical and chemical properties
of the water, excursions in time-temperature pattern of exposures to the chemical, and different
methods of evaluating effects.
We believe the manner in which this report is compiled will serve the industrial community
and others as well. Since each reader will undoubtedly have a specific applied situation for using
the data, there was no attempt to summarize in narrative form the data for each compound. The
compilation gives pertinent data for each chemical for which information was found, tempered
by the comments on bioassay or field conditions, as well as providing a bibliography of the more
recent information available in the literature through 1968. Additionally, a Species Index is
presented in Appendix C and the chemical nature of commercial chemicals is given when
available in Appendix D.
In handling large numbers of references, an occasional document may be overlooked and
not included. The authors would sincerely appreciate being informed by the readers of such
omissions for the principal time period covered (1958-1968). An updating effort of this report is
now under consideration and will likely be completed by early 1972.
65
-------
SECTION XII
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Fish, representing one of the highest trophic levels in the aquatic environment, are the
animals of choice in studying the toxicity of chemical effluents in natural waters. Their
importance is further emphasized since man may be the next highest trophic level where edible
fish are concerned. Furthermore, considering fish as indicator organisms, their presence probably
indicates that the water in which they survive is suitable for consumption or other uses by man,
except in some situations, for example, where a cumulatively toxic material is present in small
amounts and the fish develop resistance to that material.
With the magnitude of pollution problems today, standard fish bioassay procedures (par-
ticularly, flow-through) are adequate for the task at hand. This is especially true for evaluation
of chemicals that are acutely or immediately toxic although these procedures can also be used in
studying the chronic toxicity of chemicals at sublethal levels. These standard procedures must be
employed in conjunction with other evaluations, especially specific residue analyses, when a
chemical or ion causes a drastic problem such as a large-scale fish kill. The chronic continuous
flow exposure of fish is preferable for determining more precisely acceptable concentrations for
chemical release. TLm data should be a baseline for comparison of data from either type of
evaluation. Adequate reporting of data and experimental conditions, especially water quality
data, would greatly enhance the value of published information.
For field investigation of chemical toxicity in the aquatic environment, the in situ bioassay
is desirable. Exposure of native fish or highly sensitive fish from other sources would give a
better representation of the toxicity of a given chemical in a given situation. This should be
supplemented with chemical analysis of the effluent in question as well as a recording of
receiving water quality data. In situ evaluation of water from above and immediately below an
effluent addition could provide an elegant proof of lack of complicity in a fish kill by a
manufacturer.
With the present situation of gross pollution in many localities, study of fish responses
other than lethality are of little direct utility except in cases where a chemical has long-term,
sublethal effects, such as DDT and other chlorinated hydrocarbons. All such procedures would
be best employed in conjunction with standard bioassays so that appropriate comparisons can be
made. These procedures include:
(1) Observations of abnormal behavior
(2) Autopsy and histology
(3) Avoidance
(4) Growth retardation
(5) Radiotracers
(6) Effects on various life stages
(7) Spawning
(8) Swimming or cruising speed and oxygen consumption
(9) Blood studies
(10) Glucose transport
(11) Environment stress
(12) Thermal acclimitization
(13) Fish taste
(14) Conditioned avoidance response.
66
-------
ror a careful limnological approach in bioassay studies, several researchers have suggested
toxicity evaluations of aquatic organisms representing at least three trophic levels of the food
web. Fish would, of course, be one level. Another could be bioassay using D. magna and the
techniques described by Anderson (1944-1946, 1948, 1960). The third type of bioassay could be
with algae, using the technique of Palmer and Maloney (1955) or of Fitzgerald and Faust (1963).
BOD determination by the standard method (American Public Health Association, 1967) could
be another bioassay procedure. More rapid, alternative methods (e.g., STOD) are also available
for estimating BOD. BOD data alone can provide a useful index of toxicity or of oxygen
depletion in receiving water.
Marine bioassay utilizing various organisms primarily including fish, oyster, clams, and
shrimp in a flow-through type of system lags considerably behind reports of freshwater bioassays
in the amounts of data reported. The procedure is practical but could be improved upon by
maintenance of water temperature, DO, and other water factors. The sensitivity of shell regrowth
in bioassay and field studies of oyster (Crassostrea Virginia), clam (Mercenaria mercenaria), and
related marine mollusks to low concentrations of pesticides suggests that a bioassay using a
freshwater mollusc should be developed.
Reports on field studies of pollution problems include some of the classic examples of
disruption of the aquatic environment by polluting effluents and pesticide applications. Although
the results of such research are irrefutable in most instances, improvement is needed in recording
and reporting correlative data, e.g., water quality, weather, and other environmental factors.
Collecting devices are generally adequate for their designed purposes if used by experienced field
scientists, but some mechanical changes could improve collection and ease of manipulation in the
field.
Evaluation in the field in a given pollution situation can yield more realistic results than
evaluation by laboratory bioassay. Consider, for example, change in chemical toxicity due to
seasonal temperature change. This is the reason in situ bioassay (using live cars or wire cages and
plastic pools or raceways with suitable bioassay species in conjunction with automatic water
quality monitoring) appears to be the method of choice for an individual industry to evaluate
the effect of its particular effluent(s) on a given waterway.
The complex, highly interrelated factors in the aquatic environment may have profound
effect on the toxicity of a chemical. Of these, the most important are temperature, dissolved
oxygen, pH, turbidity (suspended solids), and water hardness. Their importance in aquatic studies
and their effect on chemical toxicity were discussed in some detail.
In addition to conclusions and comments made throughout this report, the following
remarks are made in direct response to the objectives outlined earlier in this report:
(1) Collect and summarize in standardized format the available information from the
scientific literature. The extracted data presented in Appendices A and B show
that there is a considerable lack of adequate reporting of experimental conditions
concerning the effect of chemicals on aquatic life. The complexity of factors in
both laboratory and field studies in aquatic biology is such that control or
description of them is most difficult. The specific effects of chemicals on
individual species of aquatic biota are voluminously shown in Appendices A and
B in a standardized format. A Species Index (Appendix C) facilitates assembling
all data for any given species. Procedural details and environmental factors
important in the observation or measurement of these effects are discussed in
appropriate sections of this report. Except for standard fish bioassays (static,
67
-------
continuous flow, and chronic exposures) and BOD, the wide variety of procedures
utilized for these studies were not discussed in detail. References are cited to
allow the individual reader to obtain these procedures when needed.
(2) Review the existing information on aquatic life as it is applicable or related to the
study of water pollution. The existing, more recent information on aquatic life as
it is applicable or related to the study of water pollution was reviewed. Discussion
of test species, lack of species variety identification, short-comings of procedural
details in reporting bioassay and field results, etc., is presented in various report
sections.
(3) Review the methodology used in studying the effects of chemicals on aquatic life.
Similarly, a review of the more important aspects of aquatic life methodology is
presented. Briefly, except for the standardized bioassays, experimental procedures
vary almost directly and specifically with the number of researchers reporting data
in the literature.
We believe the requirements described in the objectives for this study were fulfilled.
68
-------
SECTION XIII
RECOMMENDATIONS
We recommend:
(1) Establishment of a chemical pollution effect information-analysis center as a means of
continuously updating the information summarized here. This report has shown the large volume
of information available on the effects of chemicals on aquatic life. The amount of information
is unwieldy and difficult to work with. A computerized information-analysis center would be
capable of quickly identifying all pertinent data and would allow rapid preparation of reports
summarizing data on any chemical or group of chemicals in given situations for various aquatic
biota. Establishment of a prototype information center on analytical methodology related to the
aquatic environment is now in progress at Battelle's Columbus Laboratories. Bioassay data not
now published but held by individual manufacturers could be anonymously submitted for
inclusion into the information pool. Only data obtained by a standard procedure or a well-
described one would be included at the discretion of EPA and center personnel. We believe the
data base would be greatly expanded in this manner. The information content of this prototype
center is to be continually updated so that it would always be current as well as immediately
responsive as required.
As data are accumulated, the chances for predicting potential problems by mathematical
modeling and simulation of the effect of chemicals on aquatic life will be improved. This report
should provide a sound base for pursuing this approach.
(2) Preparation of listings of chemical constituents present in effluents by cooperative input
from the chemical industry. Data inputs could be submitted anonymously. The listings should be
continuously updated and made easily available to anyone who requests updated copies.
(3) Development of a standard pattern of laboratory evaluations, not limited to but
primarily based on fish bioassay, for estimating more accurately the effect of chemicals on
aquatic life. Data from such evaluations could then be used in mathematical modeling studies
which would be used for predicting chemical toxicity under widely varied environmental
conditions.
(4) Development of in situ field bioassay procedures for more realistic results than those
obtained from laboratory bioassays.
We suggest that researchers publishing in this field be encouraged to positively identify the
chemicals evaluated; to precisely describe test organisms; to use standard methods, if possible, or
to fully describe experimental procedures; and to more closely define and control experimental
conditions. This improved reporting would greatly enhance the utility of the data, and allow
more precise development of multivariate analyses and mathematical modeling for predictive
assessments of chemical pollution problems.
69
-------
SECTION XIV
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abedi, Z. H. and D. E. Turton. (1968). Note on the
response of zebra fish larvae to Folpet and Difolatan. J.
Assoc. Ohio Anal. Chem. 51(5): 1108-1109.
Abram, F.S.H. (1964). An application of harmonics to fish
toxicology. Intern. J. Air Water Pollut. 8: 325-338.
Abram, F.S.H. (1967). The definition and measurement of
fish toxicity thresholds. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 3rd International Conference held in
Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed., pp. 75-95.
Alabaster, J. S. (1956). The toxicity of certain weed killers
to trout. Proc. 3rd Brit. Weed Contr. Conf. 2: 807-808.
Alabaster, J. S. (1967). The survival of salmon (Salmo salar
L.) and sea trout (S. trutta L.) in fresh and saline water at
high temperatures. Water Res. 1(10): 717-730.
Alabaster, J. S. and F.S.H. Abram. (1965). Development
and use of a direct method of evaluating toxicity to fish.
In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2d Inter-
national Conference held in Tokyo, August 1964. Vol. 1.
N.Y., Pergamon Press, pp. 41-60.
Alabaster, J. S. and D. M. Herbert. (1954). Influence of
carbon dioxide on the toxicity of ammonia. Nature 174:
404.
Alabaster, J. S. and A. Swain. (1963). Heater water and
fish. Ann. Rept. Challenger Soc. 3(15): 20.
Alabaster, J. S. and R. L. Welcomme, (1962). Effect of
concentration of dissolved oxygen on survival of trout and
loach in lethal temperatures. Nature 194: 107.
Alderdice, D. F. (1963). Some effects of simultaneous
variation in salinity, temperature and dissolved oxygen on
the resistance of young coho salmon to a toxic substance. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20: 525-550.
Alderdice, D. F and J. R. Brett. (1957). Some effects of
Kraft mill effluent on young Pacific salmon. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 14: 783-795.
Alderdice, D. F and M. E. Worthington. (1959). Toxicity
of a DDT forest spray to young salmon. Can. Fish Cult. 24:
41-48.
Allison, D., B. J. Kallman, 0. B. Cope, and C. V. Valin.
(1964). Some chronic effects of DDT on cutthroat trout.
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Res. Rept. No. 64, 30 p.
American Public Health Association, American Water
Works Association and Water Pollution Control Federation.
(1971). Bioassays to evaluate toxicity to fish. To be
published in: Standard methods for the examination of
water and wastewater. 13th ed., 23 p.
American Public Health Association, American Water
Works Association, and Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion. (1967). Standard methods for the examination of
water and wastewater; including bottom sediments and
sludges. 12th ed. N.Y., American Public Health Association,
Inc., 769 p.
American Public Health Association. Water Supply Com-
mittee. (1960). What we do and do not know about chemi-
cal pollutants in water. Public works 91(8): 194, 196,
198-200.
American Society of Civil Engineers. Committee on
Thermal Pollution, Sanitary Engineering Division. (1967).
Bibliography on thermal pollution. J. San. Eng. Div.,Proc.
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 93(SA3): 85-113.
Ames, P. L. (1966). DDT residues in the eggs of the osprey
in the north-eastern United States and their relation to nest-
ing success. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 87-97.
Anderson, B. G. (1944). The toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of Daphnia magna. Sewage Works J. 16: 1156-1165.
Anderson, B. G. (1945). The toxicity of DDT to daphnia.
Science 102: 539.
Anderson, B. G. (1946). The toxicity thresholds of various
sodium salts determined by the use of Daphnia magm
Sewage Works J. 18: 82-87.
Anderson, B. G. (1948). The apparent thresholds of
toxicity to Daphnia magna for chlorides of various metals
when added to Lake Erie water. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
78:96-113.
Anderson, B. G. (1960). The toxicity of organic insecticides
to Daphnia. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution, Trans. 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati,
Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3,
pp. 94-95.
Anderson, J. B. (1962). Evaluation of streams by biological
studies. Proc. 16th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 46(2):
1-7.
Anderson, J. M. and M. R. Peterson. (1969). DDT: Sub-
lethal effects on brook trout nervous system. Science
4(3878): 440-441.
Angelovic, J. W., W. F. Sigler, and J. M. Neuhold. (1961).
Temperature and fluorosis in rainbow trout. J. Watfl
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33: 371-381.
Anon (1958). Toxicity index proposed. Chem Eng. News
36(52): 26.
Anon (1964). Toxicity test on disinfectants Water Waste
Treat. 10: 210.
70
-------
Anon (1966). The BOD textile chemicals, updated list -
1966. Amer. Dyestuff Kept. 55(18): 39-41.
Anon (1967). Aquatic life water quality criteria. Environ.
Sci.Tech. 1(11): 888-897.
Anon (1967). New York WPCF conference. Water Sewage
Works 114(12): 483-485.
Anon (1968). Waste problems of agriculture and forestry.
Environ. Sci. Tech. 2(7): 498-503.
Anon (1968). Exploiting and polluting oceans. Nature 219:
840-842.
Anon (1968). Pollution show sparks a debate. Chem. Week
102: 60-61.
Anon (1968). The cost of clean water. Environ. Sci. Tech.
2(4): 257-266.
Applegate, V. C., J. H. Howell, J. W. Moffett, B.G.H.
Johnson, and M. A. Smith. (1961). Use of 3-trifluormethyl-
4-nitophenol as a selective sea lamprey larvicide. Ann
Arbor, Mich., Great Lakes Fish. Comm., Tech. Kept. No. 1,
35 p.
Applegate, V. C., J. H. Howell, and M. A. Smith. (1958).
Use of mononitrophenols containing halogens as selective
sea lamprey larvicides. Science 127: 336-337.
Applegate, V. C. and E. L. King. (1962). Comparative
toxicity of 3-trifluormethyl-4-nitrophenol (TFM) to larval
lampreys and eleven species of fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 91: 342-345.
Aquatic Life Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1955). Aquatic life water
quality criteria; First progress report. Sewage Ind. Wastes
27:321-331.
Aquatic Life Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1956). Aquatic life water
quality criteria; Second progress report. Sewage Ind. Wastes
28: 678-690.
Aquatic Life Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1960). Aquatic life water
quality criteria; Third progress report. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 32(1): 65-82.
Arnold, G. E. (1962). Thermal pollution of surface
supplies. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 54: 1332-1346.
Averett, R. C. and C. W. Brinck. (1960). Macro-
invertebrates of the Clark Fork River, Montana; a pollution
survey. Helena, Montana State Bd. Health and Montana
State Fish and Game Dept., Water Pollut. Contr. No. 61-1,
27 p.
Bagenal, T. B. (1963). Propylene phenoxetol as a fish
anaesthetic, Nature 197: 1222-1223.
Ball, I. R. (1966). Toxicity of dimethyl sulphoxide to the
goldfish, Carassius auratus. Nature 210(5036): 639-640.
Ball, I. R. (1967). The relative susceptibilities of some
species of freshwater fish to poisons. I. Ammonia. Water
Res. 1: 767-775.
Ball, I. R. (1967). The relative susceptibilities of some
species of freshwater fish to poisons. II. Zinc. Water Res. 1:
777-783.
Ball, I. R. (1967). The toxicity of cadmium to rainbow
trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). Water Res. 1:
805-806.
Barnhart, R. A. (1958). Chemical factors affecting the sur-
vival of game fish in a Western Colorado reservoir. (Abstract
of thesis.) Colorado Cooperative Fish. Unit, Quart. Rept. 4:
25-27.
Bartsch, A. F. and W. M. Ingram. (1959). Stream life and
the pollution environment. Public Works 90(7): 104-110.
Bartsch, A. F. and W. M. Ingram. (1966). Biological analysis
of water pollution in North America. Verh. Internat.
Verein. Limnol. 16: 786-800.
Batte, E. G. L. E. Swanson, and J. B. Murphy. (1951). New
molluscicides for the control of freshwater snails. Amer. J.
Vet. Res. 12(43): 158-160.
Beak, T. W. (1957). Industrial aqueous pollution problems.
Chem. Can. 9: 38-40.
Beak, T. W. (1958). Toleration offish to toxic pollution. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15: 559-572.
Beak, T. W. (1965). A biotic index of polluted streams and
its relationship to fisheries. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 2d International Conference held in Tokyo,
August 1964. Vol. 1. N.Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 191-219.
Beauchamp, R.S.A. (1967). The effect of biological factors
on the design and operation of power stations. In: M.
Brook (ed.), Biology and the Manufacturing Industries,
Proceedings of a Symposium held at the Royal Geographi-
cal Society, London, 29-30 September 1966. London,
Academic Press, pp. 43-52.
Beck, W. M. (1957). The use and abuse of indicator
organisms. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. & comp.), Biological
problems in water pollution, Trans, of a Seminar on
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27, 1956.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, pp.
175-177.
Bedford, J. W., E. W. Roelofs, and M. J. Zabik. (1968). The
freshwater mussel as a biological monitor of pesticide con-
centrations in a lotic environment, Limnol. Oceanogr.
13(1): 118-126.
Bennett, G. W. (1962). Management of artificial lakes and
ponds. N.Y., Reinhold Publ. Corp. 283 p.
Benville, P. E., C. E. Smith, and W. E. Shanks. (1968).
Some toxic effects of dimethyl sulfoxide in salmon and
trout. Toxicol. Appl. Pharm. 12: 156-178.
71
-------
Belts, J. L., T. W. Beak, and G. G. Wilson. (1967). A pro-
cedure for small-scale laboratory bioassays. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 39(1): 89-96.
Betts, J. L. and G. G. Wilson. (1966). New methods for
reducing the toxicity of Kraft mill bleachery wastes to
young salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 23: 813.
Beyerle, G. B. and J. E. Williams. (1967). Attempted con-
trol of bluegill reproduction in lakes by the application of
copper sulfate crystals to spawning nests. Prog. Fish-Cult.
29(3): 150-155.
Bhatla, M. N. and A. F. Gaudy. (1965). Role of protozoa in
the diphasic exertion of BOD. J. San. Eng. Div., Proc.
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 91(SA3): 63-87.
Bick, H. (1963). A review of Central European methods for
the biological estimation of water pollution levels. Bull.
World Health Organ. 29: 401-413.
Binns, N. A. (1967). Effects of rotenone treatment on the
fauna of the Green River, Wyoming. Wyoming Game Fish
Comm., Fish. Res. Bull. No. 1, 114 p.
Bishop, E. L. (1947). Effects of DDT mosquito larviciding
on wildlife. Pt. III. The effects on the plankton population
of routine larviciding with DDT. Public Health Repts. 62:
1263-1268.
Bishop, W. D., R. C. Carter and H. F. Ludwig. (1967).
Water pollution hazards from refuse produced carbon
dioxide. In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc.
3rd International Conference held in Munich, Germany,
Sept. 1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,pp. 207-225.
Blackburn, R. D. and L. W. Weldon. (1965). The sensitivity
of duckweeds (Lemnaceae) and Azolla to Diquat and
Paraquat. Weeds 13: 147-149.
Blumenkrantz, B. L. (1956). The effects of Chloreton on
developing fish embryos. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 35:
62-65.
Bohmont, B. L. (1967). Toxicity of herbicides to livestock,
fish, honey bees, and wildlife. Proc. West. Weed Contr.
Conf. 21: 25-27.
Bond, C. E., J. D. Fortune, and F. Young. (1965). Results
of preliminary bioassays with Kurosal SL and Dicamba.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 27: 49-51.
Bond, C. E., R. H. Lewis and J. L. Fryer. (1960). Toxicity
of various herbicidal materials to fishes. In: C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 96-101.
Bonde, G. J. (1966). Bacteriological methods for estimation
of water pollution. Health Lab. Sci. 3(2): 124-128.
Bonde, G. J. (1967). Heterotrophic bacteria in a polluted
marine environment. In: Advance in Water Pollution, Proc.
3rd International Conference held in Munich, Germany,
Sept. 1966. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed..pp. 87-103.
Boni, P. (1965). Acute toxicity and elimination ot phenol
injected into fish (Carassius auratus L.). Experientia 21:
222-223.
Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis. (1967). Effects of hydrogen
sulfide on channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus): Proc. 20th
Ann. Conf., Southeast Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
424-432.
Bonn, E. W. and L. R. Holbert. (1961). Some effects of
rotenone products on municipal water supplies. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 287-297.
Boschetti, M. M. and T. F. McLougnlin. (1957). Toxicity of
sodium arsenite to minnows. Sanitalk 4: 14-18.
Boudreaux, J., K. Strawn and G. Callas. (1959). Fire ants,
Heptachlor, & fish kill. Southwest. Natur. 3: 7-12.
Bower, B. T. (1965). Industrial water utilization. Ind. Water
Eng. 2(9): 10-15.
Boyd, C. E. and D. E. Ferguson. (1964). Spectrum of cross-
resistance to insecticides in the mosquito fish, Gambusia
affinis. Mosquito News 24: 19-21.
Boyd, C. E. and D. E. Ferguson. (1964). Susceptibility and
resistance of mosquito fish to several insecticides. Econ.
Entomol.57: 430-431.
Boyd, C. E., S. B. Vinson, and E. E. Ferguson. (1963).
Possible DDT resistance in two species of frogs. Copiea,No.
2: 426-429.
Breese, W. P., R. E. Millimann and R. E. Dimic. (1963).
Stimulation of spawning in the mussels, Mytilus edulis
Linnaeus and Mytilus californianus Conrad, by Kraft mill
effluent. Biol. Bull. 125: 197-205.
Breidenbach, A. W., C. G. Gunnerson, F. K.Kawahara, J. J.
Lichtenberg, and R. S. Green. (1967). Chlorinated hydro-
carbon pesticides in major river basins, 1957-65. Public
Health Repts. 82(2): 139-156.
Breidenbach, A. W. and J. J. Lichtenberg. (1963). DDT and
Dieldrin in rivers: A report of the National Water Quality
Network. Science 141: 899-901.
Brett, J. R. (1956). Some principles in the thermal require-
ment of fishes. Quart. Rev. Biol. 31(2): 75-87.
Bridges, W. R. (1958). Sodium cyanide as a fish poison.
U.S. Fish Wild. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. No. 253,11 p.
Bridges, W. R. (1961). Disappearance of Endrin from fish
and other materials of a pond environment. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 90: 332-334.
Bridges, W. R. and 0. B. Cope. (1965). The relative
toxicities of similar formulations of pyrethrum and
rotenone to fish and immature stoneflies. Pyrethrum Post
8: 3-5.
Bridges, W. R., B. J. Kallman, and A. K. Andrews. (1963).
Persistance of DDT and its metabolites in a farm pond.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92: 421-427.
72
-------
Brinkhurst, R. O. (1966). Detection and assessment of
water pollution using oligochaete worms. Part 1. Water
Sewage Works 113: 398-401.
Brinkhurst, R. O. (1966). Detection and assessment of
water pollution using oligochaete worms. Part 2. Water
Sewage Works 113: 438-441.
Britt, N. W. (1955). New methods of collecting bottom
fauna from shoals or rubble bottoms of lakes and streams.
Ecology 36(3): 524-525.
Brown, A. C. (1964). Effect of hydrogen sulfide on Bullia
(Gastropoda). Nature 203: 205-206.
Brown, A.W.A. (1961). The effect of chemical control of
insects on wildlife conservation: evaluation of the present
in the light of past experience. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ont.
91:40-46.
Brown, M. E. (ed.) (1957). The physiology of fishes. Vol. I.
Metabolism. N.Y., Academic Press, 447 p.
Brown, M. E. (ed.) (1957). The physiology of fishes. Vol.
II. Behavior, Academic Press, 500 p.
Brown, V. M. (1968). The calculation of the acute toxicity
of mixtures of poisons to rainbow trout. Water Research 2:
723-733.
Brown, V. M., V. V. Mitrovic, and G.T.C. Stark. (1968).
Effects of chronic exposure to zinc on toxicity of a mixture
of detergent and zinc. Water Res. 2: 255-263.
Brown, V. M., D.H.M. Jordan, and B. A. Tiller. (1967). The
effect of temperature on the acute toxicity of phenol to
rainbow trout in hard water. Water Research 1: 587-594.
Brown, V. M., D. G. Shurben, and J. K. Fawell. (1967). The
acute toxicity of phenol to rainbow trout in saline waters.
Water Research 1: 683-685.
Brungs, W. A. and G. W. Bailey. (1966). Influence of
suspended solids on the acute toxicity of Endrin to fathead
minnows. Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 50(2):
4-12.
Brungs, W. A. and D. I. Mount. (1967). Lethal Endrin con-
centration in the blood of gizzard shad. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 24: 429-432.
Bull, C. J. (1968). A bottom fauna samples for use in stony
streams. Prog. Fish-Cult. 30(2): 119-120.
Bunting, D. W. and W. H. Irwin. (1965). The relative
resistances of seventeen species of fish to petroleum
refinery effluents and a comparison of some possible
methods of ranking resistances. Proc. 17th Annu. Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 293-307.
Burden, E.H.W.J. (1956). A case of DDT poisoning in fish.
Nature 178: 546-547.
Burdick, G. E. (1957). A graphical method for deriving
threshold values of toxicity and the equation of the
toxicity curve. N.Y. Fish Game J. 4(1): 102-108.
Burdick, G. E. (1960). The use of bioassays by the Water
Pollution Control Agency. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.),
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans. 1959
Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,
Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 145-148.
Burdick, G. E. (1965). Some problems in the determination
of the cause of fish kills. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 289-292.
Burdick, G. E. (1967). Use of bioassays in determining
levels of toxic wastes harmful to aquatic organisms. In: A
symposium on water quality criteria to protect aquatic life.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 4, pp. 7-12.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, and E. J. Harris. (1956).
Toxicity of emulsifiable rotenone to yellow perch. N.Y.
Fish Game J. 3: 75-80.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, and E. J. Harris. (1958).
Toxicity of cyanide to brown trout and smallmouth bass.
N.Y. Fish Game J. 5: 133-163.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, and E. J. Harris. (1960). Effect
of Sevin upon the aquatic environment. N.Y. Fish Game J.
7: 14-25.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, and E. J. Harris. (1964).
Toxicity of Aqualin to fingerling brown trout and bluegills.
N.Y. FishGameJ.il: 106-114.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, E. J. Harris, J. Skea, and
D. Colby. (1965). Toxicity of Sevin (Carbaryl) to fingerling
brown trout. N.Y. Fish and Game J. 12: 127-146.
Burdick, G. E., E. J. Harris, H. J. Dean, T.M. Walker,
J. Skea, and D. Colby. (1964). The accumulation of DDT in
lake trout and the effect on reproduction. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 93: 127-136.
Burke, W. D. and D. E. Ferguson. (1968). A simplified
flow-through apparatus for maintaining fixed concentra-
tions of toxicants in water. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(4):
498-501.
Burlington, R. F. (1962). Quantitative biological assessment
of pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 34(2): 179-183.
Burman, N. P. (1966). Recent advances in the bacteriologi-
cal examination of water. In: C. H. Collins, (ed.), Progress
in Microbiological Techniques. N.Y., Plenum Press, pp.
185-212.
Butcher, R. W. (1959). Biological assessment of river pollu-
tion. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 170: 159-165.
Butler, P. A. (1965). Effects of herbicides on estuarine
fauna. Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 18: 576-580.
Butler, P. A. (1965). Commercial fishery investigations. In:
Effects of pesticides on fish and wildlife, 1964 research
findings of the Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Circ. 226, pp. 65-77.
Butler, P. A. (1966). Pesticides in the marine environment.
J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 253-259.
73
-------
Butler, P. A. (1966). The problem of pesticides in estuaries.
In: A symposium on Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
Spec. Publ. No. 3, pp. 110-115.
Butler, P. A. (1966). Fixation of DDT in estuaries. Trans.
31st N. Amer. Wildl. Conf., pp. 184-189.
Butler, P. A. (1967). Pesticide residues in estuarine
mollusks. In: P. L. McCarty & R. Kennedy. Proceedings of
the National Symposium on Estuarine Pollution. Stanford,
California, Stanford University, Department of Civil Engi-
neering, pp. 107-121.
Butler, P. and R. F. Johnson. (1967). Report of the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Gulf
Breeze, Florida; Fiscal Year 1966. Washington, D.C., U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Comm. Fish. Circ. 160. iii, 15 pp.
Buzzell, J. C., R.H.F. Young, and D. W. Ryckman. (1968).
Behavior of organic chemicals in the aquatic environment.
Part II. Behavior in dilute systems. Research report from
the Environmental and Sanitary Engineering Laboratories
of .Washington University, St. Louis, Mo., for the Manu-
facturing Chemists Association. Washington, D.C., Manu-
facturing Chemists Association, 81 pp.
Byrd, I. B. (1960). What are the side effects of the im-
ported fire ant control programme? In: C, M. Tarzwell
(comip.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 46-50.
Cade, T. J., C. M. White, and J. R. Haugh. (1968).
Peregrines and pesticides in Alaska. Condor 70(2): 170-178.
Cairns, J. (1955). The effects of increased temperatures
upon aquatic organisms. Proc. 10th Ind. Wastes Conf.
Purdue Univ. 40(1): 346-354.
Cairns, J. (1956). Effects of heat on fish. Ind. Wastes 1:
180-183.
Cairns, J. (1957). Environment and time in fish toxicity.
Ind. Wastes 2: 14.
Cairns, J. (1965). Biological concepts and industrial waste
disposal problems. Proc. 20th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue
Univ. 49(4): 49-59.
Cairns, J. (1965). Pollution's eternal triangle. ASB Bull.
12(2): 35-37.
Cairns, J. (1966). Don't be half-safe. The current revolution
in bioassay techniques. Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue
Univ. 50(2): 559-567.
Cairns, J. (1967). The use of quality control techniques in
the management of aquatic ecosystems. Water Resour. Bull.
3(4): 47-53.
Cairns, J. (1967). Suspended solids standards for the pro-
tection of aquatic organisms. 22nd Purdue Industrial Waste
Conference, May 24,1967,Purdue University, 21 pp.
Cairns, J. (1968). The effects of Dieldrin on diatoms.
Mosquito News 28(2): 177-179.
Cairns, J. and J. J. Loos. (1966). Changes in guppy popula-
tions resulting from exposure to Dieldrin. Progr. Fish-Cult.
28: 220-226.
Cairns, J., N. R. Foster, and J. J. Loos. (1967). Effects of
sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin on laboratory popula-
tions of guppies, Poecilia reticulata Peters. Proc. Acad.
Natur. Sci. Phila. 119: 75-91.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (Feb. 1955). Bioassay studies for
the Manufacturing Chemists' Association; the relationship
of body size of the bluegill sunfish to the acute toxicity of
some common chemicals. Philadelphia, Penn., Acad. Natur.
Sci. Phila., Dept. of Limnol., 49 pp. (Unpubl. rept.).
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1957). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water upon the toxicity of zinc to the
common bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus Raf.) Notulae
Natur., No. 299,12pp.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1958). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water upon the toxicity of zinc to the
pond snail, Physa heterostropha (Say). Notulae Natur., No.
308,11pp.
Cairns J. and A. Scheier. (1958). The effects of periodic
low oxygen upon the toxicity of various chemicals to
aquatic organisms. Proc. 12th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue
Univ. 42(3): 165-176.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1959). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water upon the toxicity of potassium
dichromate to the common bluegill sunfish. In: Trans.
Northeast Wildl. Conf., 10th Ann. Meeting, Jan. 4, 5,6, and
7, 1958. Montreal, Quebec, Canada, pp. 86-98.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1959). The relationship of blue-
gill sunfish body size to tolerance for some common
chemicals. Proc. 13th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 43(3):
243-252.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1962). The effects of tempera-
ture and water hardness upon the toxicity of naphthenic
acids to the common bluegill sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus
Raf., and the pond snail,Physa heterostropha Say. Notulae
Natur., No. 353, 12pp.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1963). The acute and chronic
effects of standard sodium alkyl benzene sulfonate upon
the pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.) and the
bluegill sunfish L. macrocjoris Raf. Proc. 17th Ind. Waste
Conf. Purdue Univ. 47(2): 14-28.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1963). Environmental effects
upon cyanide toxicity to fish. Notulae Natur., No. 361,11
pp.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1964). The effects of sublethal
levels in zinc and of high temperature upon the toxicity of
a detergent to the sunfish Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.).
Notulae Natur., No. 367,3 pp.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1964). The effect upon the
pumpkinseed sunfish Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.) of chronic
exposure to lethal and sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin.
Notulae Natur., No. 370,10 pp.
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1966). The influence of exposure
to ABS detergent upon the blood chloride regulation of the
pumpkinseed. Progr. Fish-Cult. 28: 128-132.
74
-------
Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1968). A comparison of the
toxicity of some common industrial waste components
tested individually and combined. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(1Y
3-8.
Cairns, J., A. Scheier, and N. E. Hess. (1964). The effects of
alkyl benzene sulfonate on aquatic organisms. Ind. Water
Wastes 9(1): 22-28.
Cairns, J., A. Scheier, and J. J. Loos. (1965). A comparison
of the sensitivity to certain chemicals of adult zebra danios,
Brachydanio rerio (Hamilton-Buchanan) and zebra eggs
with that of adult bluegill sunfish, Leponds macrochirus
Raf. Notulae Natur., No. 381, 9 pp.
California State Water Quality Control Board. (1964). An
investigation of the effects of discharged wastes on kelp.
Sacramento, Calif., State Water Quality Control Board,
Publ. No. 26, 125 pp.
California State Water Quality Control Board. (1965). An
investigation on the fate of organic and inorganic wastes
discharged into the marine environment and their effects on
biological productivity. Sacramento, Calif., State Water
Quality Control Board, Publ. No. 29, 118 pp.
Carlson, C. A. (1966). Effects of three organophosphorus
insecticides on immature Hexagenia and Hydropsyche of
the Upper Mississippi River. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95:
1-5.
Carpenter, R. A. (1968). Federal policy and environmental
chemistry. Environ. Sci. Tech. 2(7): 518-523.
Carter, L. (1962). Bioassay of trade wastes. Nature 196:
1304.
Carter, L. J. (1968). Water Pollution: officials goaded into
raising quality standards. Science 160(3283): 49-51.
Casper, V. L. (1967). Galveston Bay pesticide study
water and oyster samples analyzed for pesticide residues
following mosquito control program. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(3):
13-15.
Chadwick, G. G. and U. Kiigemagi. (1968). Toxicity evalua-
tion of a technique for introducing Dieldrin into water. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 40(1): 76-82.
Chadwick, H. K. (1960). Toxicity of tricon oil spill
eradicator to striped bass (Roccus saxatilis). Calif. Fish
Game 46(3): 371-372.
Chang, P. S. (1965). Effects of pollution on oysters and fish
in Taiwan. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 368-369.
Chanin, G. and R. P. Dempster. (1958). A complex chemi-
cal waste and its toxicity to fish. Ind. Wastes 3: 155-158.
Charles, J. R. (1966). Effects of coal-washer wastes on
biological productivity in Martin's Fork of the upper
Cumberland River. Kentucky Dept. Fish Wildl. Resour.,
Fish. Bull. No. 27-B, 48 pp. (Kentucky Proj. F-18-R).
Chen, C. W. and R. E. Selleck. (1968). A kinetic model of
fish toxicity threshold. A paper presented at the 41st
Annual Conference of the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion in Chicago, Sept. 22-27, 1968, 29 pp.
Chin, E. and D. M. Allen. (1957). Toxicity of an insecticide
to two species of shrimps, Penaeus aztecus and Penaeus
setiferus. Texas J. Sci. 9: 270-278.
Chowdhury, S. H. (1957). An investigation of the
Karnaphuli paper mill effluent and its detrimental effects of
fish and other aquatic life of the river. Agr. Pakistan 8:
138-153.
Claffey, F. J. and J. E. Ruck. (1967). The effect of
rotenone on certain fish food organisms. Proc. 20th Ann.
Conf., Southeast. Ass. Game Fish Comm., pp. 278-283.
Clarke, G. L. (1947). Poisoning and recovery in barnacles
and mussels. Biol. Bull. 92: 73-91.
Clean Water Restoration Act of 1966. (PL89-753),
approved 11/3/66.
Clemens, H. P., S. Bhinyoying, and N. Youngstead. (1966).
An evaluation of Dylox medication on growth and repro-
duction of the goldfish and guppy. Progr. Fish-Cult. 28:
159-161.
Clemens, H. P. and C. Clough. (1965). Check effluent with
bioassay. Petrol. Refiner 35(6): 197-201.
Clemens, H. P. and J. C. Finnell. (1957). Biological condi-
tions in a brine-polluted stream in Oklahoma. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 85: 18-27.
Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed. (1958). The chemical con-
trol of some diseases and parasites of channel catfish. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20: 8-15.
Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed. (1958). Effect of tempera-
ture and physiological condition on tolerance of channel
catfish to pyridylmercuric acetate. Progr. Fish-Cult. 20:
147-152.
Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed. (1959). Lethal doses of
several commercial chemicals for fingerling channel catfish.
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.: Fish. No. 316,
10pp.
Clendenning, K. A. and W. J. North. (1960). Effects of
wastes on the giant kelp, Macrocystis pyrifera. In: E. A.
Pearson (ed.), Proc. of the 1st International Conference on
Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment. Univ. of Calif.,
Berkeley, July 22-25, 1959. N.Y., Pergamon Press, pp.
82-91.
Cohen, J. M., L. J. Kamphake, A. E. Lemke, C. Henderson,
and R. L. Woodward. (1961). Effect of fish poisons on
water supplies. Pt. 1. Removal of toxic materials. J. Amer.
Water Works Assoc. 52(12): 1551-1566.
Colby, P. J. and L. L. Smith. (1967). Survival of walleye
eggs and fry on paper fiber sludge deposits in Rainy River,
Minnesota. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96: 278-296.
75
-------
Cole, B. T., H. J. Bennett, and J. D. Miller. (1958).
Tolerance of euryhaline fish forms to dilution of oil field
bleed water. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 20: 13-23.
Cole, H., D. Barry, D.E.H. Frear, and A. Bradford. (1967).
DDT levels in fish, streams, stream sediments, and soil
before and after DDT aerial spray application for fall
cankerworm in Northern Pennsylvania. Bull. Environ.
Contam. Toxicol.2: 127-146.
Colton, J. B. (1959). A field observation of mortality of
marine fish larvae due to warming. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4:
219-222.
Colvin, H. J. and A. T. Phillips. (1968). Inhibition of
electron transport enzymes and cholinesterases by Endrin.
Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 3(2): 106-115.
Cook, S. F. and J. D. Corners. (1963). The short-term side
effects of the insecticidal treatment of Clear Lake, Lake
County, California in 1962. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
56(6): 819-824.
Cooke, W. B. (1957). Use and value of fungi as biological
indicators of pollution. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. and comp.),
Biological problems in water pollution. Trans, of a Seminar
on Biological Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27,
1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, pp.
84-93.
Cooke, W. B. and A. F. Bartsch. (1959). Aquatic fungi in
water with high waste loads. Sewage Ind. Wastes 31(11):
1316-1322.
Cooke, R. and P. W. Graham. (1965). The biological purifi-
cation of the effluent form a lurgi plant gasifying
bituminous coals. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 9(3): 97-112.
Cooke, W. B., H. J. Phaff, M. W. Miller, M. Shifrine, and
E. P. Knapp. (1960). Yeasts in polluted water and sewage.
Mycologia 52: 210-230.
Cope, O. B. (1960). The retention of DDT by trout and
whitefish. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems
in Water Pollution, Trans. 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio,
Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp.
72-75.
Cope, 0. B. (1961). Effects of DDT spraying for spruce
budworm on fish in the Yellowstone River system. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 239-251.
Cope, 0. B. (1961). Standards for reporting fish toxicity
tests. Progr. Fish-Cult. 23: 187-189.
Cope, 0. B. (1963). Sport fishery investigations. In:
Pesticide-wildlife studies, a review of Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice investigations during 1961 and 1962. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv.,Circ. 167, pp. 26-42.
Cope, 0. B. (1965). Some responses of freshwater fish to
herbicides. Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 18: 439-445.
Cope, 0. B. (1965). Sport fishery investigation. In: Effects
of pesticides on fish and wildlife, 1964 research findings of
the Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Circ.
226, pp. 51-63.
Cope, O. B. (1966). Contamination of the freshwater
ecosystem by pesticides. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 33-44.
Cope, 0. B. and P. F. Springer. (1958). Mass control of
insects: The effects offish and wildlife. Bull. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 4(2): 52-56.
Copeland, B. J. and T. C. Dorris. (1964). Community
metabolism in ecosystems receiving oil refinery effluents.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 9: 431-447.
Copeland, J. B. and J. W. Woods. (1959). Preliminary
results of several herbicides on aquatic vegetation in
Florida. Proc. 12th Ann. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
FishComm.,pp. 199-205.
Corbet, P. S. (1958). Effects of Simulium control on
insectivorous fishes. Nature 181(4608): 570-571.
Corner, E.D.S. (1959). The poisoning of Maria squinado
(Herbst) by certain compounds of mercury. Biochem.
Pharmacol. 2: 121-132.
Corner, E.D.S. and B. W. Sparrow. (1956). The modes of
action of toxic agents. I. Observations on the poisoning of
certain crustaceans by copper and mercury. J. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. U.K. 35: 531-548.
Costa, H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium cyanide solutions. I. Fish. Ceylon J. Sci. (Biol. Sci.)
5(2): 41-87.
Costa, H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium cyanide solutions. II. Gammarus pulex. Ceylon J.
Sci. (Biol. Sci.) 5(2): 88-96.
Costa, H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium cyanide solutions. III. Tadpoles of Rana
temporaria. Ceylon J. Sci. (Biol. Sci.) 5(2): 97-104.
Cottam, C. (1961). Pesticides, chemicals and water pollu-
tion. Public Works 92: 206-209.
Cottam, C. and E. Higgins. (1946). DDT and its effect on
fish and wildlife. J. Econ. Entomol. 39: 44-52.
Coutant, C. C. (1964). Insecticide Sevin: Effect of aerial
spraying on drift of stream insects. Science 146: 420-421.
Cowell, B. C. (1965). The effects of sodium arsenite and
Silvex on the plankton populations in farm ponds. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 94: 371-377.
Crance, J. H. (1963). The effects of copper sulfate on
Microcystis on zooplankton in ponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 25:
198-202.
Crandall, C. A. and C. J. Goodnight. (1959). The effect of
various factors on the toxicity of sodium pentachloro-
phenate to fish. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4: 53-56.
Crandall, C. A. and C. J. Goodnight. (1962). Effects of
sublethal concentrations of several toxicants on growth of
the common guppy, Lebistes reticulatus. Limnol. Oceanogr.
7: 233-239.
76
-------
Crosby, D. G. and R. K. Tucker. (1966). Toxicity of
aquatic herbicides to Daphnia magna. Science 54: 289-291.
Curry, L. L. (1965). A survey of environmental require-
ments for the midge (Diptera: Tendipedidae). In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 127-141.
Curtis, E.J.C. (1969). Sewage fungus: Its nature and effects.
Water Res. 3(5): 289-311.
Gushing, C. E. and J. R. Olive. (1957). Effects of
Toxaphene and rotenone upon the macroscopic bottom
fauna of two Northern Colorado reservoirs. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 86:294-301.
Daiber, F. C. (1952). The food and feeding relationships of
the freshwater drum, Aplodinotus grunniens Rafmesque in
western Lake Erie. Ohio J. Sci. 52: 35-46.
Darsie, R. F. and F. E. Corriden. (1959). The toxicity of
Malathion to kill fish (Cyprinodontidae) in Delaware. J.
Econ. Entomol. 52(4): 696-700.
Das, M. and P. H. Needham. (1961). Effect of time and
temperature on toxicity of insecticides to insects. I. Tests
on DDT on larvae of Aedes aegypti L. Ann. Appl. Biol.
49(1): 32-38.
Daugherty, F. M. and J. T. Garrett. (1951). Toxicity levels
of hydrocyanic acid and some industrial by-products. Texas
J. Sci. 3: 391-396.
Davis, A. N., J. B. Gahan, J. A. Fluno, and D. W. Anthony.
(1957). Larvicide tests against blackflies in slow-moving
streams. Mosquito News 17: 261-265.
Davis, J. T. and W. S. Hardcastle. (1959). Biological assay
of herbicides for fish toxicity. Weeds 7: 397-404.
Davis, J. T. and J. S. Hughes. (1963). Further observations
on the toxicity of commercial herbicides to bluegill sunfish.
Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 16: 337-340.
Davis, R. C. (1954). Gambusia-industnal effluent monitors.
Water Sewage Works 111: 259-261.
Dawood, I. K. and B. C. Dazo. (1966). Field tests on two
new molluscicides (Molucid and WL 8008) in the Egypt-49
project area. Bull. World Health Org. 35: 913-920.
de Calventi, I. B. (1965). Copper poisoning in the snail
Helix pomatia and its effect on mucous secretion. Ann.
N.Y. Acad. Sci. 118(24): 1015-1020.
Degani, J. G. (1943). Studies of the toxicity of ammunition
plant wastes to fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 73: 45-51.
Delaporte, A. V. (1958). Pollution of waters by industrial
wastes. Can. J. Public Health 49: 154-156.
Dewey, J. E. (1958). Utility of bioassay in the determina-
tion of pesticide residues. J. Agr. Food Chem. 6: 274-281.
Dimond, J. B. (1968). Persistence of DDT in crayfish in a
natural environment. Ecology 49(4): 759-762.
Dimond, J. B. (1967). Pesticides and stream insects. Maine
Forest Serv. [and The Conservation Foundation
(Washington, D.C.)] Bull. No. 23,21 pp.
Dobbins, W. E. (1964). BOD and oxygen relationships in
streams. J. San. Eng. Div., Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng.
90(SA3): 53-78.
Domogalla, B. (1935). Eleven years of chemical treatment
for Madison Lakes:Its effect on fish and fish foods. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 65: 115-121.
Doudoroff, P. (1951). Biological observations and toxicity
bioassays in the control of industrial waste disposal. Proc.
6th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 35(6): 88-104.
Doudoroff, P. (1956). Some experiments on the toxicity of
complex cyanides to fish. Sewage Ind. Wastes 28(8):
1020-1040.
Doudoroff, P., B. G. Anderson, G. E. Burdick, P. S.
Galtsoff, W. B. Hart, R. Patrick, E. R. Strong, E. W. Surber,
and W. M. Van Horn. (1951). Bioassay methods for the
evaluation of acute toxicity of industrial wastes to fish.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 23: 1380-1397.
Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. (1950). Critical review of litera-
ture on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their com-
ponents to fish. I. Alkalies, acids and inorganic gases.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 22(11): 1432-1458.
Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. (1953). Critical review of litera-
ture on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their com-
ponents to fish. II. The metals, as salts. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25(7): 802-839.
Doudoroff, P., G. Leduc, and C. R. Schneider. (1966).
Acute toxicity to fish of solutions containing complex
metal cyanides, in relation to concentrations of molecular
hydrocyanic acid. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 6-22.
Doudoroff, P. and C. E. Warren. (1962). Dissolved oxygen
requirements of fishes. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 145-156.
Douglas, N. H. (1960). A study of the comparative use of
different species of fish in the toxicity bioassay of
petroleum refinery effluent. Proc. 14th Ann. Conf. South-
east. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 215-222.
Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1962). Relative resistance
of fish species to petroleum refinery. Part I. Ind. Water
Wastes 7(6): 171-175.
Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1962) Evaluation and
relative resistance of sixteen species of fish as test animals
in toxicity bioassays of petroleum refinery effluents. Proc.
17th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 47(2): 57-76.
Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1963). Relative resistance
of fish to petroleum refinery wastes. Part II. Ind. Water
Wastes 8: 23-27.
Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1963). Relative resistance
of fish to petroleum refinery wastes. Part III. Ind Water
Wastes 8: 22-25.
77
-------
Dowden, B. F. (1962). Toxicity of commercial waste-oil
emulsifiers to Daphnia magna. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
34(10): 1010-1014.
Dowden, B. F. and H. J. Bennett. (1965). Toxicity of
selected chemicals to certain animals. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 37(9): 1308-1316.
Downing, K. M. (1954). The influence of dissolved oxygen
concentration on the toxicity of potassium cyanide to rain-
bow trout. J. Exp. Biol. 31: 161-164.
Downing, K. M. and J. C. Merkens. (1955). The influence
of dissolved-oxygen concentration on the toxicity of un-
ionized ammonia to rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson). Ann. Appl. Biol. 43(2): 243-246.
Duffy, J. R. and D. O'Connell. (1968). DDT residues and
metabolites in Canadian Atlantic Coast fish. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 25(1): 189-195.
Dugal, L. C. (1968). Pesticide residue in freshwater fish oils
and meals. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(1): 169-172.
Dugan, P. R. (1967). Influence of chronic exposure to
anionic detergents on toxicity of pesticides to goldfish. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 39(1): 63-71.
Dupree, H. K. (1960). The arsenic content of water,
plankton, soil and fish from ponds treated with sodium
arsenite for weed control. Proc. 14th Ann. Conf., South-
east. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 132-136.
Edwards, R. W., H. Egan, M. A. Learner, and P. J. Maris.
(1964). The control of chironomid larvae in ponds, using
the TDE (ODD). J. Appl. Ecol .1:97-117.
Eggink, H. J. (1967). Predicted effects of future discharges
of industrial wastes into the Eems estuary. In: Advances in
Water Pollution Research, Proc. 3rd International Confer-
ence held in Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol. 3.
Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. pp. 1-27.
Eggler, W. A. (1953). The use of 2,4-D in the control of
water hyacinth and alligator weed in the Mississippi Delta,
with certain ecological implications. Ecology 34: 409-414.
Eide, P. M., C. C. Deonier, and R. W. Burrell. (1945).
Toxicity of DDT to certain forms of aquatic life. J. Econ.
Entomol. 38: 492-493.
Eipper, A. W. (1959). Effects of five herbicides on farm
pond plants and fish. N.Y. Fish Game J. 6(1): 46-56.
Eisler, R. (1967). Acute toxicity of zinc to the killifish,
Fundulus heteroclitus. Chesapeake Sci. 8: 262-264.
Eisler, R. and M. P. Weinstein. (1967). Changes in metal
composition of the Quahaug clam, Mercewria mercenaria,
after exposure to insecticides. Chesapeake Sci. 8(4):
253-258.
Elson, P. F. (1967). Effects on wild young salmon of spray-
ing DDT over New Brunswick forests. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
24: 731-767.
Elson, P. F. and C. J. Kerswill. (1967). Impact on salmon of
spraying insecticide over forests. In: Advances in Water
Pollution Research, Proc. 3rd International Conference held
in Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. pp. 55-74.
Elvins, B. J. (1962). Investigation of the animal population
in polluted streams. J. Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. London. 6:
569.
Enderson, J. H. and D. D. Berge. (1968). Chlorinated
hydrocarbon residue in peregrines and their prey species
from Northern Canada. Condor 70(2): 149-153.
Engdahl, R. B. and F. C. Croxton. (1962). Pollution-a
problem in economics. Pulp Pap. Mag. Can. 63(12): 75-78.
Engineering-Science, Inc. (1964). Toxicant-induced
behavioural and histological pathology. A quantitative
study of sublethal toxication in the aquatic environment.
Final Report, Project Year 1962-63. Arcadia, Calif.,
Engineering-Science, Inc. 128 pp.
Ettinger, M. B. and D. I. Mount. (1967). A wild fish should
be safe to eat. Environ. Sci. Tech. 1(3): 203-205.
Everhart, W. H. and W. W. Hassler. (1945). Aquarium
studies on the toxicity of DDT to brown trout, Salmo
trutta. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 75: 59-64.
Fairchild, E. J. (1955). Low dissolved oxygen: Effect upon
the toxicity of certain inorganic salts to the aquatic
invertebrate Daphnia magna. In: Proc. 4th Ann. Water
Symp., Mar. 22-23, 1955. Baton Rouge, La. Eng. Exp.
Station, Bull. No. 51, pp. 95-102.
Farmer, J. A. (1960). The effects of industrial and domestic
pollution of the Black Warrior River on the net-plankton
population. J. Ala. Acad. Sci. 31(6): 447-458.
Faust, S. D. and 0. M. Aly. (1964). Water pollution by
organic pesticides. J. Amer. Water. Works Assoc. 56(3):
267-279.
Fay, L. D. and W. G. Youatt. (1967). Residues of
chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides in loons, grebes, a
gull, and a sample of ale wives from Lake Michigan. Mich.
Dept. Conserv., Res. Develop. Rept. No. 109, 7 pp.
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (PL84-660), approved
7/9/56.
Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1961
(PL87-88), approved 7/20/1961.
Ferguson, D. E. (1963). Notes concerning the effects of
Heptachlor on certain poikilotherms. Copeia, No. 2:
441-443.
Ferguson, D. E. (1967). The ecological consequences of
pesticide resistance in fishes. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf.
32: 103-107.
Ferguson, D. E. and C. R. Bingham. (1966). The effects of
combinations of insecticides on susceptible and resistant
mosquito fish. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 1: 97-103.
78
-------
Ferguson, D. E. and C. R. Bingham. (1966). Endrin re-
sistance in the yellow bullhead, Ictalwus natalis. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 325-326.
Ferguson, D. E., W. D. Cotton, D. T. Gardner, and D. D.
Culley. (1965). Tolerances to five chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides in two species of fish from a transect of the
lower Mississippi River. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 11: 239-245.
Ferguson, D. E., D. D. Culley, and W. D. Cotton. (1965).
Tolerances of two populations of fresh water shrimp to five
chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides. J. Miss. Acad. Sci.
11:235-237.
Ferguson, D. E., D. D. Culley, W. D. Cotton, and R. P.
Dodds. (1964). Resistance of chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides in three species of fresh-water fish. BioScience
14(11): 43-44.
Ferguson, D. E., D. T. Gardner, and A. L. Lindley. (1966).
Toxicity of Dursban to three species of fish. Mosquito
News 26(1): 80-82.
Ferguson, D. E. and C. P. Goodyear. (1967). The pathway
of Endrin entry in black bullheads, Ictalurus melas. Copiea,
No. 2: 467-468.
Ferguson, G. E., L. W. Grayson, C. M. Ogborn, and P. Weir.
(1966). Oil pollution water supplies. J. Amer. Water Works
Assoc. 58:813-821.
Ferguson, D. E., J. L. Ludke, and G. G. Murphy. (1966).
Dynamics of Endrin uptake and release by resistant and
susceptible strains of mosquito fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
95: 335-344.
Ferguson, D. E., J. L. Ludke, J. P. Wood, and J. W. Prather.
(1965). The effects of mud on the bioactivity of pesticides
on fishes. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 11: 219-228.
Fitzgerald, G. P. (1958). Control of growth of algae with
CMU. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 46: 281-294.
Fitzgerald, G. P. and S. L. Faust. (1963). Bioassay for
algicidal vs. algistatic chemicals. Water Sewage Works 110:
296-298.
Fitzgerald, G. P. and S. L. Faust. (1963). Factors affecting
the algicidal and algistatic properties of copper. Appl.
Microbiol. 11:345-351.
Fitzgerald, G. P., G. C. Gerloff, and F. Skoog. (1952).
Studies on chemicals with selective toxicity to blue-green
algae. Sewage Ind. Wastes 24(7): 888-896.
Foster, N. R., A. Scheier, and J. Cairns. (1966). Effects of
ABS on feedings behavior of flagfish, Jordanella floridae.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 109-110.
Foster, R. F. (1967). Problems of water pollution asso-
ciated with thermal energy industries. Richland, Wash.
Battelle Memorial Institute, Pacific Northwest Laboratory,
BNWL-SA-1546, 8pp.
Foster, R. F. and P. A. Olson. (1951). An incident of high
mortality among large rainbow trout after treatment with
pyridylmercuric acetate. Progr. Fish-Cult. 13: 129-130.
Frank, P. A., N. E. Otto, and T. R. Bartley. (1961). Tech-
niques for evaluating aquatic weed herbicides. Weeds 9(4):
515-521.
Frear, D.E.H. (1965). Pesticide index, 3rd ed. State College,
CPa., College Sci. Publ. 295 p.
Frear, D.E.H. (1968). Pesticide handbook-Entoma. 20th ed.
State College, Pa., College Sci. Publ. 323 p.
Freeman, L. (1953). A standardized method for determin-
ing toxicity of pure compounds to fish. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25: 845-848.
Freeman, L. (1953). Toxicity thresholds of certain sodium
sulfonates for Daphnia magna Straus. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25: 1331-1335.
Freeman, L. and I. Fowler. (1953). Toxicity of combina-
tions of certain inorganic compounds to Daphnia magna
Straus. Sewage Ind. Wastes 25: 1191-1195.
Fremling, C. R. (1964). Mayfly distribution indicates water
quality on the Upper Mississippi River. Science 146:
1164-1166.
Fribourgh, J. H. (1965). The effects of potassium tellurite
on goldfish spermatozoan activity. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
94: 399-402.
Fromm, P. 0. (1965). Physiological considerations in
studies of the action of pollutants on aquatic animals. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
316-319.
Fromm, P. O. and J. R. Gillette. (1968). Effect of ambient
ammonia on blood ammonia and nitrogen excretion of rain-
bow trout (Salmo gairdneri). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 26:
887-896.
Fromm, P. 0. and R. H. Schiffman. (1958). Toxic action of
hexavalent chromium on largemouth bass. J. Wildl. Manage.
22(1): 4044.
Fromm, P. 0. and R. M. Stokes. (1962). Assimilation and
metabolism of chromium by trout. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 34(11): 1151-1155.
Fruh, E. G., K. M. Stewart, G. F. Lee, and G. A. Rohlich.
(1966). Measurements of eutrophication and trends. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(8): 1237-1258.
Fry, F.E.J. (1960). The oxygen requirements of fish. In:
C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion, Trans. 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft,
San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 106-109.
Fry, F.E.J. (1960). Requirements for the aquatic habitat.
Pulp Pap Mag. Can. 61: T.61-T.66.
Fujiya, M. (1965). Physiological estimation on the effects
of pollutants upon aquatic organisms. In: Advances in
Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2nd International Confer-
ence held in Tokyo, August 1964. Vol. 3. N.Y., Pergamon
Press, pp. 315-331.
79
-------
Fukano, K. G. and F. F. Hooper. (1958). Toxaphene
(chlorinated camphene) as a selective fish poison. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20(4): 189-190.
Gakstatter, J. H. (1968). Rates of accumulation of
14c-dieldrin residues in tissues of goldfish exposed to a
single sublethal dose of 14c-aldrin. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
25(9): 1797-1801.
Gakstatter, J. H. and C. M. Weiss. (1967). The elimination
of DDT-C14, dieldrin-Cl4, and Iindane-Cl4, from fish fol-
lowing a single sub-lethal exposure in aquaria. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 96: 301-307.
Galtsoff, P. S., W. A. Chipman, J. B. Engle, and H. N.
Calderwood. (1947). Ecological and physiological studies of
the effect of sulfate pulp mill wastes on oysters in the York
River, Virginia. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 51:
59-186.
Ganelin, R. S., C. Cueto, and G. A. Mail. (1964). Farm use
of pesticides not to blame for massive river fish kills. Chem.
Eng. News 42(23): 23-24.
Gannon, J. J. (1966). River and laboratory BOD rate con-
siderations. J. San. Eng. Div., Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng.
92(SA1): 135-161.
Gannon, J. J., H. A. Dirasian, and J. D. Phaup. (1966). A
versatile outdoor channel for water pollution investigations.
Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf., Purdue Univ. 50(2): 234-247.
Garrett, J. T. (1957). Toxicity considerations in pollution
control. Ind. Wastes 2(1): 17-19.
Garrett, J. T. (1957). Toxicity investigations on aquatic and
marine life. Public Works 88(12): 95-96.
Garrison, R. L. (1968). The toxicity of pro-nox fish to
salmonid eggs and fry. Prog. Fish-Cult. 30: 35-38.
Gaufin, A. R. (1957). The use and value of aquatic insects
as indicators of organic enrichment. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed.
and comp.), Biological problems in water pollution. Trans.
of a Seminar on Biological Problems in Water Pollution,
April 23-27, 1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center, pp. 136-143.
Gaufin, A. R. (1958). The effects of pollution on a mid-
western stream. Ohio J. Sci. 58(4): 197-208.
Gaufin, A. R. (1961). Bioassays to determine the toxicity
of pesticides to aquatic invertebrates. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste
Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2): 94-98.
Gaufin, A. R. (1965). Environmental requirements of
plecoptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 105-110.
Gaufin, A. R., L. D. Jensen, A. V. Nebeker, T. Nelson, and
R. W. Teel. (1965). The toxicity of ten organic insecticides
to various aquatic invertebrates. Water Sewage Works 112:
276-279.
Gaufin, A. R., L. Jensen, and T. Nelson. (1961). Bioassays
determine pesticide toxicity to aquatic invertebrates. Water
Sewage Works 108:355-359.
Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. (1952). Aquatic
invertebrates as indicators of stream pollution. Public
Health Repts. 67(1): 57-64.
Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. (1956). Aquatic macro-
invertebrate communities as indicators of organic pollution
in Lytle Creek. Sewage Ind. Wastes 28(7): 906-924.
Gaylord, W. E. and B. R. Smith. (1966). Treatment of East
Bay, Alger County, Michigan, with Toxaphene for control
of sea lampreys. In: Investigations in fish control. No. 7.
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl.,
Resour.Publ. 11, 7 p.
Geen, G. H. and F. J. Andres. (1961). Limnological changes
in Seton Lake resulting from hydroelectric diversions. New
Westminster, B.C., Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm., Progr.
Rept. No. 8, 76 p.
George, J. L. (1959). Effects on fish and wildlife of chemi-
cal treatments of large areas. J. Forest. 57: 250-254.
George, J. L., R. F. Darsie, and P. F. Springer. (1957).
Effects on wildlife of aerial applications of Strobane, DDT,
and BHC to tidal marshes in Delaware. J. Wildl. Manage.
21:42-53.
George, J. L. and D.E.H. Frear. (1966). Pesticides in the
Antarctic. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 155-167.
George, M. G., S. Z. Qasim, and A. Q. Siddipi. (1966). A
limnological survey of the River Kali with reference to fish
mortality. Environ. Health 8: 262-269.
Gersdorff, W. A. (1943). Effect of introducing the carboxyl
group into the phenol molecule on toxicity to goldfish.
Amer. J. Pharm. 115: 159-167.
Gersdorff, W. A. and L. E. Smith. (1940). Effect of
halogenation of phenol on its toxicity to goldfish. I.
Monchlorophenols. Amer. J. Pharm. 112: 197-204.
Gersdorff, W. A. and L. E. Smith. (1940). Effect of
introduction of the halogens into the phenol molecule on
toxicity to goldfish. II. Monobromophenols. Amer. J.
Pharm. 112:316-322.
Gersdorff, W. A. and L. E. Smith. (1940). Effect of
introduction of the halogens into the phenol molecule on
toxicity to goldfish. HI. Monoiodophenols. Amer. J. Pharm.
112:389-394.
Gilderhus, P. A. (1966). Some effects of sublethal concen-
trations of sodium arsenite on bluegills and the aquatic
environment. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 289-296.
Gilderhus, P. A. (1967). Effects of Diquat on bluegills and
their food organisms. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29: 67-74.
Gillespie, D. M. (1964). Some toxic effects of Malathion on
Daphnia. Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 24: 11-17.
80
-------
Gillette, L. A., D. L. Miller, and H. E. Redman. (1952).
Appraisal of a chemical waste problem by fish toxicity test.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 24: 1397-1401.
Ginsburg, J. M. (1945). Toxicity of DDT to fish. J. Econ.
Entomol. 38: 274-275.
Ginsburg, J. M. (1947). Results from feeding mosquito
larvae, killed by DDT, to goldfish. J. Econ. Entomol. 40:
276-276.
Gjulian, C. M., 0. B. Cope, B. F. Quisenberry, and F. R.
DuChanois. (1949). The effects of some insecticides on
black fly larvae in Alaskan streams. J. Econ. Entomol. 42:
100-105.
Godsil, P. J. and W. C. Johnson. (1968). Pesticide monitor-
ing of the aquatic biota at the Tule Lake National Wildlife
Refuge. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(4): 21-26.
Gohar, H.A.F. and H. El-Gindy. (1961). Tolerance of.
vector snails of bilharziasis and fascioliasis to some chemi-
cals. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci. 16: 37-48.
Goodman, A. S. and W. E. Dobbins. (1966). Mathematical
model for pollution control programs. J. San. Eng. Div.,
Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 92(6): 1-19.
Goodman, J. R. (1951). Toxicity of zinc for rainbow trout
(Salmo gairdnerii). Calif. Fish Game 37(2): 191-194.
Goodnight, C. J. (1942). Toxicity of sodium pentachloro-
phenate and pentachlorophenol to fish. Ind. Eng. Chem.
34: 868-872.
Gorham, E. and A. G. Gordon. (1963). Some effects of
smelter pollution upon aquatic vegetation near Sudbury,
Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 41: 371-378.
Gould, W. R. and W. H. Irwin. (1965). The suitabilities and
relative resistances of twelve species of fish as bioassay
animals for oil-refinery effluents. Proc. 16th Ann. Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., Charleston, South
Carolina, pp. 333-348.
Graham, J. E. and R. D. Anderson. (1958). The effects of
mosquito larviciding on other organisms in Slat Lake
County. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts Lett., Proc. 35: 43-48.
Graham, R. J. (1960). Effects of forest insect spraying on
trout and aquatic insects in some Montana streams. In:
C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion, Trans. 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft
San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3. pp. 62-65.
Graham, R. J. and D. 0. Scott. (1958). Effects of forest
insect spraying on trout and aquatic insects in some
Montana streams. Final report. Helena, Mont., Montana
Fish and Game Dept., 40 p.
Graham, R. J. and D. 0. Scott. (1959). Effects of an aerial
application of DDT on fish and aquatic insects in Montana.
Final report. Helena, Mont., Montana State Fish and Game
Dept., 35 p.
Grande, M. (1967). Effect of copper and zinc on salmonid
fishes. In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 3rd
International Conference held in Munich, Germany, Sept.
1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
pp. 97-111.
Gray, L. (1950). The toxicity of Aldrin and Dieldrin to
goldfish, Carasius auratus, and bluegill sunfish, Lepomis
macrochirus. Little Rock, Ark., Arkansas Game Fish Com-
mission. 4 p. (unpubl.)
Greenbank, J. (1940). Selective poisoning of fish. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 70: 80-86.
Greer, G. L. and U. Paim. (1968). Degradation of DDT in
Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
25(11): 2321-2326.
Grenier, F. (1960). A constant flow apparatus for toxicity
experiments on fish. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 32(10):
1117-1119.
Grindley, J. (1946). Toxicity to rainbow trout and
minnows of some substances known to be present in waste
waters discharged to rivers. Ann. Appl. Biol. 33: 103-112.
Grzenda, A. and H. P. Nicholson. (1965). Distribution and
magnitude of insecticide residues among various com-
ponents of a stream system. Proc. S. Water Resour. Pollut.
Contr. Conf. 14: 165-174.
Harp, G. L. and R. S. Campbell. (1964). Effects of the
herbicide Silvex on benthos of a farm pond. J. Wildl.
Manage. 28: 308-317.
Harrington, R. W. and W. L. Bidlingmayer. (1958). Effects
of Dieldrin on fishes and invertebrates of a salt marsh. J.
WUdl. Manage. 22:76-82.
Harrison, J.W.E. and E. W. Rees. (1946). 2,4-D toxicity. I.
Toxicity towards certain species of fish. Amer. J. Pharm.
118:422-425.
Harukawa, C. (1922-23). Preliminary report on the toxicity
of colloidal sulphur to fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 52:
219-224.
Hasler, A. D. and W. J. Wisby. (1949). Use of fish for the
olfactory assay of pollutants (phenols) in water. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 79: 64-70.
Hassall, K. A. (1962). A specific effect of copper on the
respiration of Chlorella vulgaris. Nature 193: 90.
Hastings, E., W. H. Kittams, J. H. Pepper. (1961). Re-
population by aquatic insects in streams sprayed with DDT.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 54: 436-437.
Hatch, R. W. (1957). Relative sensitivity of salmonids to
DDT.Progr. Fish-Cult. 19: 89-91.
Hawkes, H. A. (1963). Effects of domestic and industrial
discharges on the ecology of riffles in midland streams Int
J. Air Water Pollut. 7: 565-586.
-------
Hawksley, R. A. (1967). Advanced water pollution analysis
by a water laboratory. Analyzer 8(1): 13-15.
Haydu, E. P. (1968). Biological concepts in pollution con-
trol. Ind. Water Eng. 5(7): 18-21.
Haydu, E. P., H. R. Amberg, and R. E. Dimick. (1952). The
effect of Kraft mill waste components on certain salmonoid
fishes of the Pacific Northwest. Tappi 35: 545-549.
Hayes, M. L. (1955). Evaluation of Ryania and Malathion
as fish toxins. Colorado Cooperative Fish. Unit, Quart.
Rept. 1(3): 40-42.
Haynes, H. L., H. H. Moorefield, A. J. Borash, and J. W.
Keays. (1958). Toxicity of Sevin to goldfish. J. Econ.
Entomol.51: 540.
Hayton, W. L. and N. A. Hall. (1968). Apparent pH de-
pendence of ethanol absorption rate in the common guppy.
J.Pharm. Sci. 57(1): 158-161.
Hazeltine, W. E. (1963). The development of a new concept
for control of the Clear Lake gnat. J. Econ. Entomol. 56:
621-626.
Helms, D. R. (1967). Use of formalin for selective control
of tadpoles in the presence of fishes. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29:
43-47.
Hemens, J. (1966). The toxicity of ammonia solutions to
the mosquito fish (Gambusia affinis Baird and Girard). J.
Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. 3: 265-271.
Hemphill, J. E. (1954). Toxaphene as a fish toxin. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 16: 41-42.
Henderson, C. and Q. H. Pickering. (1958). Toxicity of
organic phosphorus insecticides to fish. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 87:39-51:
Henderson, C. and Q. H. Pickering. (1963). Use of fish in
the detection of contaminants in water supplies. J. Amer.
Water Works Assoc. 55(6): 715-720.
Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and J. M. Cohen. (1959).
The toxicity of synthetic detergents and soaps to fish.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 31(3): 295-306.
Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and A. E. Lemke. (1961).
The effect of some organic cyanides (nitriles) on fish. Proc.
15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2): 120-130.
Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and C. M. Tarzwell. (1959).
Relative toxicity of ten chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides to four species of fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
88(1): 23-32.
Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and C. M. Tarzwell. (1960).
The toxicity of organic phosphorus and chlorinated hydro-
carbon insecticides to fish. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.),
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Cincinnati, Ohio,
Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp.
76-88.
Henderson, C. and C. M. Tarzwell. (1957). Bio-assays for
control of industrial effluents. Sewage Ind. Wastes 29(9):
1002-1017.
Hendrick, R. D., F. L. Bonner, T. R. Everett, and J. E.
Fahey. (1966). Residue studies on Aldrin and Dieldrin in
soils, water and crawfish from rice fields having insecticide
contamination. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1388-1391.
Hendrick, R. D. and T. R. Everett. (1965). Toxicity to the
Louisiana red crawfish of some pesticides used in rice
culture. J. Econ. Entomol. 58: 958-961.
Hendrick, R. D., T. R. Everett, and H. R. Caffey. (1966).
Effects of some insecticides on the survival, reproduction,
and growth of the Louisiana red crawfish. J. Econ.
Entomol. 59: 188-192.
Henegar, D. L. (1966). Minimum lethal levels of toxaphene
as a piscicide in North Dakota lakes. In: Investigations in
fish control. No. 3. Washington, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv.,
Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl., Resour. Publ. 7, 16 p.
Hennessey, P. V. and D. G. Rosenberg. (1968). Photo-
graphic wastes laboratory treatment. Water and Sewage
Works, 115: 131.
Hepworth, W. G. (n.d.). Toxicity of the non-ionic detergent
Kyro-eo to brook trout, rainbow trout and nymphal may-
flies, stoneflies, damselflies and larval midges. Wyoming
Game and Fish Comm., Federal Aid in Fish and Wildl.
Restoration, Project No. FW-3-R-8, Analysis No. 21, pp.
40-44.
Herbert, D.W.M. (1955). Measuring the toxicity of effluents
to fish. Analyst 80: 896-898.
Herbert, D.W.M. (1961). Freshwater fisheries and pollution
control. Proc. Soc. Water Treat. Exam. 10: 135-161.
Herbert, D.W.M. (1962). The toxicity to rainbow trout of
spent still liquors from the distillation of coal. Ann. Appl.
Biol. 50: 755-777.
Herbert, D.W.M., J. S. Alabaster, M. C. Dart, and R. Lloyd.
(1961). The effect of china-clay wastes on trout streams.
Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 5: 56-74.
Herbert, D.W.M. and K. M. Downing. (1955). A further
study of the toxicity of potassium cyanide to rainbow trout
(Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). Ann. Appl. Biol. 43(2):
237-242.
Herbert, D.W.M., D.H.M. Jordan, and R. Lloyd. (1965). A
study of some fishless rivers in the industrial Midlands. J.
Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. London 6: 569-582.
Herbert, D.W.M. and J. C. Merkens. (1952). The toxicity of
potassium cyanide to trout. J. Exp. Biol. 29: 632-649.
Herbert, D.W.M. and J. C. Merkens. (1961). The effect of
suspended mineral solids on the survival of trout. Int. J. Air
Water Pollut. 5:46-55.
82
-------
Herbert, D.WJM. and J. M. Richards. (1963). The growth
and survival of fish in some suspensions of solids of in-
dustrial origin. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 7: 297-302;
Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S. Shurben. (1963). A preliminary
study of the effect of physical activity on the resistance of
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson) to two
poisons. Ann. Appl. Biol. 52: 321-326.
Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S. Shurben. (1964). The toxicity of
fluoride to rainbow trout. Water Waste Treat. J. 10:
141-142.
Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S. Shurben. (1964). The toxicity to
fish of mixtures of poisons. I. Salts of ammonia and zinc.
Ann. Appl. Biol. 53: 33-41.
Herbert, D.WM. and A. C. Wakeford. (1962). The effect ofJ
calcium sulfate on the survival of rainbow trout. Water \
Waste Treat. J. 8: 608-609.
Hermann, E. R. (1959). Toxicity index for industrial
wastes. Ind. Eng. Chem. 51: 84A-87A.
Hervey, R. J. (1949). Effect of chromium on the growth of
unicellular chlorophyceae and diatoms. Bot. Baz. 111(1):
1-11.
Hess, A. D. and G. G. Keener. (1947). Effect of airplane
distributed DDT thermal aerosols on fish and fish food
organisms. J.Wildl. Manage. 11(1): 1-10.
Hester, F. E. (1959). The tolerance of eight species of
warm-water fishes to certain rotenone formulations. Proc.
13th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
121-133.
Hester, F. E. (1959). The toxicity of Noxfish and Pro-
noxfish to eggs of common carp and fathead minnows.
Proc. 13th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish
Comrn., pp. 325-331.
Hester, F. E. and J. S. Dendy. (1962). A multiple-plate
sampler for aquatic macro-invertebrates. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 91:420-421.
Heukelekian, H. (1948). Method for studying the toxicity
of industrial wastes. Water Sewage Works 95: 285-287.
Hickey, J. H., J. A. Keith, and F. B. Coon (1966). An
exploration of pesticides in a Lake Michigan ecosystem. J.
Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl): 141-154.
Hicks, C. E. and J. M. Neuhold. (1966). Alkyl benzene
sulfonate effects on stream algae communities. Bull.
Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 1: 225-236.
Hildebrand, E. M. (1946). Herbicidal action of 2,4-dichloro-
phenoxyacetic acid on the water hyacinth, Eichornia
crassipes. Science 103: 477-479.
Hilsenhoff, W. (1966). Effect of diquat on aquatic insects
and related animals. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1520-1521.
Hilsenhoff, W. L. (1962). Toxicity of granular Malathion to
walleyed pike fingerlings. Mosquito News 22: 14-15.
Hilsenhoff, W. L. (1965). The effect of Toxaphene on the
benthos in a thermally-stratified lake. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 94: 210-213.
Hiltibran, R. C. (1965). The effects of Diquat on aquatic
plants in Central Illinois. Weeds 13: 71-72.
Hiltibran, R. C. (1967). Effects of some herbicides on
fertilized fish eggs and fry. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96:
414416.
Hinshaw, R. N. (1967). The pollutional degradation of the
Jordan River as shown by aquatic invertebrates. Utah State
Dept. Fish Game, Publ. No. 66-11, 121 p.
Hirsch, A. (1958). Biological evaluation of organic pollu-
tion of New Zealand streams. N. Z. J. Sci. 1(4): 500-553.
Hisaoka, K. K. (1958). The effects of 2-acetylamino-
fluorene on the embryonic development of the zebrafish. I.
Morphological studies. Cancer Res. 18: 527-535.
Hisaoka, K. K. (1958). The effects of 2-acetylamino-
fluorene on the embryonic development of the zebrafish.
II. Histochemical studies. Cancer Res. 18: 664-667.
Hoar, W. S. (1956). Photoperiodism and thermal resistance
of goldfish. Nature 178: 364-365.
Hoeglund, L. B. (1961). The reactions of fish in concentra-
tion gradients. A comparative study based on fluvarium
experiments with special reference to oxygen, acidity,
carbon dioxide, and sulphite waste liquor (SWL). Inst.
Freshwater Res., Drottningholm, Rept. No. 43, 147 p.
Hoff, J. G. and J. R. Westman. (1965). Experiments with
Dibrom-Malathion formulation as a selective piscicide. N.Y.
Fish Game J. 12: 99-107.
Hoffman, C. H. (1960). Are the insecticides required for
insect control hazardous to aquatic life? In: C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 51-61.
Hoffman, C. H. and A. T. Drooz. (1953). Effects of a C47
airplane application of DDT on fish-food organisms in two
Pennsylvania watersheds. Amer. Midland Natur. 50:
172-188.
Hoffman, D. A. and J. R. Olive. (1961). The effects of
rotenone and Toxaphene upon plankton of two Colorado
Reservoirs. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 219-222.
Hoffman, C. H. and E. W. Surber. (1945). Effects of an
aerial application of wettable DDT on fish and fish-food
organisms in Back Creek, West Virginia. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 75: 48-58.
Hoffman, C. H. and E. W. Surber. (1949). Effects of feed-
ing DDT-sprayed insects to fresh-water fish. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish., No. 3, 9 p.
Hoffman, R. A. (1957). Toxicity of three phosphorus
insecticides to cold water game fish. Mosquito News 17:
213.
83
-------
Holden, A. V. (1962). A study of the absorption of
14C-labelled DDT from water by fish. Ann. Appl. Biol. 50:
467-477.
Holden, A. V. (1964). The possible effects on fish of
chemicals used in agriculture. J. Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif.
London 4: 361-368.
Holden, A. V. (1965). Contamination of fresh water by
persistent insecticides and their effects on fish. Ann. Appl.
Biol. 55: 332-335.
Holden, A. V. (1966). Organochlorine insecticide residues
in salmonid fish. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 45-53.
Holland, H. T., D. L. Coppage, and P. A. Butler. (1966).
Increased sensitivity to pesticides in sheepshead minnows.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(1): 110-112.
Holland, H. T., D. L. Coppage, and P. A. Butler. (1967).
Use of fish brain acetylocholinesterase to monitor pollution
by organophosphorus pesticides. Bull. Environ. Contam.
Toxicol. 2: 156-162.
Holland, G. A., J. E. Lasater, E. D. Neumann, and W. E.
Eldridge. (1960). Toxic effects of organic and inorganic
pollutants on young salmon and trout. Wash. Dept. of
Fish., Res. Bull. 5, 264 p.
Hooper, F. F. and A. R. Grzenda. (1955). The use of
Toxaphene as a fish poison. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 85:
180-190.
Hopkins, C. L., H. V. Brewerton, and H.J.W. McGrath.
(1966). The effect'on a stream fauna of an aerial applica-
tion of DDT prills to pasture land. N. Z. J. Sci. 9: 236-248.
Houser, A. (1962). Loss in weight of sunfish following
aquatic vegetation control using the herbicide Silvex. Proc.
Okla. Acad. Sci. 43: 232-237.
Howard, T. E. and C. C. Walden. (1965). Pollution and
toxicity characteristics of kraft pulp mill effluents. Tappi
48: 136-141.
Howell, J. H., E. L. King, A. J. Smith, and L. H. Hanson.
(1964). Synergism of 5,2'-dichloro-4'-nitro-salicylanilide
and 3-trifluormethyl-4-nitrophenol in a selective lamprey
larvicide. Ann Arbor, Mich., Great Lakes Fish. Comm.,
Tech. Rept.No. 8, 21 p.
Howell, J. H. and W. M. Marquette. (1963). Use of mobile
bioassay equipment in the chemical control of sea lamprey.
U.S.Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish., No. 418,9 p.
Hubble, D. R. and B. Reiff. (1967). Reproduction of
guppies (Lebistes reticulatus) after a single exposure to
Dieldrin-a 12 months' study. Bull. Environ. Contam.
Toxicol. 2: 57-63.
Hubschman, J. H. (1967). Effects of copper on the crayfish
Orconestes rusticus (Girad). I. Acute toxicity. Crustaceana
12: 33-42.
Huet, M. (1965). Water quality criteria for fish life. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
160-167.
Hughes, J. S. (1966). Use of the red crawfish, Procambarus
clarki (Girad), for herbicidal assays. Proc. 20th Ann. Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 437-439.
Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis. (1963). Variations in toxicity
to bluegill sunfish of phenoxy herbicides. Weeds. 11(1):
50-53.
Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis. (1965). Comparative toxicity
to bluegill sunfish of granular and liquid herbicides. Proc.
16th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
.319-323.
Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis. (1967). Effects of selected
herbicides on bluegill sunfish. Proc. 18th Ann. Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 480-482.
Huish, M. T. (1961). Toxaphene as a fish eradicant in
Florida. Proc. 15th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game
Fish Comm., pp. 200-205.
Hunn, J. B., R. A. Schoettger, and E. W. Whealdon. (1968).
Observations on the handling and maintenance of bioassay
fish.Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(3): 164-167.
Hunn, J. B., R. A. Schoettger, and W. A. WiUford. (1968).
Turnover and urinary excretion of free and acetylated M. S.
22 by rainbow trout,Salmo gairdneri. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
25(1): 25-31.
Hunt, E. G. and A. I. Bischoff. (1960). Inimical effects on
wildlife of periodic DDD applications to Clear Lake. Calif.
Fish Game 46(1): 91-106.
Hunt, G. S. (1965). The direct effects on some plants and
animals of pollution in the Great Lakes. BioScience 15:
181-186.
Hutchinson, G. E. (1957). A treatise on limnology. Vol. 1.
Geography, physics, chemistry. N.Y., Wiley and Sons, 1015
P-
Hutchinson, G. E. (1967). A treatise on limnology. Vol. 2.
Introduction to lake biology and the limnoplankton. N.Y.,
Wiley and Sons, 1115 p.
Hynes, H.B.N. (1959). The biological effects of water pollu-
tion. In: W.B. Yapp (ed.), The effects of pollution on living
material. London, Institute of Biology, pp. 11-24.
Hynes, H.B.N. (1959). The use of invertebrates as
indicators of river pollution. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 170:
165-169.
Hynes, H.B.N. (1961). The effect of sheep-dip containing
the insecticide BHC on the fauna of a small stream, includ-
ing Sirwlium and its predators. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol.
55(2): 192-196.
Hynes, H.B.N. (1966). The biology of polluted waters.
Liverpool University Press, 202 p.
84
-------
Hynes, H.B.N. and F. W. Roberts. (1962). The biological
effects of synthetic detergents in the River Lee,
Hertfordshire. Ann. Appl. Biol. 50: 779-790.
Hynes, H.B.N. and T. R. Williams. (1962). The effect of
DDT on the fauna of a Central African stream. Ann. Trop.
Med. Parasitol. 56: 78-91.
Ide, F. P. (1957). Effect of forest spraying with DDT on
aquatic of salmon streams. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 86:
208-219.
Ide, F. P. (1967). Effects of forest spraying with DDT on
aquatic insects of salmon streams in New Brunswick. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 769-802.
Ingols, R. S. (1954). Toxicity of mercuric chloride, chromic
sulfate, and sodium chromate in the dilution B.O.D. test.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 26: 536-538.
Ingols, R. S. (1955). Evaluation of toxicity. Sewage Ind.
Wastes 27: 26-33.
Ingols, R. S. (1956). Toxicity of copper and zinc ions in the
dilution B.O.D. tests. Sewage Ind. Wastes 28: 1168-1169.
Ingols, R. S. (1959). Effect of impoundment on down-
stream water quality, Catawba River, S. C. J. Amer. Water
Works Assoc. 51(1): 42-46.
Ingols, R. S. and R. H. Fetner. (1961). Toxicity of
chromium compounds under aerobic conditions. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33(4): 366-370.
Ingols, R. S. and P. E. Gaffney. (1965). Biological studies
of halophenols. Proc. S. Water Resour. Pollut. Contr. Conf.
14: 175-181.
Ingram, W. M. (1957). Use and value of biological indi-
cators of pollution: Fresh water clams and snails. In: C. M.
Tarzwell, (ed., comp.), Biological problems in water pollu-
tion. Trans, of a Seminar on Biological Problems in Water
Pollution, April 23-27, 1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, pp. 94-135.
Ingram, W. M. and W. W. Towne. (1960). Effects of indus-
trial wastes on stream life. Proc. 14th Ind. Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 44(5): 678-710.
Irukayama, K. (1966). The pollution of Minamata Bay and
Minamata disease. Adv. Water Poll. Res. 3: 153-180.
Irwin, W. H. (1965). Fifty-seven species of fish in oil-
refinery waste bioassay. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 30:
89-99.
Ishio, S. (1965). Behavior of fish exposed to toxic sub-
stances. In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2d
International Conference held in Tokyo, August 1964. Vol.
1. N.Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 19-40.
Isom, B. G. (1960). Toxicity of elemental phosphorus. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 32(12): 1312-1316.
lyatomi, K., T. Tamura, Y. Itazawa, I. Hanyu, and S.
Sugiura. (1958). Toxicity of Endrin to fish. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20(4): 155-162.
Jackson, C. F. (1956). Control of the common sunfish or
pumpkinseed, Lepomis gibbosus, in New Hampshire. N. H.
Fish Game Dept., Tech. Circ. 12: 16 p.
Jackson, K. J. (1960). A field experiment to determine the
effect upon coho salmon fry (Onchorhynchus kisutch)
from spraying sawlogs with an emulsified mixture of
benzene hexachloride. Can. Fish Cult. 27: 33-42.
Jackson, K. J. (1966). The role of the Department of
Fisheries of Canada in dealing with problems presented by
the use of pesticides in British Columbia. Can. Fish Cult.
37: 45-50.
Jackson, H. W. and W. A. Brungs. (1966). Biomonitoring
industrial effluents. Ind. Water Eng. 3(7): 14-18,45.
Jamnback, H. and H. S. Eabry. (1962). Effects of DDT, as
used in black fly larval control, on stream arthropods. J.
Econ. Entomol. 55(5): 636-639.
Jamnback, H. and J. Frempong-Boadu. (1966). Testing
blackfly larvicides in the laboratory and in streams. Bull.
World Health Organ. 34(3): 405-421.
Jensen, L. D. and A. R. Gaufin. (1964). Effects of ten
organic insecticides on two species of stonefly naiads.
Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 93: 27-34.
Jensen, L. D. and A. R. Gaufin. (1966). Acute and long-
term effects of organic insecticides on two species of stone-
fly naiads. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(8): 1273-1286.
Johnels, A. G., T. Westermark, W. Berg, P. I. Persson, and
B. Sjoestrand. (1967). Pike (Esox lucius L.) and some other
aquatic organisms in Sweden as indicators of mercury con-
tamination in the environment. Oikos 18(2): 323-333.
Johnson, D. W. (1968). Pesticide and fishesa review of
selected literature. Trans. Amer. Fisheries Soc. 97(4):
398-424.
Johnson, M. W. (1959). The effectiveness of Toxaphene at
low temperatures. Minn. Dept. Conserv., Div. Game Fish,
Invest. Rept. No. 197, 3 p.
Johnson, W. C. (1966). Toxaphene treatment of Big Bear
Lake, California. Calif. Fish Game 52: 173-179.
Johnson, W. D. (1968). Identification of residual oil
pollutants in surface waters of southern end of Lake
Michigan. Chicago, 111., U.S. Federal Water Pollution Con-
trol Administration, Great Lakes Region, Chicago Program
Office, 32 p.
Johnson, W. D., F. D. Fuller, and L. E. Scarce. (1967).
Pesticides in the Green Bay area. Conf. Great Lakes Res
Proc. 6: 262-374.
85
-------
Jones, B. F., C. E. Warren, C. E. Bond and P. Doudoroff.
(1956). Avoidance reactions of salmonid fishes to pulp mill
effluents. Sewage Ind. Wastes 28(11): 1403-1413.
Jones, B. R. and J. B. Moyle. (1963). Populations of
plankton animals and residual chlorinated hydrocarbons in
soils of six Minnesota ponds treated for control of
mosquito larvae. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(3): 211-215.
Jones, J.R.E. (1938). The relative toxicity of salts and lead,
zinc and copper to the stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus
L.) and the effect of calcium on the toxicity of lead and
zinc salts. J. Exp. Biol. 15: 394-407.
Jones, J.R.E. (1939). The relation between the electrolytic
solution pressures of the metals and their toxicity to the
stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus L.). J. Exp. Biol. 16:
425-437.
Jones, J.R.E. (1941). A study in the relative toxicity of
anions, with Polycelis nigra as test animal. J. Exp. Biol. 18:
170-181.
Jones, J.R.E. (1947). The reactions of Pygosteus pungitius
L. to toxic solutions. J. Exp. Biol. 24: 110-122.
Jones, J.R.E. (1948). A further study of the reactions of
fish to toxic solutions. J. Exp. Biol. 25: 22-34.
Jones, J.R.E. (1951). The reactions of the minnow,
Phoxinus phoxinus (L.), to solutions of phenol, ortho-
cresol and para-cresol. J. Exp. Biol. 28: 261-270.
Jones, J.R.E. (1958). A further study of the zinc-polluted
River Ystwyth. J. Anim. Ecol. 27: 1-14.
Jones, J.R.E. (1964). Fish and river pollution. London,
Butterworths, 203 pp.
Jones, R. 0. (1965). Tolerance of the fry of common
warm-water fishes to some chemicals employed in fish
culture. Proc. 16th Ann. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
Fish. Comm. 1962, pp. 436-445.
Jordan, H. D. (1955). Control of crabs with crude BHC.
Nature 175(4460): 734-735.
Jordan, D.H.M. and R. Lloyd. (1964). The resistance of
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson) and loach
(Rutilus rutilus (L.)) to alkaline solutions. Int. J. Air Water
Pollut.8: 405-409.
Joyner, T. (1961). Exchange of zinc with environmental
solutions by the brown bullhead. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
90: 444-448.
Kabler, P. W. (1957). Use and value of bacterial indicators
of pollution. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. & comp.), Biological
problems in water pollution. Transactions of a Seminar on
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27, 1956.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, pp.
43-49.
Kabler, P. W. (1961). Bacterial parameters of water quality.
In: Water Quality Measurement and Instrumentation. Proc.
of the 1960 Seminar at Cincinnati, Ohio, August 29-31,
1960. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,
SEC-TR-W61-2, pp. 45-50.
Kallman, B. J. and 0. B. Cope, and R. J. Navarre. (1962).
Distribution and detoxication of Toxaphene in Clayton
Lake, New Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91: 14-22.
Kaplan, H. M. and J. G. Overpeck. (1964). Toxicity of
halogenated hydrocarbon insecticides for the frog, Rana
pipiens. Herpetologica 20: 163-169.
Kaplan, H. M. and L. Yoh. (1961). Toxicity of copper for
frogs. Herpetologica 17: 131-135.
Katz, M. (1961). Acute toxicity of some organic in-
secticides to three species of salmonids and to the three-
spine stickleback. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 264-268.
Katz, M. and G. G. Chadwick. (1961). Toxicity of Endrin
to some Pacific Northwest fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
90: 394-397.
Katz, M. and A. R. Gaufin. (1953). The effects of sewage
pollution on the fish population of a midwestern stream.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 84: 157-165.
Katz, M. and C. E. Woelke. (1967). Water quality require-
ments of estuarine organisms. In: Water quality criteria.
Philadelphia, Pa., Amer. Soc. Testing and Materials, Spec.
Tech. Publ. No. 416, pp. 90-99.
Keenleyside, M.H.A. (1958). Comparative effects of the
insecticides DDT and Malathion on young Atlantic salmon.
In: Progress Reports of the Atlantic Coast Stations, Fish.
Res. Bd. Can., No. 69, pp. 3-6.
Keenleyside, M.H.A. (1967). Effects of forest spraying with
DDT in New Brunswick on food of young Atlantic salmon.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 807-822.
Keith, J. 0. (1966). Insecticide contaminations in wetland
habitats and their effects on fish-eating birds. J. Appl. Ecol.
3(Suppl.): 71-85.
Kemp, H. T., R. G. Fuller, and R. S. Davidson. (1966).
Potassium permanganate as an algicide. J. Amer. Water
Works Assoc. 58(2): 255-263.
Kendeigh, S. C. (1961). Animal Ecology. Englewood Cliffs,
N.J., Prentice-Hall, Inc., 468 p.
Kennedy, V. S. and J. A. Mihursky. (1967). Bibliography
on the effects of temperature in the aquatic environment.
University of Maryland, Natural Resources Institute,
Contrib. No. 326, 89 p.
Kerswill, C. J. (1967). Studies on effects of forest sprayings
with insecticides, 1952-63, on fish and aquatic invertebrates
in New Brunswick streams: Introduction and summary. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 701-708.
86
-------
Kerswill, C. J. and H. E. Edwards. (1967). Fish losses after
forest sprayings with insecticides in New Brunswick,
1952-62, as shown by caged specimens and other observa-
tions. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 709-729.
Kerswill, J. C., P. J. Elson, M.H.A. Keenleyside, and J. B.
Sprague. (1960). Effects of young salmon of forest spraying
with DDT. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems
in Water Pollution, Trans. 1969 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio.
Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, 71 p.
Ketchum, B. H. (1960). Marine pollution problems in the
North Atlanta area. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological
Problems in Water Pollution, Transactions of the 1959
Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,
Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. Ill-Ill.
Keup, L. E., W. M. Ingram, and K. M. Mackenthun. (1966).
The role of bottom-dwelling macrofauna in water pollution
investigations. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-38, 23 pp.
Keup, L. E., W. M. Ingram and K. M. Mackenthun. (1967).
Biology of water pollution a collection of selected papers
on stream pollution, waste water, and water treatment.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Federal Water Pollut. Control Administra-
tion, CWA-3, 290 p.
Khan, K. R. (1964). Potentialities of algae in the bio-assay
of microchemical pollutants in water systems. Environ.
Health 6:274477.
King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. (1964). A quantitative biological
measure of stream pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
36(5): 650-653.
King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. (1967). Comparative energetics
of a polluted stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12(10): 27-33.
King, S. F. (1962). Some effects of DDT on the guppy and
the brown trout. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci.
Report.-Fish., No. 399,22 p.
King, P. H. (1968). Distribution of pesticides in California.
J. San. Eng. Div., Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 92(SA2): 444446.
Kinne, 0. and H. Rosenthal. (1967). Effects of sulfuric
water pollutants on fertilization, enbryonic development
and larvae of the herring, Clupea harengus. Marine Biol.
(Berlin) 1(1): 65-83.
Kinney, E. C. (1964). Extent of acid mine pollution in the
United States affecting fish and wildlife. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Fish and Wildl. Cir. 191. iii,
27 p.
Kiser, R. W., J. R. Donaldson, and P. R. Olson. (1963). The
effect of rotenone on zooplankton populations in fresh-
water lakes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(1): 17-24.
Klassen, C. W., W. A. Hasfurther, and M. K. Young. (1948).
The toxicity of hexavalent chromium to sunfish and blue-
gills. Proc. 4th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 33(4):
229-237.
Klock, J. W. (1956). A field technique for quantitative esti-
mation of the molluscicide sodium pentachlorophenate
based on fish mortality rates. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 5:
286-289.
Knoll, J. and P. 0. Fromm. (1960). Accumulation and
elimination of hexavalent chromium in rainbow trout.
Physiol. Zool. 33(1): 1-8.
Knowles, F. L., W. V. Parker, and H. A. Johnson. (1941).
Observations on the use of "phenol" larvicides for
mosquito control. Public Health Rep. 56: 1627-1641.
Koeman, J. H. and H. van Genderen. (1966). Some
preliminary notes on residues of chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides in birds and mammals in the Netherlands. J.
Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 99-106.
Kok, L. T. and M. D. Pathak. (1966). Toxicity of Lindane
used for Asiatic rice borer control to three species of fish. J.
Econ. Entomol. 59: 659-663.
Konar, S. K. (1968). Experimental use of Chlordane in
fishery management. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(2): 96-99.
Kott, Y., G. Hershkovitz, A. Shemtob, and J. B. Sless.
(1966). Algicidal effect of bromine and chlorine on
Chorella pyrenoidosa. Appl. Microbiol. 14(1): 8-11.
Kramer, R. H. and L. L. Smith. (1966). Survival of walleye
eggs in suspended wood fibers. Progr. Fish-Cult. 28: 79-82.
Krombach, H. and J. Barthel. (1963). Investigation of a
small watercourse accidentally polluted by phenol
compounds. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 7: 3946.
Krumholz, L. A. and W. L. Minckley. (1964). Changes in
the fish population in the Upper Ohio River following
temporary pollution abatement. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
93: 1-5.
Lackey, J. B. (1957). Protozoa as indicators of the ecologi-
cal condition of a body of water. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed.
and comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Trans.
of a Seminar on Biological Problems in Water Pollution,
April 23-27, 1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San.
Eng. Center, pp. 50-59.
Lackey, J. B. (1958). Effects of fertilization on receiving
waters. Sewage Ind. Wastes 30(11): 1411-1416.
Lackey, J. B. (1961). Aquatic organisms. In: Water Quality
Measurement and Instrumentation. Proc. of the 1960
Seminar at Cincinnati, Ohio, August 29-31, 1960.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, SEC-TR-
W61-2, pp. 3744.
Lam, R. (1964). A resume of pollution of streams, ponds,
and ocean water on Oahu. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
36(9): 1152-1158.
Lammering, M. W. and N. C. Burbank. (1961). The toxicity
of phenol, o-chlorophenol, and o-nitrophenol to bluegill
sunfish. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2):
541-555.
Langer, E. (1964). Pesticides: Minute quantities linked with
massive fish kills; federal policy still uncertain. Science 144:
35-37.
87
-------
Lauer, G. J., H. P. Nicholson, W. S. Cox, and J. T. Teasley.
(1966). Pesticide contamination of surface waters by sugar
cane farming in Louisiana. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95:
310-316.
Lawrence, H. M. (1950). Toxicity of some new insecticides
to several species of pondfish. Progr. FishCult. 12:
141-146.
Lawrence, J. M. (1962). Aquatic herbicide data. U.S. Dep.
Agr., Agr. Handb. No. 231, 133 p.
Lawrence, J. M. (1958). Further investigations on the use
of Delrad as an algaecide in fishponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 20:
89-91.
Lawrence, J. M. (1958). Recent investigations on the use of
sodium arsenite as an algicide and its effects on fish produc-
tion in ponds. Proc. llth. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game
FishComm.,pp. 281-287.
Lawrence, J. M., H. H. Funderburk, R. D. Blackburn, and
P. G. Beasley. (1965). The status of Diquat and Paraquat as
aquatic herbicides. Proc. 16th Ann. Conf., Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., Charleston, South Carolina, pp.
247-257.
Learner, M. A. and R. W. Edwards, (1963). The toxicity of
some substances of Nais (Oligochaeta). Proc. Soc. Water
Treat. Exam. 12(3):161-168.
Learner, M. A. and R. W. Edwards. (1966). The distribution
of the midge Chironomus riparius in a polluted river system
and its environs. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10: 757-768.
Lemke, A. E. and D. I. Mount. (1963). Some effects of
alkyl benzene sulfonate on the bluegill, Lepomis macro-
chirus. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(4): 372-378.
Lennon, R. E. (1967). Selected strains offish as bioassay
animals. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29:129-132.
Lennon, R. E. and C. R. Walker. (1964). Laboratories and
methods for screening fish-control chemicals. In: Investiga-
tions in Fish Control. No. 1. Washington, D.C. (GPO), U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl., Cir. 185.
Leonard, J. W. (1938). Notes on the use of derris as a fish
poison. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 68: 269-280.
Leonard, J. W. (1965). Environmental requirements of
Ephemeroptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25,PP. 110-117.
Lewallen, L. L. (1959). Toxicity of several organophos-
phorus insecticides to Gambusia afflnis (Baird and Girard)
in laboratory tests. Mosquito News 19(1): 1-2.
Lewallen, L. L. and W. H. Wilder. (1962). Toxicity of
certain organophosphorus and carbamate insecticides to
rainbow trout. Mosquito News 22: 369-372.
Lewallen, L. L. and W. H. Wilder. (1963). Laboratory tests
of insecticides on mosquito larvae in polluted and tap
water. J. Econ. Entomol. 56: 834-835.
Lewis, W. M. (1968). Isobornyl thiocyanoacetate as a fish
drugging agent and selective toxin. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30:
29-31.
Libby, R. W. (1964). Methods and facilities for conducting
water quality studies in the Great Lakes Conf. Great Lakes
Res., Proc. 7: 100-109.
Lichtenstein, E. P., K. R. Schulz, R. F. Skrentny, and Y.
Tsukano. (1966). Toxicity and fate of insecticide residues
in water. Arch. Environ. Health 12: 199-212.
Lindgren, P. E. (1960). About the effect of rotenone upon
benthonic animals in lakes. Inst. Freshwater Res.,
Drottningholm, Rept. No. 41, pp. 172-184.
Linduska, J. P. and E. W. Surber. (1948). Effects of DDT
and other insecticides on fish and wildlife. Summary of
investigations during 1947. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Circ. 15,
19 p.
Lipschuetz, M. and A. L. Cooper. (1955). Comparative
toxicities of potassium cyanide and potassium
cuprocyanide to the western black-nosed dace.
(Rhinichthys atratulus meleagris). N.Y. Fish Game J. 2:
194-204.
Lloyd, R. (1960). The toxicity of zinc sulphate to rainbow
trout. Ann. Appl. Biol. 48(1): 84-94.
Lloyd, R. (1961). Effect of dissolved oxygen concentra-
tions on the toxicity of several poisons to rainbow trout
(Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). J. Exp. Biol. 38: 447-455.
Lloyd, R. (1961). The toxicity of mixtures of zinc and
copper sulphates to rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson). Ann. Appl. Biol. 49: 535-538.
Lloyd, R. (1964). Sewage effluents and their effects on
fisheries. Ann. Appl. Biol. 53: 508-509.
Lloyd, R. (1965). Factors that affect the tolerance offish
to heavy metal poisoning. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third. Seminar, 1962. Washington, D.C. (GPO),
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 181-187.
Lloyd, R. and D.W.M. Herbert. (1960). The influence of
carbon dioxide on the toxicity of un-ionized ammonia to
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). Ann. Appl.
Biol. 48(2): 399-404.
Lloyd, R. and D.H.M. Jordan. (1964). Some factors affect-
ing the resistance of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson) to acid waters. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 8:
292-403.
Lloyd, R. and D.H.M. Jordan. (1964). Predicted and
observed toxicities of several sewage effluents to rainbow
trout: A further study. J. Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. London
2: 183-186.
Loeb, H. A., H. H. Gettner, and H. A. Abramson. (1965).
Effect of 48 derivatives of d-lysergic acid on the surfacing
behavior of laboratory fish. N.Y. Fish Game J. 12: 79-98.
Loeb, H. A. and P. J. Starkey. (1966). Survival of buried
bullheads subjected to 4'-iodo-3-nitrosalicylanilide N Y.
Fish Game J. 13(2): 196-205.
88
-------
Louder, D. E. and E. G. McCoy. (1965). Preliminary in-
vestigations of the use of Aqualin for collecting fishes. Proc.
16th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
240-242.
Lowe, J. I. (1964). Chronic exposure of spot, Leiostomus
xanthurus, to sublethal concentrations of Toxaphene in sea
water. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(4): 396-399.
Lowe, J. I. (1966). Some effects of Endrin on estuarine
fishes. Proc. 19th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish.
Comm., pp. 271-276.
Lowman, F. G. (1965). A control for crayfish. Progr. Fish-
Cult. 27: 184.
Ludke, J. L., D. E. Ferguson, and W. D. Burke. (1968).
Some Endrin relationships in resistant and susceptible
populations of golden shiners, Notemigonus crysoleucas.
Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(3): 260-263.
Ludzack, F. J. and M. B. Ettinger. (1963). Estimating bio-
degradability and treatability of organic water pollutants.
Biotechnol. Bioeng. 5: 309-330.
Macek, K. J. (1968). Reproduction in brook trout
(Salvelinus fontinalis) fed sublethal concentrations of DDT.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(9): 1787-1796.
Macek, K. J., C. Hutchinson, and 0. B. Cope. (1969). The
effects of temperature on the susceptibility of bluegills and
rainbow trout to selected pesticides. Bull. Environ. Contam.
Toxicol. 4(3): 174-184.
Mack, G. L., S. M. Corcoran, S. D. Gibbs, W. H.
Gutenmann, J.S. Reckahn, and D. J. Lisk. (1964). The
DDT content of some fishes and surface waters of New
York State. N.Y. Fish Game J. 11: 148-153.
Mackay, R. J. (1969). Aquatic insect communities of a
small stream on Mont. St. Hilaire, Quebec. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 26(5): 1157-1183.
Mackenthun, K. M. (1962). A review of algae, lake weeds,
and nutrients. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 34(10):
1077-1085.
Mackenthun, K. M. (1965). Nitrogen and phosphorus in
water, an annotated selected bibliography of their biologi-
cal effects. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 1305, 111 p.
Mackenthun, K. M. (1966). Biological evaluation of pol-
luted streams. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(2): 241-247.
Mackenthun, K. M. and H. L. Cooley. (1952). The biologi-
cal effect of copper sulfate treatment on lake ecology.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 41: 177-187.
Mackenthun, K. M. and W. M. Ingram. (1964). Limnologi-
cal aspects of recreational lakes. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No. 1167, 176 p.
Mackenthun, K. M. and W. M. Ingram. (1964). Pollution
and the life in water. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-20, 16 p.
Mackenthun, K. M. and W. M. Ingram. (1967). Biological
associated problems in freshwater environments, their
identification, investigation and control. Washington, D.C.
(GPO), U.S. Dept. Int., Fed. Water Pollut. Contr. Admin.,
287 pp.
Mackereth, F. J. and W.J.P. Smyly. (1951). Toxicity of
copper in solution to the stone-loach. Nature 168: 1130.
MacLeod, J. C. and L. L. Smith. (1966). Effect of pulp-
wood fiber on oxygen consumption and swimming
endurance of the fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 71-84.
MacMullan, R. A. (1968). The case against hard pesticides.
Mich. Conserv. Dept., 6 p. [Repr. from Mich. Conserv.,
Jan-Feb.].
MacPhee, C. and R. Pruelle. (1968). Fish culture by squaw-
fish population eradication. U.S. Patent 3,389,685, 5 p.
Mahdi, M. A. (1966). Mortality of some species of fish to
Toxaphene at three temperatures. In: Investigations in fish
control. No. 6. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and
Wildl. Resour. Publ. 10, 10 p.
Malaney, G. W., W. D. Sheets, and R. Quillin. (1959). Toxic
effects of metallic ions on sewage microorganisms. Sewage
Ind. Wastes 31(11): 1309-1315.
Malina, J. F. (1964). Toxicity of petrochemical in the
aquatic environment. Water Sewage Works 111(10):
456-560.
Maloney, T. E. (1966). Detergent phosphorus effect on
algae. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(1): 3845.
Maloney, T. E. and C. M. Palmer. (1956). Toxicity of six
chemical compounds to thirty cultures of algae. Water
Sewage Works 103: 509-513.
Mann, K. H. (1965). Heated effluents and their effects on
the invertebrate fauna of rivers. Proc. Soc. Water Treat.
Exam. 14: 45-53.
Manufacturing Chemists Association. Water Resources
Committee. 1967. Source materials on water quality
criteria. (Rev.) Washington, D.C., Manufacturing Chemists
Association, Water Resources Committee, 35 p.
Marchetti, R. (1965). The toxicity of nonyl phenol
ethoxylate to the developmental stages of the rainbow
trout, Salmo gairdnerii, Richardson, Ann. Appl. Biol. 55:
425-430.
Marking, L. L. (1966). Evaluation of p,p'-DDT as a refer-
ence toxicant in bioassays. In: Investigations in fish control.
No. 10. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl.,
Resour. Publ. 14, 10 p.
Marking, L. L. (1967). Toxicity of MS-222 to selected
fishes. In: Investigations in Fish Control. No. 12. U.S. Fish
Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 18, 10 p.
89
-------
Marking, L. L. and J. W. Hogan. (1967). Toxicity of Bayer
73 to fish. In: Investigations in Fish Control. No. 19. U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl. Resour. Publ. 36,
13 p.
Martin, W. E. (n.d.). Fish-pesticide acute toxicity test
method. U.S. Dep. Agr. Res. Serv., Pestic. Regul. Div.,
Animal Biol. Sect. (Fish), lip. (unpubl.)
Mason, W. T., J. B. Anderson, and G. E. Morrison. (1967).
A limestone-filled, artificial substrate sampler-float unit for
collecting macroinvertebrates in large streams. Progr. Fish-
Cult. 29: 74.
Mathur, D. S. (1963). Observations of the toxicity of
Dieldrin and Lindane to certain fishes. Zool. Pol. 13:
99-108.
Mathur, D. S. (1964). Determination of the accumulation
of DDT and BHC in the liver and intestine of certain fishes.
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. India Sect. B, Biol. Sci. 34(4):
337-338.
Mawdesley-Thomas, L. E. and J. S. Leahy. (1967). Organo-
chlorine pesticide residues in pike. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29: 64.
McCall, G. W. (1961). Bioassay of an industrial waste.
Sanitalk9: 18-20.
McCauley, R. N. (1966). The biological effects of oil pollu-
tion in a river. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11: 475-486.
McDonald, S. (1962). Rapid detection of chlorinated
hydrocarbon insecticides in aqueous suspension with
Gammams lacustris lacustris (Sars.). Can. J. Zool. 40:
719-723.
McFarland, W. N. (1959). A study of the effects of
anaesthetics on the behavior and physiology of fishes. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci. 6: 23-55.
McKee, J. E. and H. W. Wolf (eds.). (1963). Water quality
criteria. 2d ed. Sacramento, Calif. State Water Quality Con-
trol Board, Resources Agency of California, Publ. No. 3-A,
548 p.
McKeown, J. J. (1962). The control of Sphaerotilus natans
by a southern Kraft mill. Proc. 17th Ind. Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 47(2): 440-453.
McLean, L. A. (1968). DDT residues and Bermuda petrels.
Science 161: 397.
Meehan, W. R. and W. L. Sheridan. (1966). Effects of
Toxaphene on fishes and bottom fauna of Big Kitoi Creek,
Afognak Island, Alaska. In: Investigations in fish control.
No. 8. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl.,
Resour. Publ. 12, 9 p.
Meeks, R. L. (1968). The accumulation of 36ci ring-labeled
DDT in a freshwater marsh. J. Wildl. Manage. 32(2):
376-398.
Merkens, J. C. (1957). Controlled aqueous environments
for bioassay. Lab. Pract. 6(8): 456-459, 471.
Merkens, J. C. (1958). Studies on the toxicity of chlorine
and chloramines to the rainbow trout. Water Waste Treat. J.
7: 150-151.
Merkens, J. C. and K. M. Downing. (1957). The effect of
tension of dissolved oxygen on the toxicity of un-ionized
ammonia to several species of fish. Ann. Appl. Biol. 45(3):
521-527.
Meyer, F. P. (1965). The experimental use of Guthion as a
selective fish eradicator. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 94:
203-209.
Meyer, F. P. (1965). The effect of formulation differences
on the toxicity of benzene hexachloride to golden shiners.
Proc. 17th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish
Comm.,pp. 186-190.
Mihursky, J. A. (1962). Patuxent River study with special
reference to the effects of heated steam electric station
condenser water upon estuarine ecology. Prince Frederick,
Md., Natur. Res. Inst., 29 p.
Mihursky, J. A. and V. S. Kennedy. (1967). Water tempera-
ture criteria to protect aquatic life. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec.
Publ. 4, pp. 20-32.
Miller, C. W., B. M. Zuckerman, and A. J. Chang. (1966).
Water translocation of Diazinon-Cl4 and Parathion-S35 of
a model cranberry bog and subsequent occurrence in fish
and mussels. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 345-349.
Mitchum, D. L. and T. D. Moore. (1967). Study of water
pollution problems which affect fish and other aquatic
forms. Wyoming Game and Fish Comm., Federal Aid in
Fish and Wildl. Restoration, Project No. FW-3-R-13, 32 p.
Mitrovic, V. V., V. M. Brown, D. G. Shurben, and M. H.
Berryman. (1968). Some pathological effects of sub-acute
and acute poisoning of rainbow trout by phenol in hard
water. Water Res. 2: 249-254.
Montgomery, H.A.C. (1967). The determination of bio-
chemical oxygen demand by respirometric methods. Water
Res. 1: 631-662.
Moore, N. W. (1967). A synopsis of the pesticide problem.
Advan. Ecol. Res. 4: 75-129.
Moore, N. W. and J. 0. Tatton. (1965). Organochlorine
insecticide residues in the eggs of sea birds. Nature 207:
42-43.
Moore, S. L. and S. R. Kin. (1969). Train wreck causes
cyanide pollution. Water Sewage Works 116: 35-40.
Morrill, J. B. (1963). Morphological effects of cobaltous
chloride on the development of Limnaea stagnalis and
Limnaea palustris. Biol. Bull. 125(3): 508-522.
Morrison, S. M. and J. F. Fair. (1966). Influence of environ-
ment on stream microbial dynamics. Ft. Collins, Colorado
State Univ., Hydrology Pap. No. 13, 21 p.
90
-------
Moubry, R. J., J. M. Helm, and G. R. Myrdal. (1968).
Chlorinated pesticide residues in an aquatic environment
located adjacent to a commercial orchard. Pesticides Monit.
J. 1(4): 27-29.
Mount, D. I. (1962). Chronic effects of Endrin on blunt-
nose minnows and guppies. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish, and Wildl. Res. Rept. 58, 38 p.
Mount, D. I. (1964). An autopsy technique for zinc-caused
fish mortality. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(2): 174-182.
Mount, D. I. (1966). The effect of total hardness and pH on
acute toxicity of zinc to fish. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10:
49-56.
Mount, D. I. (1967). Considerations for acceptable concen-
trations of pesticides for fish production. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
Spec. Publ. 4, pp. 3-6.
Mount, D. I. (1968). Test animals for water quality. Amer.
Fish. Soc. Newslett. 12(54): 3, 6.
Mount, D. I. (1968). Chronic toxicity of copper to fathead
minnows (Pimephales promelas, Rafinesque). Water Res. 2:
215-223.
Mount, D. I. and W. A. Brungs. (1967). A simplified dosing
apparatus for fish toxicology studies. Water Res. 1: 21-29.
Mount, D. I. and C. E. Stephan. (1967). A method for
detecting cadmium poisoning in fish. J. Wildl. Manage.
31(1): 168-172.
Mount, D. I. and C. E. Stephan. (1967). A method for
establishing acceptable toxicant limits for fish Malathion
and the butoxyethanol ester of 2,4-D. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 96(2): 185-193.
Mount, D. I., L. W. Vigor, and M. L. Schafer. (1966).
Endrin: Use of concentration in blood to diagnose acute
toxicity to fish. Science 152: 1388-1390.
Mount, D. I. and R. E. Warner. (1965). A serial-dilution
apparatus for continuous delivery of various concentrations
of materials in water. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-23, 16 p.
Moye, W. C. and W. H. Luckmann. (1964). Fluctuations in
populations of certain aquatic insects following application
of Aldrin granules to Sugar Creek, Iroquois County, Illinois.
J. Econ. Entomol. 57(3): 318-322.
Mulla, M. S. (1963). Toxicity of organochlorine insecticides
to the mosquito fish Gambusia affinis and the bullfrog
Rana catesbeiana. Mosquito News 23: 299-303.
Mulla, M. S. (1966). Toxicity of new organic insecticides to
mosquito fish and some other aquatic organisms. Mosquito
News 26: 87-91.
Mulla, M. S. and L. W. Isaak. (1961). Field studies on the
toxicity of insecticides to the mosquito fish, Gambusia
affims. J. Econ. Entomol. 54: 1273-1242.
Mulla, M. S., L. W. Isaak, and H. Axelrod. (1963). Field
studies on the effects of insecticides on some aquatic wild-
life species. J. Econ. Entomol. 56: 184-188.
Mulla, M. S., J. St. Amant, and L. D. Anderson. (1967).
Evaluation of organic pesticides for possible use as fish
toxicants. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29: 36-42.
Muncy, R. J. and A. D. Oliver. (1963). Toxicity of ten
insecticides to the red crawfish, Procambarus clarki
(Girard). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(4): 428-431.
Murphy, S. D. (1966). Liver metabolism and toxicity of
thiophosphate insecticides in mammalian, avian, and piscine
species. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 123: 392-398.
Murphy, S. D., R. R. Lauwerys, and K. L. Cheever. (1968).
Comparative anticholinesterase action of organophosphorus
insecticides in vertebrates. Toxicol. Appl. Pharm. 12:
22-35.
National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council.
Committee on Pollution. (1966). Waste management and
control. A report to the Federal Council for Science and
Technology. Nat. Acad. Sci.-Nat. Resour. Counc. 257 p.
National Technical Advisory Committee. (1967). Interim
Report on Water Quality Criteria, Federal Water Pollution
Control Administration, 766 p.
National Technical Advisory Committee. (1968). Water
quality criteria. Report to the Secretary of the Interior.
Washington, D.C., Federal Water Pollution Control
Administration, 234 p.
Naylor, E. (1965). Biological effects of a heated effluent in
docks at Swansea, S. Wales. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 144:
253-268.
Nebeker, A. V. and A. R. Gaufin. (1964). Bioassays to
determine pesticide toxicity to the amphipod crustacean,
Gammarus lacustris. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci. 41(1): 64-67.
Needham, R. G. (1966). Effects of Toxaphene on plankton
and aquatic invertebrates in North Dakota lakes. In: Investi-
gations in fish control. No. 4. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 8,16 p.
Neel, J. K. (1963). Industrial wastes and pesticides -
avenues through which they affect water quality and
aquatic life. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 66: 42-48.
Nejedly, A. (1967). An explanation of the difference
between the rate of the BOD progression under laboratory
and stream conditions. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 3rd International Conference held in
Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed., pp. 23-53.
Neuhold, J. M. and W. F. Sigler. (1962). Chlorides affect
the toxicity of fluorides to rainbow trout. Science 135:
732-733.
Newsom, L. D. (1967). Consequences of insecticide use on
nontarget organisms. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 12: 257-286.
91
-------
Nicholson, H. P. (1959). Insecticide pollution of water
resources. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 51(8): 981-986.
Nicholson, H. P. (1967). Pesticide pollution control.
Science 158:871-876.
Nicholson, H. P., A. R. Crzenda, G. J. Lauer, W. S. Cox,
and J. I. Teasley. (1964). Water pollution by insecticides in
an agricultural river basin. I. Occurrence of insecticides in
river and treated municipal water. Limnol. Oceanogr. 9:
310-317.
Nicholson, H. P. and J. R. Thoman. (1964). The problem of
pesticides as pollutants of water. Mosquito News 24:
169-172.
Nightingale, H. W. and V. L. Loosanoff. (1928). The effects
of waste sulphite liquor on the early stages of chinook
salmon, and means of prevention by disposal methods.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 58: 232-244.
Norris, L. A. (1967). Chemical brush control and herbicide
residues in the forest environment. In: Symposium Proceed-
ings: Herbicides and Vegetation Management in Forests,
Ranges, and Noncrop Lands. Oregon State University, pp.
103-123.
North, W. J., K. A. Clendenning, and H. L. Scotten. (1960).
The effects of waste discharges on kelp. Quarterly Progress
Report 1 July 1959 - 30 September 1959. San Diego, Univ.
of Calif., Inst. Mar. Resour., IMR Ref. 60-4, 54 p.
Oberton, A.C.E. and V. T. Stack. (1957). Biochemical
oxygen demand of organic chemicals. Sewage Ind. Wastes
29(11): 1267-1272.
O'Connell, R. L. and N. A. Thomas. (1965). Effect of
benthic algae on stream dissolved oxygen. J. San. Eng. Div.,
Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 91(SA3): 1-16.
Odum, E. P. (1959). Fundamentals of ecology. 2nd ed.
Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 546 p.
Odum, E. P. and W. T. Sumerford. (1946). Comparative
toxicity of DDT and four analogues to goldfish, Gambusia,
and Culex larvae. Science 104(2708): 480-482.
Odum, W. E., G. M. Woodwell, and G. F Winster. (1969).
DDT residues absorbed from organic detritus by fiddler
crabs. Science 164: 576-577.
Ogilvie, D. M. and J. M. Anderson. (1965). Effect of DDT
on temperature selection by young Atlantic salmon, Salmo
salar. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22: 503-512.
Oglesby, L. C. (1964). Mortality of a freshwater
polychaete, Nereis limnicola Johnson, attributed to
rotenone. Calif. Fish Game 50: 268-270.
Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission. (1956).
Aquatic life water quality criteria. 2d Progress Report.
Sewage Ind. Waste 28(5): 678-690.
Okum, D. A. (1968). The hierarchy of water quality.
Environ. Sci. Tech. 2(9): 672-675.
Olsen, P. A. and R. F. Foster. (1958). Effect of Separan on
rainbow trout. Richland, Wash., General Electric Co.,
HW-55292, 5 p.
Olson. T. A. (1957). Biological indicators in stream
ecology. Proc. llth Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 41(2):
601-610.
Olson, T. A. and F. J. Burgess, (eds.). (1967). Pollution and
marine ecology, N.Y., Interscience Publ. 364 p.
Pagan, C. and R. H. Hageman. (1950). Determination of
DDT by bioassay. Science 112: 222-223.
Paine, G. H. and A. R. Gaufin. (1956). Aquatic diptera as
indicators of pollution in a midwestern stream. Ohio J. Sci.
56: 291-304.
Palmer, C. M. (1959). Algae in water supplies. U.S. Public
Health Serv. Publ. No. 657, 88 p.
Palmer, C. M. (1963). The effect of pollution on river algae.
Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 108: 389-395.
Palmer, C. M. and T. E. Maloney. (1955). Preliminary
screening for potential algicides. Ohio J. Sci. 55(1): 1-8.
Parka, S. J. and H. M. Worth. (1965). Effects of Trifluralin
on fish. Proc. S. Weed Conf. 18: 469474.
Parkhurst, Z. E. and H. E. Johnson. (1955). Toxicity of
Malathion 500 to fall chinook salmon fingerlings. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 17: 113-116.
Patrick, R. (1957). Diatoms as indicators of changes in
environmental conditions. In: Biol. Probl. Water Pollut.,
Trans, of the 1956 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, pp. 71-83.
Patrick, R. (1965). Algae as indicators of pollution. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
225-231.
Patrick, R. (1968). Effect of suspended solids, organic
matter and toxic materials on aquatic life in rivers. Water
Sewage Works 115: 89-92.
Patrick, R., J. Cairns, and S. S. Roback. (1967). An eco-
systematic study of the fauna and flora of the Savannah
River. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia 118(5):
109-407.
Patrick, R., J. Cairns, and A. Scheier. (1968). The relative
sensitivity of diatoms, snails, and fish to twenty common
constituents of industrial wastes. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(3):
137-140.
Patten, B. G. and C. C. Gillaspie. (1966). The Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries type IV electro fishing shocker-its
characteristics and operations. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec.
Sci. Report-Fish., No. 529, 15 p.
Patterson, R. S. and D. L. Von Windeguth. (1964). The
effects of Baytex on some aquatic organisms. Mosquito
News 24: 46-49.
92
-------
Phillippy, C. L. (1961). Preliminary results of herbicides
tested on certain aquatic plants in Florida, Proc. 15th Ann.
Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 288-295.
Phillips, A. M. (1944). The physiological effect of sodium
chloride on brook trout. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 74:
297-309.
Phillipson, J. (1966). Ecological Energetics. N.Y., St.
Martins Press, 57 p.
Piavis, G. W. (1962). Exposure of several developmental
stages of the sea lamprey, Petromyzon marinus, to selective
larvicides. Copeia, No. 3: 652-653.
Pickering, Q. H. (1966). Acute toxicity of alkyl benzene
sulfonate and linear alkylate sulfonate the eggs of the fat-
head minnow, Pimephales promelas. Int. J. Air Water
Pollut. 10:385-391.
Pickering. Q. H. (1968). Some effects of dissolved oxygen
concentrations upon the toxicity of zinc to the bluegill,
Lepomis macrochirus, Raf. Water Res. 2: 187-194.
Pickering, Q. H. and C. Henderson. (1959). Monitoring for
BW and CW Agents in Water With Fish. In: R. L. Woodward
and G. G. Robeck, Removal of Radiological, Biological, and
Chemical Contaminants From Water, Cincinnati, Ohio,
Robert A. Taft San. Eng. Ctr., Tech. Rpt. W59-2, pp.
119-133.
Pickering, Q. H. and C. Henderson. (1965). The acute
toxicity of some heavy metals to different species of warm
water fishes. In: Proc. 19th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.
49(2): 578-591.
Pickering, Q. H. and C. Henderson. (1966). The acute
toxicity of some pesticides to fish. Ohio. J. Sci. 66(5):
508-513.
Pickering, Q. H. and C. Henderson. (1966). Acute toxicity
of some important petrochemicals to fish. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 38(9): 1419-1429.
Pickering, Q. H., C. Henderson, and A. E. Lemke. (1962).
The toxicity of organic phosphorus insecticides to different
species of warm-water fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:
175-184.
Pickering, Q. H. and W. N. Vigor. (1965). The acute
toxicity of zinc to eggs and fry of the fathead minnow.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 27(3): 153-157.
Pomelle, C. S. (1953). Toxicity of beryllium. Sewage Ind.
Wastes 25: 1424-1428.
Portmann, J. E. and P. M. Connor. (1968). The toxicity of
several oil-spill removers to some species of fish and shell-
fish. Marine Biol. (Berlin) 1(4): 322-329.
Post, G. (1959). A preliminary report on the use of
Nitrofuran compounds for furunculosis of trout, with
special emphasis on Furoxone. Progr. Fish-Cult. 21: 30-33.
Post, G. and R. E. Keiss. (1962). Further laboratory studies
on the use of Furazolidone for the control of furunculosis
of trout. Progr. Fish-Cult. 24: 16-21.
Powers, E. B. (1918). The goldfish (Carassius carassius) as a
test animal in the study of toxicity. 111. Biol. Monogr. 4(2):
123-193.
President's Science Advisory Committee. Environmental
Pollution Panel. (1965). Restoring the quality of our
environment. Report of the Environmental Pollution Panel,
President's Science Advisory Committee, Washington, B.C.,
The White House, 317 p.
Proffitt, M. A. (1966). Some factors affecting the toxicity
ofAldrinto fishes. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 75: 325-329.
Prosser, C. L. and F. A. Brown. (1961). Comparative animal
physiology. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 688
P-
Pyatt, E. E. (1964). On determining pollutant distribution
in tidal estuaries. Hydrology of tidal streams. U.S. Geol.
Surv., Water-Supply Pap. 1586-F, 56 p.
Rabinowitz, J. L. and R. M. Myerson. (1966). Exposure of
aquarium fish to dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) with special
reference to toxicity and effects on uptake of radioactive
dyes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 121: 1065-1067.
Rachlin, J. W. and A. Perlmutter. (1968). Fish cells in
cultures for the study of aquatic toxicants. Water Res. 2:
409414.
Randall, C. W. (1966). Toxicity of organophosphate in-
secticides to freshwater microorganisms. In: K. L. Bowden
(ed.), Proceedings of the 2nd Annual American Water
Resources Conference at Univ. of Chicago, Center for Con-
tinuing Education, Chicago, Illinois, November 21-22,
1966. Urbana, Illinois. American Water Resources Associa-
tion, Proc. Ser. No. 2, pp. 352-364.
Raney, E. C. and B. W. Menzel. (1967). A bibliography:
Heated effluents and effects on aquatic life with emphasis
on fishes. Philadelphia Electric Company and Ichthyologi-
cal Associates, Bull. No. 1,90 p.
Rao, T. S., S. Dutt, and K. Mangaiah. (1967). TLm values
of some modern pesticides to the fresh-water fish Puntius
puckelli. Environ. Health 9(2): 103-109.
Raymont, J.E.G. and J. Shields. (1964). Toxicity of copper
and chromium in the marine environment. In: Advances in
Water Pollution Research, Proc. International Conference
held in London, Sept. 1962. Vol. 3. N.Y., MacMillan, pp.
275-290.
Reed, R. J. (1966). Some effects of DDT on the ecology of
salmon streams in Southeastern Alaska. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish. 542,15 p.
Reich, K. (1955). The effect of cyanide and azide on the
respiration of the amoeba, Mayorella palestinensis. Physiol.
Zool. 28: 145-151.
93
-------
Reid, G. K. (1961). Ecology of inland waters and estuaries.
N.Y., Reinhold Publ. Co. 375 pp.
Reiff, B. (1964). Factors influencing the testing of chemi-
cals and effluents for toxicity to fish. J. Sci. Technol.
10(4): 167-171.
Renn, C. E. (1955). Biological properties and behaviors of
cyanogenic wastes. Sewage Ind. Wastes 27: 297-310.
Reymonds, T. D. (1962). Pollutional effects of agricultural
insecticides and synthetic detergents. Water Sewage Works
109: 352-355.
Ricker, W. E. (ed.). (1968). Methods for assessment offish
production in fresh waters. Oxford, Blackwell Sci. Publ.
313 p. (IBP Handbook No. 3.)
Roback, S. S. (1965). Environmental requirements of
Trichoptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 118-126.
Roberts, H. (1963). Cadmium toxic to rainbow trout.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 25: 216.
Robinson, J. (1967). Dynamics of organochlorine in-
secticides in vertebrates and ecosystems. Nature 215:
33-35.
Robinson, J., A. Richardson, A. N. Crabtree, J. C. Coulson,
and G. R. Potts. (1967). Organochlorine residues in marine
organisms. Nature 214: 1307-1311.
Rodgers, E. 0., B. H. Hazen, S. B. Friddle, and S. F.
Sneiszko. (1951). The toxicity of pyridylmercuric acetate
technical (PMA) to rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerri). Progr.
Fish-Cult. 13(2): 71-73.
Rosato, P. and D. E. Ferguson. (1968). The toxicity of
Endrin-resistant mosquitofish to eleven species of
vertebrates. BioScience 18(8): 783-784.
Rose, E. T. (1958). Further notes on toxaphene in fish
population control. Iowa State.Conserv. Comm., Fish Game
Div., Quart. Biol. Rept. 10(2): 5-7.
Royer, L. M. (1966). Bioassay method for the determina-
tion of Toxaphene in lake water. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 23:
723-727.
Rudolfs, W., G. E. Barnes, G. P. Edwards, H. Heukelekian,
E. Hurwitz, C. E. Renn, S. Steinberg and W. F. Vaughan.
(1950). Review of literature on toxic materials affecting
sewage treatment processes, streams, and B.OD. determina-
tions. Sewage Ind. Wastes 22:1157-1191.
Ruttner, F. (1953). Fundamentals of limnology. Univ.
Toronto Press. 242 p.
Ryckman, D. W., A.V.S. Prabhakara-Rao, and J. C. Buzzell.
(1966). Behavior of organic chemicals in the aquatic
environment; a literature critique. Research report from the
Environmental and Sanitary Engineering Laboratories of
Washington University, St. Louis, for the Manufacturing
Chemists Association. Washington, D.C. Manufacturing
Chemists Association, 164 p.
Sanborn, N. H. (1945). The lethal effect of certain chemi-
cals on freshwater fish. Canner 101(5): 13.
Sanders, H. 0. and O. B. Cope. (1966). Toxicities of several
pesticides to two species of cladocerans. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 95: 165-169.
Sanders, H. 0. and 0. B. Cope. (1968). The relative
toxicities of several pesticides to naiads of three species of
stoneflies. Lirnnol. Oceanogr. 13(1): 112-117.
Sanders, R. L. and J. B. Sprague. (1967). Effects of copper-
zinc mining pollution on a spawning migration of Atlantic
salmon. Water Res. 1: 419-432.
Schaumburg, F. D., T. E. Howard, and C. C. Walden.
(1967). A method to evaluate the effects of water
pollutants on fish respiration. Water Res. 1(10): 731-737.
Scheier, A. and J. Cairns. (1967). Persistence of gill damage
in Lepomis gibbosus following a brief exposure to alkyl
benzene sulfonate. Notulae Natur., No. 391,7 p.
Scheier, A. and J. Cairns. (1968). An apparatus for esti-
mating the effects of toxicants on the critical flicker
frequency response of the bluegill sunfish. Proc. 23rd Ind.
Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 10 p.
Schiffman, R. H. and P. 0. Fromm. (1959). Chromium-
induced changes in the blood of rainbow trout, Salmo
gairdnerii. Sewage Ind. Wastes 31(2): 205-211.
Schmid, O. J. and H. Mann. (1961). Action of a detergent
(dodecylbenzene-sulfonate) on the gills of the trout. Nature
192: 675.
Schmidt, C. H. and D. E. Weidhaas. (1961). The toxicologi-
cal action of three organophosphorus insecticides with
three species of mosquito larvae. J. Econ. Entomol. 54:
583-586.
Schoenthal, N. D. (1963). Some effects of DDT on cold
water fish and fish-food organisms. Proc. Montana Acad.
Sci. 23: 63-95.
Schoettger, R. A. (1967). Annotated Bibliography on
MS-222. In: Investigations in Fish Control. No. 16,
Washington, D.C., U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl., Resour. Publ. 22,15 p.
Schoettger, R. A. and A. M. Julin. (1967). Efficacy of
MS-222 as an anesthetic on four salmonids. In: Investiga-
tions in Fish Control. No. 13. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 19,15 p.
94
-------
Schoettger, R. A. and J. R. Olive. (1961). Accumulation of
Toxaphene by fish-food organisms. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6:
216-219.
Schoettger, R. A., C. R. Walker, L. L. Marking, and A. M.
Julin. (1967). MS-222 as an anesthetic for channel catfish:
Its toxicity, efficacy, and muscle residues. In: Investigations
in Fish Control. No. 17. Washington, U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.,
Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 33, 14 p.
Schouwenberg, W. J. and K. J. Jackson. (1966). A field
assessment of the effects of spraying a small coastal coho
salmon stream with Phosphamidon. Can. Fish Cult. 37:
35-43.
Scott, D. C. (1958). Biological balance in streams. Sewage
Ind. Wastes 30(9): 1169-1173.
Seiffer, E. A. and H. F. Schoof. (1967). Tests of 15 experi-
mental molluscicides against Australorbis glabratus. Public
Health Report 82(9): 833-839.
Servizi, J. A., E. T. Stone, and R. W. Gordon. (1966).
Toxicity and treatment of Kraft pulp bleach plant waste.
New Westminster, B.C., Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm.,
Progr. Rept. No. 13, 34 p.
Shane, M. S. (1948). Effect of DDT spray on reservoir
biological balance. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 40:
333-336.
Shaw, W.H.R. and B. Grushkin. (1967). The toxicity of
metal ions to aquatic organisms. Arch. Biochem. Biophys.
67(2): 447-452.
Sheets, W. D. (1957). Toxicity studies of metal-finishing
wastes. Sewage Ind. Wastes 29: 1380-1384.
Shrivastava, H. M. (1962). Oligochaetes as indicators of pol-
lution. Water Sewage Works 109: 387-890.
Sigler, W. F., W. T. Helm, J. W. Angelovic, D. W. Linn, and
S. S. Martin. (1966). The effects of uranium mill wastes on
stream biota. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 462, 76 p.
Skidmore, J. F. (1964). Toxicity of zinc compounds to
aquatic animals with special reference to fish. Quart. Rev.
Biol. 39(3): 227-248.
Skidmore, J. F. (1965). Resistance to zinc sulphate of the
zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio Hamilton-Buchanan) at dif-
ferent phases of its life history. Ann. Appl. Biol. 56: 47-53.
Skidmore, J. F. (1966). Resistance to zinc sulphate of
zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) embryos after removal or
rupture of the outer egg membrane. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
23: 1037-1041.
Skidmore, J. F. (1967). Oxygen uptake by zebrafish
(Brachydanio rerio) of different ages in relation to zinc
sulphate resistance. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24(6):
1253-1267.
Sladen, W.J.L., C. M. Menzie, and W. L. Reichel. (1966).
DDT residues in adelie penguins and a crabeater seal from
Antarctica. Nature 210(5037): 670-673.
Smith, A. J. (1967). The effect of the lamprey larvicide,
3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitrophenol, on selected aquatic
invertebrates. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(4): 410-413.
Smith, A. L., J. Layell, and J. C. Grey. (1962). How to
predict downstream DO drop. Wastes Eng. 33: 456458.
Smith, A. O. and B. R. Woodson. (1965). The effects of
fluoride on the growth of Chlorella pyrenoidosa. Va. J. Sci.
16(1): 1-8.
Smith, G. E. and B. G. Isom. (1967). Investigation of
effects of large-scale applications of 2,4-D on aquatic fauna
and water quality. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(3): 16-21.
Smith, J. E. (ed.). (1968). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and
marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the
Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom.
Cambridge, University Press, 196 p.
Smith, J. W. and S. G. Grigoropoulos. (1968). Toxic effects
of odorous trace organics. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 60:
969-979.
Smith, L. L. (1961). Water quality data and sustained fish
harvests. In: Water Quality Measurement and Instrumenta-
tion. Proc. of the 1960 Seminar at Cincinnati, Ohio, August
29-31, 1960. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center, SEC-TR-W61-2, pp. 97-102.
Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1963). Survival of walleye
eggs in relation to wood fibers and Sphaerotilus natans in
the Rainy River, Minnesota. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92:
220-234.
Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1965). Survival of walleye
fingerlings in conifer ground wood fiber. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 94: 402-404.
Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1965). Some effects of
paper fibers in fish eggs and small fish. Proc. 19th Ind.
Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 49(2): 369-378.
Smith, L. L., R. H. Kramer, and J. C. MacLeod. (1965).
Effects of pulpwood fibers on fathead minnows and
walleye fingerlings. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 37(1):
130-140.
Smith, L. L., R. H. Kramer, and D. M. Oseid. (1966). Long-
term effects of conifer-groundwood paper fiber on
walleyes. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 95: 60-70.
Smith, M. W. (1939). Copper sulfate and rotenone as fish
poisons. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 69: 141-157.
Snow, J. R. (1958). A preliminary report on the com-
parative testing of some of the newer herbicides. Proc. llth
Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
125-132.
Snow, J. R. (1963). Simazine as an algicide for bass ponds.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 25: 34-36.
95
-------
Sollman, T. (1949). Correlation of the aquarium goldfish
toxicities of some phenols, quinones, and other benzene
derivatives with their inhibition of autooxidative reactions.
J. Gen. Physiol. 32: 671-679.
Solon, J. M., J. L. Lincer, and J. H. Nair. (1968). A con-
tinuous flow, automatic device for short-term toxicity
experiments. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(4): 501-502.
Southwood, T.R.E. (1966). Ecological methods. London,
Methuen and and Co., p. 391.
Sparr, B. I., W. G. Appleby, D. M. DeVries, J. V. Osmun,
J.M. McBride, and G. L. Foster. (1966). Insecticide
residues in waterways from agricultural use. In: Organic
Pesticides in the Environment. Advan. Chem. Ser. No. 60:
146-162.
Spiller, D. (1961). A digest of available information on the
insecticide Malathion. Advan. Pest Contr. 4: 249-335.
Spindler, J. C. and A. M. Whitney. (1960). Changes in
bottom fauna composition and a fish kill resulting from
pulp mill wastes. Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 19: 107-111.
Sprague, J. B. (1964). Lethal concentrations of copper and
zinc for young Atlantic salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
21(1): 17-26.
Sprague, J. B. (1964). Highly alkaline water caused by
asbestos-cement pipeline. Progr. Fish-Cult. 26: 111-114.
Sprague, J. B. (1964). Avoidance of copper-zinc solutions
by young salmon in the laboratory. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 36: 990-1004.
Sprague, J. B. (1965). Effects of sublethal concentrations
of zinc and copper on migration of Atlantic salmon. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
332-333.
Sprague, J. B., P. F. Elson, and R. L. Saunders. (1965).
Sublethal copper-zinc pollution in a salmon river a field
and laboratory study. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 2d International Conference held in Tokyo,
August 1964. Vol. 1. N. Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 61-82.
Sprague, J. B. and B. A. Ramsay. (1965). Lethal levels of
mixed copper-zinc solutions for juvenile salmon. J. Fish.
Res. Bd. Can. 22(2): 425-432.
Sproul, 0. J. and D. W. Ryckman. (1963). Significant
physiological characteristics of organic pollutants. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 35(9): 1136-1145.
Sreenivasan, A. and G. K. Swaminathan. (1967). Toxicity
of six organophosphorus insecticides to fish. Curr. Sci
36(15): 397-398.
Srivastava, U. S. and S. K. Konar. (1966). DDVP as a selec-
tive toxicant for the control of fishes and insects. Progr.
Fish-CuJt. 28: 235-238.
St. Amant, J. A., W. C. Johnson, and M. J. Whalls. (1964).
Aqualin as a fish toxicant. Progr. Fish-Cult. 26: 84-88.
Starkey, R. J. and J. H. Howell. (1966). Substituted
nitrosalicylanilides: A new class of selectively toxic sea
lamprey larvicides. Ann Arbor, Mich. Great Lakes Fishery
Commission, Tech. Rept. No. 11, pp. 21-29.
Stewart, J. W. and J. W. Comick. (1964). Lobster (Homana
americanus) tolerance for tris buffer, sodium fluoride, and
sea water extracts of various woods. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
21: 1549-1551.
Stickel, L. F. (1968). Organochlorine pesticides in the
environment. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept., Wildl.
No. 119, 32 p.
Stokes, R. M. and P. 0. Fromm. (1965). Effects of
chromate on glucose transport by the gut of rainbow trout
(Pisces). Physiol. Zool. 38: 202-205.
Stringer, G. E. and R. G. McMyrm. (1958). Experiments
with Toxaphene as fish poison. Can. Fish-Cult. 23: 39-47.
Stroud, R. H. (1967). Water quality criteria to protect
aquatic life: A summary. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. 4,
pp. 33-37.
Strufe, R. (1968). "Problems and results of residue studies
after application of molluscicides." Farbenfabriken Bayer
AG, Pharma Wiss. Abteilung, Leverkusen, Germany, 168 p.
Summerfelt, R. C. and W. M. Lewis (1967). Repulsation of
green sunfish by certain chemicals. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 39(12): 2030-2038.
Sundaresan, B. B., E. C. Bovee, D. E. Wilson, and J.B.
Lackay. (1965). Effects of wood reduction waste pollution
on the microbial ecology of a small creek. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 37(11): 1536-1544.
Surber, E. W. (1943). Weed control in hard-water ponds
with copper sulfate and sodium arsenate. Trans. N. Amer.
Wildl. Conf. 8: 132-141.
Surber, E. W. (1959). Cricotopus bicinctus, a midgefly
resistant to electroplating wastes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
88(2): 111-116.
Surber, E. W. and M. H. Everhart. (1950). Biological effects
of Nigrosine used for control of weeds in hatchery ponds.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 12: 135-140.
Surber, E. W. and D. D. Friddle. (1946). Relative toxicity
of suspension and oil formulations of DDT to native fishes
in Back Creek, West Virginia. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 76:
315-321.
Surber, E. W. and C. H. Hoffman. (1949). Effects of various
concentrations of DDT on several species of fish of differ-
ent sizes. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish.,No.
4(1), 19 p.
Surber, E. W. and O. L. Meehan. (1931). Lethal concentra-
tions of arsenic for certain aquatic organisms. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 61: 225-239.
Surber, E. W. and Q. H. Pickering. (1962). Acute toxicity
of Endothal, Diquat, Hyamine, Dalapon, and Silvex to fish.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 24: 164-171.
96
-------
Surber, E. W. and R. A. Taft. (1965). Water quality criteria
for freshwater fishes. Proc. 16th Ann. Conf., Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 435-436.
Surber, E. W. and T. 0. Thatcher. (1963). Laboratory
studies of the effects of alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS) on
aquatic invertebrates. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(2):
152-160.
Swift, D. R. (1965). Effect of temperature on mortality
and rate of development of the eggs of the Windermere char
(Salveliws alpinus). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22: 913-917.
Swisher, R. D., J. T. O'Rourke, and H. D. Tomlinson.
(1964). Fish bioassays of linear alkylate sulfonates (LAS)
and intermediate biodegradation products. J. Amer. Oil
Chem. Soc. 41: 746-752.
Tagatz, M. E. (1961). Reduced oxygen tolerance and
toxicity of petroleum products to juvenile American shad.
Chesapeake Sci. 2: 65-71.
Tang, Y. (1961). The use of saponin to control predaceous
fishes in shrimp ponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 23: 43-45.
Tarpley, W. A. (1958). Studies on the use of the brine
shrimp Anemia salina (Leach) as a test organism for
bioassay. J. Econ. Entomol. 51(6): 780-783.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1957). Water quality criteria for aquatic
life. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. and comp.), Biological Prob-
lems in water pollution. Trans, of a Seminar on Biological
Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27, 1956. Cincinnati,
Ohio, R. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, pp. 246-272.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1959). Pollutional effects of organic
insecticides. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 24: 132-142.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1959). Disposal of toxic wastes. Ind.
Wastes 4(5): 136-139.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1959). The toxicity of some organic
insecticides to fishes. Proc. 12th Ann. Conf., Southeast
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., p. 233-239.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1962). The need and value of water quality
criteria with special reference to aquatic life. Can. Fish-
Cult. 31: 35-41.
Tarzwell, C. M. (1962). Development of water quality
criteria for aquatic life. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 34(11):
1178-1185.
Tarzwell, C. M. and C. Henderson. (1957). Toxicity of
Dieldrin to fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 86: 245-257.
Tarzwell, C. M. and C. Henderson. (1960). Toxicity of less
common metals to fishes. Ind. Wastes 5:12.
Tatum, W. M. (1966). Bioassay of industrial pollution by
use of masonite plate samplers populated with chironomids.
Proc. 19th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish
Comm., pp. 253-258.
Tatum, W. M. and R. D. Blackburn. (1965). Preliminary
study of the effects of Diquat on the natural bottom fauna
and plankton in two subtropical ponds. In: Proc. 16th Ann.
Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish. Comm. 1962, pp.
301-307.
Teeter, J. W. (1965). Effects of sodium chloride on the sago
pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 29: 838-845.
Terriere, L. C., U. Kiigemai, A. R. Gerlach, and R. L.
Borovicka. (1966). The persistence of Toxaphene in lake
water and its uptake by aquatic plants and animals. J. Agr.
Food Chem. 14: 66-69.
Thatcher, T. 0. (1966). The comparative lethal toxicity of
a mixture of hard ABS detergent products to eleven species
of fishes. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10: 585-590.
Thatcher, T. 0. and J. F. Santner. (1967). Acute toxicity of
LAS to various fish species. Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 50(2): 996-1002.
Thomaston, W. W., P. C. Pierce, and H. N. Wyatt. (1959).
Experimental use of Silvex and other aquatic herbicides in
Georgia farm ponds. Proc. 13th Ann. Conf. Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm. pp. 101-107.
Thompson, J. M. 1963. Mortality thresholds of fish in fly
ash suspensions. Aust. J. Sci. 25: 414-415.
Toohey, J. L, C. D. Nelson, and G. Krotkov. (1965).
Toxicity of phenazine carboxylic acids to some bacteria,
algae, higher plants, and animals. Can. J. Bot. 43:
1151-1155.
Trama, F. B. (1954). The acute toxicity of some common
salts of sodium, potassium and calcium to the common
bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesqu). Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia 106: 185-205.
Trama, F. B. (1954). The acute toxicity of copper to the
common bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque).
Notulae Natur. No. 257: 1-13.
Trama, F. B. (1955). The acute toxicity of phenol of the
common bluegill {Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque).
Notulae Natur., No. 269: 1-10.
Trama, F. B. and R. J. Benoit. (1960). Toxicity of
hexavalent chromium to bluegills. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 32(8): 868-877.
Trembley, F. J. (1960). Research project on effects of
condenser discharge water on aquatic life. Progress Rept.
1956-1959. Bethlehem, Penn., Lehigh Univ., Inst. of Res.
154 p.
Trembley, F. J. (1965). Effects of cooling water from
steam-electric power plants on stream biota. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 334-345.
Tubb, R. A. and T. C. Dorris. (1965). Herbivorous insect
populations in oil refinery effluent holding pond series.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 10: 121-134.
97
-------
Turnbull, H., J. G. DeMann, and R. F Weston. (1954).
Toxicity of various refinery materials to freshwater fish.
Ind. Eng. Chem. 46: 324-333.
Turnbull-Kemp, P.St.J. (1958). Trout in Southern
Rhodesia. V. On the toxitity of copper sulfate to trout.
Rhodesia Agr. J. 55(6): 637-640.
Turner, N. (1965). DDT in Connecticut wildlife. Conn. Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 672, 11 p.
Tyler, A. V. (1966). Some lethal temperature relations of
two minnows of the genus Chrosomus. Can. J. Zool. 44:
349-364.
Ukeles, R. (1962). Growth of pure cultures of marine
phytoplankton in the presence of toxicants. Appl.
Microbiol. 10(6): 532-537.
Ukeles, R. (1965). Inhibition of unicellular algae by
synthetic surface-active agents. J. Phycol. 1: 102-110.
Ullman, W. W., R. W. Schaefer, and W. W. Sanderson.
(1961). Arsenic accumulation by fish in lakes treated with
sodium arsenite. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33(4):
416-418.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Circular 185 (1964). See Lennon and
Walker (1964).
Van Overbeek, J., W. J. Hughes, and R. Blondeau. (1959).
Acrolein for the control of water weeds and disease-
carrying water snails. Science 129: 335-336.
Van Valin, C. C., A. K. Andrews, and L. L. Eller. (1968).
Some effects of Marex on two warm-water fishes. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(2): 185-196.
Velsen, F.J.P. and D. F. Alderdice. (1967). Toxicities of
two insecticides to young coho salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 24: 1173-1175.
Vernimmen, A. P., E. R. Henken, and J. C. Lamb. (1967).
A short-term biochemical oxygen demand test. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 39(6): 1006-1020.
Vinson, S. B., C. E. Boyd, and D. E. Ferguson. (1963).
Resistance to DDT in the mosquito fish, Gambusia affinis.
Science 139: 217-218.
Vivier, P. and M. Nisbet. (1965). Toxicity of some
herbicides, insecticides and industrial wastes. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 167-169.
Von Windeguth, D. L. and R. S. Patterson. (1966). The
effects of two organic phosphate insecticides on segments
of the aquatic biota. Mosquito News 26: 377-380.
Waldichuk, M. (1960). Effects of pulp and paper mill
wastes on the marine environment. In: C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 160-176.
Walker, C. R. (1963). Endothal derivatives as aquatic
herbicides in fishery habitats. Weeds 11: 226-332.
Walker, C. R. (1964). Dichlobenil as a herbicide in fish
habitats. Weeds 12:267-269.
Walker, C. R. (1965). Diuron, Fenuron, Monuron,
Neburon, and TCA mixtures as aquatic herbicides in fish
habitats. Weeds 13: 297-301.
Walker, C. R., R. E. Lennon, and B. L. Berger. (1964).
Preliminary observations on the toxicity of Antimycin A to
fish and other aquatic animals. In: Investigations in Fish
Control. No. 2. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl.,Circ. 186, 18 p.
Walker, C. R. and R. A. Schoettger. (1967). Method for
determining MS-222 residues in fish. In: Investigations in
Fish Control. No. 14. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport
Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 20, 10 p.
Walker, C. R. and R. A. Schoettger. (1967). Residues of
MS-222 in four salmonids following anesthesia. In: Investi-
gations in Fish Control. No. 15. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 21, 11 p.
Walker, C. R., P. J. Starkey, and L. L. Marking. (1966).
Relation of chemical structure to fish toxicity in nitro-
salicylanilides and related compounds. In: Investigations in
fish control. No. 9. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl. Resour. Publ. 13, 12 p.
Wallen, I. E., W. C. Greer, and R. Lasater. (1957). Toxicity
to Gambusia affinis of certain pure chemicals in turbid
waters. Sewage Ind. Wastes 29(6): 695-711.
Ward, C. M. and W. M. Irwin. (1961). The relative resistance
of thirteen species of fishes to petroleum refinery effluent.
Proc. 15th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish
Comm.,pp. 255-275.
Ware, G. W., M. K. Dee, and W. P. Cahill. (1968). Water
flora as indicators of irrigation water contamination by
DDT. Bull. Environm. Contam. Toxicol. 3(6): 333-338.
Warner, K. and 0. C. Fenderson. (1962). Effects of DDT
spraying for forest insects on Maine trout streams. J. Wildl.
Manage. 26: 86-93.
Warner, R. E., K. K. Peterson, and L. Borgman. (1966).
Behavioural pathology in fish: A quantitative study of sub-
lethal pesticide toxication. In: N. W. Moore (ed.), Pesticides
in the Environment and Their Effects on Wildlife. Oxford,
Blackwell Scientific Publ. and J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.):
223-247.
Wamick, D. C. (1966). Gro\vth rates of yellow perch in two
North Dakota lakes after population reduction with
Toxaphene. In: Investigations in fish control. No. 5. U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 9,9
P-
Warren, C. E. and P. Doudoroff. (1958). The development
of methods for using bioassays in the control of pulp mill
waste disposal. Tappi 41(8): 211A-216A.
Warren, J. W. (1963). Toxicity tests of erythromycin
thiocyanate in rainbow trout. Progr. Fish-Cult. 25: 88-92.
98
-------
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1958). A review of the literature of 1957 on sewage, waste
treatment, and water pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
30(7): 839-873.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1959). A review of the literature of 1958 on sewage, waste
treatment, and water pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
31(7): 763-803.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1960). A review of the literature of 1959 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
32(7): 681-720.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1961). A review of the literature of 1960 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
33(7): 681-710.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1962). A review of the literature of 1961 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
34(7): 629-703.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1963). A review of the literature of 1962 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
35(7): 819-876.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1964). A review of the literature of 1963 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
36(7): 791-863.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1965). A review of the literature of 1964 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
37(7): 887-979.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1966). A review of the literature of 1965 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
38(7): 1049-1137.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1967). A review of the literature of 1966 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
39(7): 1049-1154.
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1968). A review of the literature of 1967 on wastewater
and water pollution control. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
40(6): 897-1219.
Water Quality Act of 1965 (PL89-234), approved
10/2/1965.
Weatherholtz, W. M., G. W. Cornwell, R. W. Young, and
R. E. Webb. (1967). Distribution of Heptachlor residues in
pond ecosystems in southwestern Virginia. J. Agr. Food
Chem. 15: 667-670.
Weaver, L. C., G. Gunnerson, A. W. Breidenbach, and J. J.
lichtenberg. (1965). Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides in
major U.S. River basins. Public Health Rept. 80(6):
481-493.
Webb, F. E. (1960). Aerial forest spraying in Canada in
relation to effects on aquatic life. In: C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar, Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 66-70.
Webb, W. E. (1961). Toxicity of certain pesticides to fish.
Idaho Fish Game Dept. D-J Prog. Rept. F-34-R-2 (2), 36 p.
Webbe, G. and G. T. Shute. (1959). A further note on the
action of fish of chlorinated hydrocarbons when used as
larvicides. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 53(1): 47-50.
Wedemeyer, G. (1968). Uptake and distribution of Zn65 in
the coho salmon egg (Oncorhynchus kisutch). Comp.
Biochem. Physiol. 26: 271-279.
Weiss, C. M. (1959). Response of fish to sublethal
exposures of organic phosphorus insecticides. Sewage Ind.
Wastes 31(5): 580-593.
Weiss, C. M. (1961). Physiological effect of organic
phosphorus insecticides on several species of fish. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90(2): 143-152.
Weiss, C. M. (1964). Organic pesticides and water pollution.
Public Works 95(12): 84-87.
Weiss, C. M. (1965). Use of fish to detect organic
insecticides in water. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 37(5):
647-658.
Weiss, C. M. and J. L. Botts. (1957). Factors affecting the
response of fish to toxic materials. Sewage Ind. Wastes
29(7): 810-818.
Weiss, C. M. and J. L. Botts. (1957). The response of some
freshwater fish to isopropyl methylphosphorofluoridate
(Sarin) in water. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2: 363-370.
Weiss, C. M. and J. H. Gakstatter. (1964). Detection of
pesticides in water by biochemical assay. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 36(2): 240-253.
Welch, E. B. and J. C. Spindler. (1964). DDT persistence
and its effect on aquatic insects and fish after an aerial
application, J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 36(10):
1285-1292.
Welch, P. S. (1948). Limnological methods. N.Y., McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., 381 p.
Welch, P. S. (1952). Limnology, 2nd ed. N.Y., McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., 538 p.
99
-------
Weston, R. F. (1964). The value and use of water quality
criteria to protect aquatic life. Ind. Water Wastes 9(1):
14-17.
Whitley, L. S. (1968). The resistance of tubificid worms to
three common pollutants. Hydrobiologia 32(1 -2): 193-205.
Whitten, B. K. and C. J. Goodnight. (1966). Toxicity of
some common insecticides to tubificids. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 38(2): 227-235.
Wilber, C. G. (1965). A mathematical description of the
toxicity of Sernyl to goldfish. Ohio J. Sci. 65: 43-46.
Wilber, C. G. (1965). The biology of water toxicants in
sublethal concentrations. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 326-331.
Wilhm, J. L. and T. C. Dorris. (1968). Biological parameters
for water quality criteria. BioScience 18(6): 477-481.
Willford, W. A. (1966). Toxicity of 22 therapeutic com-
pounds to six fishes. In: Investigations in Fish Control. No.
18. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish Wild!., Resour.
Publ. 35, 10 p.
Willford, W. A. (1967). Toxicity of dimethyl sulfoxide
(DMSO) to fish. In: Investigations in fish control. No. 20.
U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wild!., Resour. Publ.
37, 8 p.
Williams, L. G. (1964). Possible relationships between
plankton diatom species numbers and water-quality esti-
mates. Ecology 45: 809-823.
Williams, L. G. and D. I. Mount. (1965). Influence of zinc
on periphytic communities. Amer. J. Bot. 52(1): 26-34.
Wilson, B. R. (ed.). (1968). Environmental problems;
Pesticides, thermal pollution, and environmental
synergisms. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 183 p.
Wisniewski, T. F. (1958). Algae and their effects on dis-
solved oxygen and biochemical oxygen demand. In:
Oxygen relationships in streams. Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.
Public Health Serv. Robt. A. Taft Eng. Center, Tech. Rept.
W58-2, pp. 157-180.
Wisniewski, T. F. (1958). Algae and the effect on D.O. and
B.O.D. Part II. Water Sewage Works 105: 300-305.
Woelke, C. E. (1965). Bioassays of pulp mill wastes with
oysters. In: Biological problems in water pollution. Third
Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 67-77.
Woelke, C. E. (1967). Measurement of water quality with
the Pacific oyster embryo bioassay. In: Water quality
criteria. Philadelphia, Pa., Amer. Soc. Testing and Materials.
ASTM Spec. Tech. Publ. No. 416, pp. 112-120.
Wollitz, R. E. (1963). Effects of certain commercial fish
toxicants on the limnology of three cold-water ponds,
Montana. Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 22: 54-81.
Wood, M. L. (1957). Biological aspects of stream pollution
control in Arkansas. Proc. 10th Ann. Conf., Southeast
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 136-138.
Woodwell, G. M., C. F. Wurster, and P. A. Isaacson. (1967),
DDT residues in an east coast estuary: A case of biological
concentration of a persistent insecticide. Science
156(3776): 821-824.
Workman, G. W. and J. M. Neuhold. (1963). Lethal concen-
trations of Toxaphene for goldfish, mosquito fish, and rain-
bow trout, with notes on detoxification. Progr. Fish-Cult.
25:23-30.
Wuhrmann, K. (1959). Concerning some principles of the
toxicology of fish. Transl. from: Bulletin du Centre Beige
d'Etude et de Documentation des Eaux 15: 49, 1952.
Nanaimo, B. C., Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Biol. Station Transl.
Ser.No. 243, 19 p.
Wuhrmann, K. and H. Woker. (1955). Influence of tempera-
ture and oxygen tension on the toxicity of poisons to fish.
Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. Verh. 12: 795-801.
Wurster, C. F. (1968). DDT reduces photosynthesis by
marine phytoplankton. Science 159: 1474-1475.
Wurtz, C. B. (1962). Zinc effects on fresh-water mollusks.
Nautilus 76(2): 53-61.
Wurtz, C. B. and C. H. Bridges. (1961). Preliminary results
from macroinvertebrate bioassays. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 35:
51-56.
Wurtz, C. B. and T. Dolan. (1961). A biological method
used in the evaluation of effects of thermal discharge in the
Schuylkill River. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.
45(2): 461-472.
Wurtz, C. B. and C. E. Renn. (June 1965). Water tempera-
ture and aquatic life. (The Johns Hopkins University, Cool-
ing water studies for Edison Electric Institute, Research
Project RP-49.) N.Y., Edison Electric Inst. EEI Publ.
65-901, 99 p.
Yeo, R. R. (1967). Dissipation of Diquat and Paraquat, and
effects on aquatic weeds and fish. Weeds 15: 4246.
Young, F. N. (1961). Effects of pollution on natural asso-
ciations of water beetles. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 45(2): 373-380.
Zintgraff, G. D., C. H. Ward and A.W. Busch. (1968).
Cyanide inhibition of mixed microbial populations.
Presented in part at the Annual Meeting of the Society for
Industrial Microbiology held at the Ohio State University,
Sept. 3-6, 1968. Columbus, Ohio, 34 p.
ZoBell, C. E. (1964). The occurrence, effects, and fate of
oil polluting the sea. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. International Conference held in London,
Spet. 1962. Vol. 3. N.Y., MacMillan, pp. 81-118.
100
-------
SECTION XV
APPENDICES
A. EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
CHEMICALS AND MIXTURES OF CHEMICALS
B. EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
C. SPECIES INDEX FOR APPENDICES A AND B
D. IDENTIFICATION OF COMMERCIAL CHEMICALS
-------
Note: Both scientific and common names should
be checked for complete retrieval of infor-
mation for a given organism.
-------
APPENDIX A
EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
CHEMICALS AND MIXTURES OF CHEMICALS
-------
Note: Names of chemicals and organisms are as given by the various authors. Readers should search for alternate, common, and/or scientific names of both
chemical and aquatic species; and refer to report section on Extracted Data for further discussion of this appendix.
Footnotes for Appendices A and B:
(1) Letters represent:
B = bioassay, used in combination with S = static, CF = continuous flow, A = acute, and CH = chronic.
L = laboratory bioassay.
BOD = biochemical oxygen demand.
F = field study, used in combination with R = river, stream, creek, etc., L = lake or pond, M = marine, E = estuarine, and O = other
(port facility, flooded area, etc.).
(2) Field location is indicated by abbreviation of the state or country.
(3) The number indicates ppm (mg/1), unless otherwise indicated by appropriate designations or (0). The letters within parentheses following indicate
T = TLm, K = kill, SB = sublethal effects, NTE = no toxic effect, or 0 = other. The number following these indicates the time in days at which
observations were made. ECso, LC5Q, and similar designations for 50 percent lethality were all considered as TLm and designated as such. The
numbers within parentheses following these designations indicate the time in days when the effect was observed.
(4) The following indicate (when underlined the variable was controlled):
a = water temperature
b = ambient air temperature
c = PH
d = alkalinity (total, phenolphthalein or caustic)
e = dissolved oxygen
f = hardness (total, carbonate, Mg, or CaO)
g = turbidity
h = oxidation-reduction potential
i = chloride as Cl
j = BOD, 5 day; (J) = BOD, short-term
k = COD
1 = nitrogen (as NO2 or NOs)
m = ammonia nitrogen as NH3
n = phosphate (total, ortho-, or poly)
o = solids (total, fixed, volatile, or suspended)
p = C02
-------
CHEMICALS
>
2
Q
X
H
3D
m
en
O
Tl
O
I
m
O
r-
3>
KJ
Chemical
Acetaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acetaldehyde (al-
acetone (bl-
copper (c)-
acetic acid (d)
mixture
Acetamide
Acetanilide
Acetic
acid
Organism
Lagodon
rhomboides
Lagodon
rhomboides
Sewage
organisms
Lepomis
macrochirus
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
Bioassay
or Field
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm'3)
70.0 (T1 A)
70.0 (T1 A)
230 (TC5Q)
53.0 (T4A)
236.6-
249.1 (T5A)
53.0 (T4A)
(a) 5.2 (T4A)
(b) 5.2 (T4A)
(c) 1.04 (T4A)
(d) 26.0 (T4A)
26,300 (T2A)
(NTE)
150(0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a Aerated sea water was used.
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsg) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a e This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna, Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)
Anderson
(1944)
>
o
m
z
__
X
>
-------
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
g
I
O
s
Acetic
acid
Acetic
acid
m
O)
Acetic acid (a)-
acetaldehyde (b)-
acetone (cl-
copper (d)-
mixture
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Ictalurus BSA
punctatus
Channel BSA
catfish
(fingerlings)
Cu/ex sp BSA
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Nitzschia BSA
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
100 to 200 (CR)
2.0(0)
251 (T2A)
388 (T2A)
629 (K2)
446 (K1A)
1500 (T1A)
47 (T1A)
100 (T1A)
75 (T4A)
74 (T5A)
75 (T4A)
(a) 26.0 (T4A)
(b) 5.2 (T4A)
(c) 5.2 (T4A)
(d) 1.04 (T4A)
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T=toxic, NT=nontoxic, PT= partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c f i The experiment was conducted at 77 C.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
m
z
O
-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
S
X
-i
3D
m
O
-n
O
m
3
o
r
^
Chemical
Acetone
Acetone
Acetone
Acetone
Acetone
Acetone
Acetone (al-
copper (bl-
acetic acid (c)-
acetaldehyde (d)-
mixture
Acetonitrile
2-acetylamino-
fluorene (AAF)
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
af finis
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Zebrafish
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4'
BSA - 9280(0) ae
BSA - 1 3,000 (T2A) acdeg
BOD - (NTE) a
BSA - 10(T2A) ac
BSA - 8300 (T4A) a c d e
BSA - 1 1 ,493 to ace
11,727
(T5A)
8,300 (T4A)
BSA - (a) 5.2 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 1.04 (T4A)
(c) 26.0 (T4A)
(d) 5.2 (T4A)
BSA - (H+S) 1000 (T4A) cdef
(S) 1850IT4A)
(S) 1650 (T4A)
BSA - (0)
Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
(H) Value in hard water
(S) Value in soft water
The chemical caused no change in flavor of the cooked
bluegill.
The results of this investigation show that definite changes in
the concentration of RNA and glycogen accompany the cell-
ular disorganization in abnormal embryos induced by AAF.
In embryos treated with AAF, there was a consistent decrease
of RNA content of the liver, nervous tissue, sense organs, and
the mucosal lining of the digestive tract. In general, this only
occurred when concentrations of the chemical exceeded
O.O3 percent.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Henderson, et al
(1960)
Hisaoka
(1958)
^
o
m
g
^
-------
Acetyl phenyl-
hydrazine
Acrolein
Acrolein
Acrolein
Acrolein
Acrolein
Acrolein
Acrylaldehyde
(acrolein)
O
m
5
_l Acrylonitrile
C
30
m
O Acrylonitrile
-n
O
m
§
o
£
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Sewage
microorganisms
Oyster
Fundulus
similis
(juvenile)
Penaeus
aztecus
Crassostrea
virginica
Penaeus
aztecus
Fundulus
similis
Phytoplankton
Salmon
Potamogeton
modosus
Potamogeton
pectinatus
Elodea
canadensis
Lagodon
rhomboides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pomoxis
annularis
BOD
BCF
BSA
BCFA&
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA & CH
100 (K)
1.5(0)
0.055 (O)
0.24 (O)
0.19(0)
0.05 (O)
0.1 (O)
0.24 (T2CFA)
0.08 (T2A)
100(0)
100 (0)
100 (K4wk)
24.5(T1A)
0.05-0.1
(100%KS)
0.1-1.0
(100%KCH)
6.0-10.0
(100%KCH)
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106
~~ to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75-ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect BOD in domestic sewage. The chemical was toxic
to sewage microorganisms at the level stated. To acclimated
organisms the toxicity was 1 8 ppm.
a The value reported is a 96-hr ECgrj (decreased shell growth).
a Water temperature was 21 C. The figure reported is a
48-hr EC50.
Toxicant chemicals were evaluated in seawater at tempera
tures averaging about 28 C. The values are for 24-hr
or enough to cause loss of equilibrium or mortality.
Seawater was pumped continuously into test aquaria.
Salinity, temperature, and plankton fluctuated with tide,
and ambient weather conditions. Some bioassays with
fish were static. Toxicity was reported for the following:
Oyster - 96-hr ECgrj Cone, which decreased
shell growth.
Shrimp 48-hr ECgrj Cone, which killed or
paralyzed 50% of test animals.
Fish 48-hr ECgg Cone, which killed
50%.
Phytoplankton Percent decrease of CO2 fixation to a
4-hr exposure at 1 .0 ppm chemical
concentration.
Data are given as
Experiments were conducted in standing water. Results
were rated on a scale of 0 to 10, 0 standing for no toxic
effect and 10 signifying a complete kill. Evaluation was
based on visual observation of the plant response at
weekly intervals for 4 weeks.
Injury rating of 8.3.
Injury rating of 9.6.
Aerated seawater was used.
Additional data are presented for less than 24 hr.
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Oberton and
Stack
(1957)
Butler
(1965)
Butler
(1965)
Butler
(1965)
Butler
(1965)
Bohmont
(1967)
Frank, et al
(1961)
o
m
D
X
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Renn
(1955)
-------
n
i
m
S
0
P Chemical
> Acrylonitrile
Z
O
S Acrylonitrile
X
C
3D
m
0
o Adipicacid
I
m
S
5
r- Adiponitrile
Alkyl aryl
bromide
!**
ON
Alkyl-dimethyl-
ammonium
chlorides
Alkyl
sulfate
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 11)
Lagodon BSA
rhomboides
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum \_
licheniforme (Cl)
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzchia
palea (Np)
Pimephales BSA
promelas
(juveniles)
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^2) ppm<3) or Noted<4)
24.5(T1A)
(S) 18.1 (T4A) cdef
(H) 14.3 (T4A)
(S) 11.8 (T4A)
(S) 33.5 (T4A)
330 (T1A) a c
(S)1250(T4A) cdef
(H)820 (T4A)
(S) 720 (T4A)
(S) 775 (T4A)
2.0 (O) a_
2.0 (0) a_
- (5)5.1-5.9 acdf
(T1^A)
(H) 5.9-6.1
Comments
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.
(H) Value in hard water
(S) Value in soft water
The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked
bluegill.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as
well as lake water. Varied results were obtained
when evaluations were made in various types of
water.
(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater
The chemical produced no change in the flavor of the
cooked bluegill.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -T
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp- NT
Np-NT
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days) :
Cl -PT(7)
G -NT
So - PT (7)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp- NT
Np - PT (3)
Syndets and soaps were of nearly equal toxicity in soft
water (S) but syndets were approximately 40X more
toxic than soap in hard water (H). The surfactant
Reference
(Year)
Garrett
(1957)
Henderson, et al
(1960)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Henderson, et al
(1960)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Henderson,
et al
(1959)
o
m
Z
O
(T1-4A)
rather than the builder contained the toxicant.
Alkyl benzene sullste See ABS in Appendix B.
-------
Aluminum
ammonium
sulfate
Aluminum
chloride
Aluminum
chloride
Aluminum
nitrate
Aluminum
potassium
sulfate
Daphnia
magna
BSA
190 (O)
Aluminum
sulfate
_ Aluminum
S sulfate
3D
O
n
O
m
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
135IT2A)
<6.7 (S)
0.07 (K10)
BSA
206 (O)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
136(0)
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
machrochirus
Goldfish
BSA
100(0)
100 (O)
100(0)
a e This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by (1944)
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would
just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals Wallen, et al
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with (1957)
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a_ Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
threshold concentration producing immobilization (1948)
for exposure periods of 64 hr.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm Jones
stickleback fish were used as experimental animals. (1939)
This paper points out that there is a marked
relationship between the toxicity of the metals and
their solution pressures. Those with low solution
pressures were the most toxic.
a_ e This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined (1944)
by the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie
water was used as a diluent in the bioassay.
Threshold concentration was defined as the highest
concentration which would just fail to immobilize
the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
exposure.
a_ e This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined (1944)
by the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie
water was used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold
concentration was defined as the highest concentration
which would just fail to immobilize the animals under
prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.
£ c f p i The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the Sanborn
use of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous (1945)
sulphate, alum, and lime are used in chemical
coagulation ; sodium carbonate for acidity control in
biological filters; and sodium nitrate in lagoons for
odor control. Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling of
certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon.
These chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged
in most cases to a stream. The concentrations
listed permitted all fish to survive indefinitely.
I
m
O
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
H
3)
m
C/)
O
n
O
I
m
2
g
£i
^
oo
Chemical
Aluminum
sulfate
Aluminum
sulfate
p-aminodi-
ethylaniline
HCI
p-aminodi-
methylaniline
p-aminodi-
methylaniline
HCI
T?-(3-amino-
propyl)
rosinamine
D diacetate
(28 percent
active)
p-aminophenol
4-amino-m
toluene-
sulfonic
acid
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study C"
Sewage BOD
organisms
Gambusia BSA
aff/nis
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Mai
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'?) ppm(3)
18.0 (0)
240 (T2A)
100 (K)
100 (K)
100 (K)
2.0 (O)
2 (K2A)
- 410(T2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as
well as how they affected the processing of sewage
in the treatment plant. BOD was used as the
parameter to measure the effect of the chemical.
The chemical concentration cited is the ppm required
to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chemical
was tested in an unbuffered system.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a , etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture.
1 x 1Q6 to 2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.
Chu No. 10 medium was used.
a , etc Comment same as above.
a , etc Comment same as above.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -T(14)
Ma-T
So - PT
Cv -T(14)
Gp-T
Np-T
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological
action with the chemical reactivity of selected
chemical substances. Results indicated a considerable
correlation between the aquarium fish toxicity and
antiautocatalytic potency of the chemicals in marked
contrast to their toxicity on systemic administration.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Sollman
(1949)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
^
TJ
m
Z
O
X
-------
Ammonia
Trout
BSA
(O)
Ammonia
Ammonia
(unionized)
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
m
Ammonia
X
C
3)
m
o
m
2
9
Pimepha/es
promelas
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Gambusia
affinis
BSA
BSA
(H) 8.2 (T4A)
(S) 5.9 (T4A)
0.4 (T1A)
cdef
a b c d e
BSA
100-200 (O)
a c e p
BSA
(O)
a cd i
Green
sunfish
Abramis
brama
Perca
fluviatillis
Flu til is
ru tilis
Scardinius
erythrophthalmus
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
(O)
BCF
0.41 (T7CF)
0.29 (T7CF)
0.35 (T5CF)
0.36 (T6CF)
0.41 (T2CF)
a cd e f
No quantitative data are reported. 30 ppm of
nitrogen was added as ammonium chloride.
Carbon dioxide in concentrations up to 30 ppm
reduced the toxicity of the ammonia by lowering
the pH of the water. Concentrations of 60 ppm of
CO2 were toxic but not lethal when the
concentration of dissolved oxygen was low. A
concentration of 240 ppm of CO2 was lethal to
trout in little more than one hour.
(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater
Toxicity of ammonia or of ammonium salts was
increased by a rise in pH value from 7.0 to 8.2.
Toxicity of such solutions to fish apparently
depended upon the concentration of the un-
ionized ammonia molecule present. Variation
was attributed to the increase in the concen-
tration of free carbon dioxide at the gill surfaces.
The major factor determining the toxicity of ammonia
is the pH of the water. Temperature, dissolved oxygen,
and bicarbonate alkalinity are also important. Only
unionized ammonia was toxic to fish.
At a pH of 7.0 the threshold value for ammonia ranges
between 100 and 200 ppm (as N), depending on the
bicarbonate hardness.
The pH value and temperature had a marked effect
upon the toxicity of ammonia solutions. As the
pH was raised, the toxicity increased markedly.
The concentration of unionized ammonia present
in each test was calculated using the mean temper-
ature and the pH value. The absence of toxic action
by tests at a total ammonia concentration equivalent
to 120 mg/IN.
Ammonia or ammonium hydroxide was found to repel
fish at 8.5, 10, and 20 mg/l. At 1.7 mg/l no repellency
was noted. In concentrations of 10 and 22 mg/l,
ammonia killed the fish in repellent studies before they
had the opportunity to move out of the area containing
the substance.
The T at LC5Q values are asymptotic values of undissociated
ammonia (mgN/l). Additional data are presented.
Herbert
(1955)
Henderson, et al
(1960)
Lloyd and
Herbert
(1960)
Lloyd
(1961)
Hemens
(1966)
Summerfelt
and Lewis
(1967)
Ball
(1967)
-------
CHEMICALS
Z
0
5
X
C
3)
m
O
Tl
O
m
3
o
£
^>
,* .
0
Chemical
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
(unionized)
Ammonia
(unionized)
Ammonia plus
carbon
dioxide
Ammonium
acetate
Ammonium
borofluoride
Ammonium
carbonate
Organism
Salmo
gairdneri
Salmo
gairdneri
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Perca
fluviatilis
Rutilus
rutilus
Gobio
gobio
Rainbow
trout
Gambusia
af finis
Sewage
organisms
Gambusia
affinis
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study!"1' Location(2) ppm*3) or Noted<4' Comments
BSA (O) a c 1 m After 24-hr exposure the mean blood levels for total ammonia
showed a direct linear correlation with ambient ammonia
and ranged from 38 to 70 g/ml. Fish exposed to 0-1 g/ml
nonionic ammonia had mean blood levels which ranged
from 0.6 to 1 .3 g/ml. Ammonia in concentrations up to
10 g NH3/ml was found to have no significant effect on the
ability of hemoglobin to combine with oxygen in vitro.
BSA - 34-47 (T2A) acdefo The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentra-
tion. The lethality of this chemical depends upon all the
experimental variables listed and the concentration of
undissociated ammonia which is present.
FR Stevenage (O) acelm Survival of rainbow trout in concentrations of unionized
Herts. ammonia in the range of 0.86-1 .96 ppm of nitrogen in-
creased as the concentration of dissolved oxygen was
raised from 1 .5 to 8.5 ppm. The effect of dissolved oxy-
gen in increasing survival time was greater in the lower
concentrations of unionized ammonia.
BSA (O) a c e o p The resistance to rapidly lethal concentrations of un-
ionized ammonia ranging from about 2.0 to 8.8 ppm
nitrogen was determined in tensions of dissolved oxygen
53.4 and 96.7% of air saturation value at 1 5.2 C.
Period of survival decreased with rise in concentration of
unionized ammonia. The effect of oxygen tension on
period of survival was greatest in the lowest concentra-
tions of unionized ammonia.
BSA (O) a e m n The reduction of toxicity of ammonia solutions by the
addition of carbon dioxide, was due to lowering the
pH of the solution. 60-240 ppm CO2 in solution was
toxic within 1 2 hr. 30 ppm ammonia nitrogen was
toxic, but up to 30 ppm CO2 increased fish survival time.
BSA - 238 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BOD 87.0(0) Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the
treatment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to mea-
sure the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentra-
tion cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values
by 50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
BSA 238 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Fromm and
Gillette
(1968)
Brown
(1968)
Downing and
Merkens
(1955)
Markens and
Downing
(1957)
Alabaster and
Herbert
(1954)
Wallen.et al
(1957)
Sheets
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
^
o
m
Z
g
X
j,,
-------
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chloride
o
m
D
2
C
3D
w Ammonium
° chloride
O
m Ammonium
M chloride
Carass/us
carass/us
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BCFA
BSA
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
BSA
(O)
<134(O)
a e
(O) Tap water
1000 ppm
27.3 min
1000 ppm
52.5 min
50 ppm
>1000 min
Distilled water
3000 ppm
292 min
1000 ppm
725 min
100 ppm >
4320 min
91 (S)
6.0 (T4A)
a c e f
a ce f
246,6 (O)
510 (T2A)
7.7 (T4A)
a cd e g
a cd e i
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chem-
icals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of
temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.224N solution, fish survived 99 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the average time when the fish lost equilibrium when
exposed to the test chemical (ppm ammonia).
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour
exposure period.
Toxicity was dependent upon the concentration of un-
dissociated NH4OH which is dependent upon pH. The
initial pH was 9.0 and after four days it was 7.5.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an
aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of in-
organic salts known to be present in various industrial
effluents. Analysis of data conclusively shows the
D. magna tested under lowered oxygen tension exhibited
lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
when tested at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals
to distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Powers
(1918)
Anderson
(1944)
Grindley
(1946)
Anderson
(1948)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
Fairchild
(1955)
Wallen,et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
x
c
3)
m
en
O
T
O
I
m
3
5
c;
j
Chemical
Ammonium
chloride
(as N)
Ammonium
chloride
(as N)
Ammonium
chloride
Ammonium
chromate
Ammonium
dichromate
Ammonium
hydroxide
Ammonium
hydroxide
Ammonium
hydroxide
(as ammonia)
Ammonium
hydroxide
Ammonium
hydroxide
Organism
Rainbow trout
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Gambusia
affinis
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Gambusia
affinis
Fish
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
BSA - (O) acd
BSA - 24.6 (T2A) a c d f
BSA - 202 (T1 A) ac
161 (T2A)
50 (T4A)
139 (T4A)
725 (T1-4A)
241 (T1A)
173 (T2A)
70 (T4A)
BSA - 270 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 212IT2A) acd eg
BSA - <8.75 (O) a e
BSA - (O) ce
BSA - 5to15(CR) ae
BSA - 37 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 4.3 x 10'5 M (K) ac
Comments
The 48-hour LD$Q of ammonium chloride (as N) as interpo-
lated from three graphs may be 30, 24, or 12 ppm. The
effect of dissolved oxygen is also discussed.
A mathematical equation was derived to explain the com-
bined toxicities of this salt and zinc sulfate.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The fish
avoided concentrations of 0.04 and 0.01 N, but seemed
attracted to concentrations of 0.001 and 0.0001 N.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
data are presented.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
Reference
(Year)
Herbert
(1961)
Herbert and
Shurben
(1964)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Anderson
(1944)
Jones
(1948)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Ishio
(1965)
^
o
m
z
g
x
^
-------
Ammonium
hydroxide
Ammonium
nitrate
Ammonium
salt
Ammonium
salts
Ammonium
sulfate
Ammonium
2 sulfate
m
5
2
z
o
g Ammonium
JJ sulfate
C
3
m
w
O
-n
Daphnia
magna
Caress/us
carassius
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Daphna
magna
BSA
Daphnia
magna
BSA
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
60 (T1A)
32 (T2A)
20 (T4A)
(O)
420 (T5A)
90.0 (T4A)
3.4 (T4A)
(0)
<106(O)
288.5 (O)
(O) Tap water
1000 ppm
29.8 min
Distilled water
3000 ppm
318 min
1000 ppm
847 min
100 ppm
>5760 min
a c e f
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua- Bennett
tions were made in various types of water. (1965)
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chem- Powers
icals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of (1918)
temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.213N solution, fish survived 78 minutes.
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether Patrick, et al
there was a constant relationship between the responses (1968)
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
authors advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of
the food web be made in any situation.
This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen Lloyd
concentrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals. (1961)
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to increase
the volume of water passed over the gills, and this may
increase the amount of poison reaching the surface of
the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by (1944)
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentra-
tion was defined as the highest concentration which
would just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects Fairchild
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an (1955)
aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inor-
ganic salts known to be present in various industrial
effluents. Analysis of data conclusively shows the
D. magna tested under lowered oxygen tension exhibited
lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
when tested at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as Grindley
the avg. time when the fish lost equilibrium when ex- (1946)
posed to the test chemical (ppm ammonia).
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
5
X
c
-»1
JU
m
en
O
-n
O
m
S
O
>
{/>
1
-f^
Chemical
Ammonium
sulfate
Ammonium
sulfate
Ammonium
sulphate
Ammonium
sulfide
Ammonium
sulfite
Ammonium
sulfite
Ammonium
thiocyanate
Amyl acetate
N-amyl-acetate
n-amyl alcohol
t-amyl alcohol
Aniline
Organism
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Gambusia
affinis
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Gambusia
affinis
Semoti/us
atromaculatus
Semoti/us
atromaculatus
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1' Location'2' ppm'3' or Noted'4'
BSA - 1 ,400 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 423 (T1 A) ac
433 (T2A)
292 (T4A)
BSA - 800 (K1 A) a
300 (K1A)
BSA - 248 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 240 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 299 (T1 A) ac
273 (T2A)
203 (T4A)
BSA - 420 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 50to120(CR) ae
BSA - 65 (T2A) acdeg
BSA - 350 to 500 (CR) a e
BSA 1 ,300 to 2,000 a e
(CR)
BSA - 279 (O) a c
Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem-
icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tem-
perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
Comment same as above.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoreti-
cally infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Anderson
(1944)
>
TJ
m
z
D
X
>
-------
Aniline
Aniline
hydrochloride
° Barium
3 chloride
c
3)
in
O Barium
jrj chloride
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Daphnia
magna
BSA
Antimony
potassium
tartrate
Antimony
trichloride
Antimony
trichloride
Antimony
trioxide
, Arsenite
*
i
Barium
carbonate
Barium
;» chloride
Pimephales
promelas
Daphnia
magna
Pimephales
promelas
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
(eggs)
L. cyanellus
(eggs)
Micropterus
dolomieui
(eggs)
Gambusia
affinis
Carassius
carassius
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Daphnia
magna
BSA
50 (K)
5.5 (K2)
12 (T4A) H
20 (T4A) S
37 (S)
17 (T4A) H
9 (T4A) S
>80 (T4A) H
>80 (T4A) S
15/7 (O),
8 (NTE)
15 (NTE),
8 (NTE)
15/6(O),
8 (NTE)
10,000 (T2A)
(O)
<83 (O)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
29(0)
a The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
~~ to 2 x TO*3 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a c d f Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
a c d f Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
acdf Comment same as above.
Fertilized fish eggs of indicated species were placed in
1 liter of test solution and allowed to hatch. Toxicity
data are presented as concentration in ppm/number of
days survival. Maximum length of test was 8 days. No
food was added. Small bluegill were tested to find the
highest concentration of chemical which did not cause
death in 12 days (O).
a_C d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.172N solution, fish survived 169 minutes.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrif uged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a_ Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Sollman
(1949)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Anderson
(1948)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Hiltibran
(1967)
m
O
Wallen.et al
(1957)
Powers
(1918)
Anderson
(1944)
Anderson
(1948)
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s.
X
c
3)
m
Q
-n
O
X
m
£
O
[n
£
Os
Chemical
Barium
chloride
Barium
chloride
Barium
nitrate
Benzanilide
Benzene
Benzene
Benzidine
Benzoic
acid
Benzoic
acid
Organism
Gambusia
af finis
Rana sp
(eggs)
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Gambusia
af finis
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Carassius
auratus
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1) Location'2) ppm<3)
BSA - 3,200 (T2A)
BSA - 24,430 K
BSA - 400 (K10)
BSA - (O)
BSA - 395 (T2A)
BSA - 31 (T4A)
22 (T4A)
32 (T4A)
L 50 (K)
BSA - 0.165(K)
BSA - 146(0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4' Comments
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity
and selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule. At 10 ppm, there was no
toxicity to goldfish or trout.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
~~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c d e f Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one
~~ half , or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt
was made to estimate 100 percent survival.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
~ to 2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Goldfish weighed between 2 and 4 g. Temperature was
~ maintained at 27.0 ±0.2 C.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones
(1939)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Gersdorff
(1943)
Anderson
(1944)
>
TJ
o
m
z
o
-------
D
2
x
30
m
CO
O
-n
O
m
§
o
Benzole
acid
Benzonitrile
2-benzoyl-1,3-
dichloropropane
3-ben zy 1-5,5-
dimethyl-2-
imidazolinethione
bis-benzyl
ethylene
diamine
diacetate
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticu/atus
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvu/um (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Beryllium
chloride
9
m
2 Beryllium
O nitrate
Beryllium
sulfate
Beryllium
sulfate plus
sodium
tartrate
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish BSA
Minnow
Snails
Water
plants
225 (T2A)
(S) 135.0 (T4A)
(H) 78.0 (T4A)
(S) 78.0 (T4A)
(S) 400.0 (T4A)
2.0 (O)
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals Wallen, et al
~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
cdef (H) Value in softwater Henderson, et al
(S) Value in softwater (1960)
10.0 (K)
5 to 20 (CR)
(H)15(T4A)
(S)0.15 (T4A)
(H) 20 (T4A)
(S)0.15 (T4A)
(H)11 (T4A)
(S) 0.2 (T4A)
(H)12(T4A)
(S) 1.3 (T4A)
(O)
The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked
bluegill.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T (7),PT (21)
Ma-T
So - PT (7)
Cv -T
Gp-T
Np-T
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
~ to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
"~ A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
a c d f Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
a c d f Comment same as above.
a c d f Comment same as above.
After 10 days of incremental additions of the chemicals to
the aquarium, the final concentrations were: beryllium
28.5 ppm; sulfate 302 ppm; sodium tartrate 664 ppm.
No toxic effect to the animals or plants was observed after
10 days of exposure.
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Pomelee
(1953)
m
-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
X
c
3D
rn
co
O
O
I
m
S
o
r
\Ji
;>
, ' -
oo
Chemical
Boric acid
Boric acid
Boric acid
Bromine
3'-bromo-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide
4'-bromo-3,
5-dinitrobenz-
anilide
4'-bromo-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide
Organism
Sewage
organisms
Gambusia
af finis
Sewage
organisms
Chlore/la
pyreno/dosa
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1' Location^) ppm'3) or NotedW Comments
BOD 480(0) - Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the
treatment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to mea-
sure the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentra-
tion cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values
by 50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
BSA 10,500 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BOD >1000 (TCgrj) a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5g) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
BSA - 0.18(0) At 0.18 ppm, 2,100 cells/mm3 remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm3 in control.
0.42 (O) At 0.42 ppm, 270 cells/mm3 remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with 2,383 cells/mm3 in controls.
Bromine showed no inhibitory effect in the first 48 hr.
Experiments were carried out in seven-liter containers of
tap water.
By maintaining a constant level of 0.2 ppm of bromine, it
would be possible to kill algae in water.
BSA (O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biolog-
ical activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 1.0 ppm, this chemical was
toxic to 4 out of 10 trout; but at the concentrations (.1 ,
1.0, 10.0) there was no toxicity to goldfish.
BSA (O) a Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem-
ical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.
(0)
BSA 10 (K2) a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm, this chem-
ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
(0)
Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)
Kott, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
TJ
TJ
m
Z
D
-------
>
t
o
o
X
m
5
K
z
o
5
^
c
30
m
in
O
Tl
o
X
m
2
£
£
2*-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
aniline
4'-bromo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
(free phenol)
2-bromo-4-
nitro phenol
(free phenol)
2-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
(Na salt)
2-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
3-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo gairdneri
(fingerling)
Petromyzon
marinus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
S. trutta
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Petromyzon
marinus
(larvae)
Petromyzon
marinus
(embryos and
prolarvae)
(larvae)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
1.0 (K)
0.3 (K)
(O)
0.3 (K)
(O)
0.5 (K)
(O)
5 (K 100%)
15 (K 10%)
11 (K 10%)
5(K 100%)
13 (K 10%)
11 (K 10%)
7 (K 100%)
15 (K 10%)
10 (K14)
10 (K5-18)
10(K2-4hr)
See
Applegate,
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro- Starkey and
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout Howell
as a function of substituent loci. (1966)
Ditto
Comment same as above.
1.0 ppm killed 25%.
Comment same as above.
1.0 ppm killed 25%.
Comment same as above.
1.5 ppm killed 25%.
Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr. This was a
study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
Piavis
(1962)
Piavis
(1962)
m
O
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s
X
c
3)
m
0
n
O
m
S
o
>
£
>£*
0
Chemical
4'-bromo-3-
nitro-o-sali-
cylotoluidide
3'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2-butanone
n-butyl
alcohol
t-butyl
alcohol
Butyric
acid
Cadmium
Organism
Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Gambusia
affinis
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1) Location'?) ppm'3)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
BSA - 5,600 (T2A)
BSA - 1 ,000 to
1,400 (CR)
BSAq - 3,000 to
6,000 (CR)
BSA - 61 (T2A)
200 (T1A)
BSA - 1.0 (K)
1.0 (K)
0.01 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Sim-
ilar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
~
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
~~ A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
a e Comment same as above.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
^
TJ
m
Z
O
X
^
-------
Cadmium
Cadmium
Cadmium
Cadmium
Cadmium
chloride
Cadmium
chloride
Cadmium
chloride
s
ni Cadmium
? chloride
O
>
W Cadmium
> chloride
X
3D
m
O Cadmium
_ cyanide
X complex
m
S
Salmo
gairdnerii
Lepomis
macrochirus
Ictalurus
nebulosus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
carassius
BCFA
(O)
BSCFCH
BCFA
BCFA
BSA
Daphnia
magna
Pimephales
promelas
Limnaea
palustris
(eggs)
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Green
sunfish
Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.1-100.0
0.008-
0.01 (T7A)
30mg(T1A)
30(T1A)
(O)
<0.0026 (S)
5 (T4A) H
0.9 (T4A) S
\
6x10-6m
(K1)
(S) 1.05(T4A)
(H) 72.6 (T4A)
(S) 1.94(T4A)
(S) 1.27(T4A)
(S) 2.84 (T4A)
(H) 66.0 (T4A)
0.64 (O)
A small, cone-shaped, cadmium-plated metal screen was used
to cover a 2-inch pipe outlet. Recirculating 2,500 gallons of
water through the screen at the rate of 50 gallons per min-
ute killed 16-per-pound rainbow trout in 24 hours. Rainbow
trout placed in a 15-gallon tub of water, with recirculation
through the cadmium screen were dead within 10 hours.
a c d e f Fish were exposed to 8, 16, and 20 ppm of cadmium for
varying periods of time (up to 90 days). In living fish the
accumulation of cadmium never exceeded 130 /Jg/g of gill
tissue, based on dry weight. In fish that died of poisoning,
the accumulation of cadmium was a maximum of 634/Jg/g
of gill tissue. The authors state that high cadmium content
(3-400 fJglg) in the liver of a fish would indicate a past
history of exposure.
a b f The data show that even at high concentrations, the toxic
effect to the fish was very slow. Experiments were con-
ducted in hard water.
a b f A 7-day TLm may be between 0.008 and 0.01 ppm. Despite
this high toxicity, the response of the fish to the poison
was initially very slow, even at high concentrations.
£ This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemi-
cals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of
temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency
of the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a 0.157N solution, fish survived 70 minutes; in a solu-
tion of 0.000000037N, they survived 442 minutes.
£ Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
a c d f Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
£C Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum
direct mortality (kill) in 4 hours.
c d e f (S) Soft water
(H) Hard water
Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
a_c d f £ For the concentration given, the median resistance time
was 134 minutes.
Roberts
(1963)
Mount and
Stephan
(1967)
Ball
(1967)
Velsen and
Alderdice
(1967)
Powers
(1918)
I
m
O
X
Anderson
(1948)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Morrill
(1963)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
Doudoroff,
etal
(1966)
-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
s
X
-1
c
3D
m
in
0
71
O
m
S
o
P
to
j>
K)
to
Chemical
Cadmium cya-
nide complex.
sodium cya-
nide (439 ppm
CN), and cad-
mium sulfate
(528 ppm Cd)
Cadmium
nitrate
Cadmium
sulfate
Caffeine
Calcium
c Tbonate
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Organism
Pimephales
promelas
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Sewage
organisms
Carassius
carassius
Gambusia
affinis
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted**) Comments
BSA 0.17 (T4A) ac Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number
~~ of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical inter-
polation and given in ppm CN".
BSA 0.2 (K10) Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
BOD 142 (TCsfj) a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
BSA (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.285 g/liter, fish survived 94 minutes.
BSA - 56,000 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BSA (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.249N solution, fish survived 174 minutes.
BSA 1332(0) ac This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
BSA 920 (S) a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Reference
(Year)
Doudoroff,
et al
(1956)
Jones
(1939)
Hermann
(1959)
Powers
(1918)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Powers
(1918)
Anderson
(1944)
Anderson
(1948)
^
TJ
T)
m
z
D
X
^
-------
to
OJ
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
Calcium
chloride
m
2
O
Calcium
chloride
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BCFA
BSA
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
10,650 (T4A)
9,500 (T4A)
small
11,300 (T4f)
large
3,972 (O)
13,400 (T2A)
11,300 (T4A)
3,526 (T1 A)
3,005 (T2A)
8,350 (T1 A)
4,485 (T1A)
3,094 (T2A)
2,373 (T3A)
3,130 (T5A)
10,650 (T4A)
a d e f This paper reports the LDgg in 96 hours for 8 common in- Trama
organic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled (1954)
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured. If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment
did not demonstrate it.
a c e f Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour ex- Scheier
posure period. (1955)
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects Fairchild
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an (1955)
aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inor-
ganic salts known to be present in various industrial
effluents. Analysis of data conclusively shows the
D. magna tested under lowered oxygen tension exhibited
lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
when tested at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals Wallen, et al
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
£5^-£_L ^ "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to Cairns and
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data Scheier
reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data (1959)
for smaller fish are also in the report.
£C "Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua- Bennett
tions were made in various types of water. (1965)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether Patrick, et al
there was a constant relationship between the responses (1968)
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
authors advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of
the food web be made in any situation.
I
m
a
x
o
5
3]
m
CO
o
-------
0
m
S
o
P Chemical
^ Calcium
O hydroxide
S
X
H
X
m
w
O
n
O
m
2
5 Calcium
J* hydroxide
E>
Calcium
hydroxide
Calcium
^ hypochlorite
"i
to
.p..
Calcium
hypochlorite
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study C"
Micropterus BSA
salmoides
Lepomis
machrochirus
Goldfish
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Biomorpholaria BSA
alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Lymnaea
caillaudi
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Blue-green algae L
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillatoria
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm(3)
100 (O)
100 (O)
100 (O)
220 (T2A)
300 (K1)
300 (K1)
300 (K1)
2.0 (O)
2.0 (0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4* Comments (Year)
acfpi The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use Sanborn
~~ of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, (1945)
alum, and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
hydroxide) peeling of certain fruits and vegetables is not
uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
charged in most cases to a stream.
The concentration listed permitted large mouth bass to sur-
vive 3 to 5 hours, bluegills to survive 2 to 4.5 hours, and
goldfish to survive 3 to 3.5 hours.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to Gohar and
various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera- EI-Gindy
ture. The temperature at which (K1) occurred was 28 C. (1961)
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi- (1955)
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma - T (3)
So -T(3),PT(7)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np - T (3)
Ca(OCI)2 was toxic or partially toxic to all of the algae Kemp, et al
species at the indicated concentration for 28 days. (1966)
^
^0
m
Z
g
x
^
-------
;>
to
Calcium
nitrate
Calcium
nitrate
Calcium
nitrate
Calcium
nitrate
Calcium
sulfate
Calcium
sulfate
Calcium
sulphate
H Calcium
-------
n
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
M
> Calcium
O sulphate
S
X
-t
c.
n
m
w Capric
0 ac.d
O
m
§
^ Caproic
r acid
w
Caprylic
acid
Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)
>
K)
ON
Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)/
carbon alcohol
extract (CAE)
1/1.48
Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)/
carbon alcohol
extract (CAE)
1/1.56
Organism
Nitischia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Trout
Golden
Shiner
Sunfish
Trout
Red
Shiner
Sunfish
Trout
Red
Shiner
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studyd) Location^2) ppm<3> or Noted^
BSA - 3,200 (T5A) ace
2,980 (T4A)
BSA - (O)
BSA - 150-200IT1A) ac
BSA - (O)
BSA - 36(T1A) acdefim
32 (T2A)
28 (T4A)
24 (T5A)
59 (T1A)
52 (T2A)
39 (T4A)
33 (T5A)
56(T1A)
49 (T2A)
45 (T4A)
39 (T5A)
BSA - 130 (T1 A) acdefim
125IT2A)
95 (T4A)
82 (T5A)
No effect up
to 305 (T5A)
166 (T1A)
144IT2A)
1 1 5 (T4A)
103(T5A)
BSA - 138 (T1A) acdefim
130 (T2A)
96 (T4A)
92 (T5A)
No effect up
to 24O (T5A)
Comments
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Chemical is only slightly soluble in water. No toxicity data
were obtained.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Comment same as above except that compound was very
insoluble in water. No toxicity data were obtained.
The objects of this investigation were the recovery of or-
ganic micropollutantsfrom subsurface and surface
Missouri waters, characterization and identification of these
substances, and evaluation of their toxic effects, both
acute and long-term, in order to develop methods for their
destruction or removal.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Reference
(Year)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)
Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)
Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)
5
o
m
z
o
X
-------
Carbon
dioxide
Trout
BSA
(O)
Carbon
dioxide
plus
Carbon
disulfide
Carbonic
acid
m
w
m
Rainbow
trout
Gambusia
affinis
Fish
BSA
BSA
BSA
*l
to
3
S
m
2
O
£
>
z
O
5
X
Cetyldimethyl
ammonium
bromide plus
alkylate ether
alcohol
Cetylpyridinum-
bromide
Cetyltrimethyl-
ammonium
bromide
Chlorauric
acid
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Mlcrocystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
(O)
135 (T2A)
6.5 x 10'4M
(K)
2.0 (O)
a cd eg
Chloride plus
fluoride
Rainbow
trout
BSA
BSA
2.0 (K)
2.0 (K)
0.4 (K10)
(O)
a, etc
a, etc
No quantitative data are reported. 30 ppm of nitrogen was Herbert
added as ammonium chloride. Carbon dioxide in concen- (1955)
trations up to 30 ppm reduced the toxicity of the ammonia
by lowering the pH of the water. Concentrations of
60 ppm of CC-2 were toxic but not lethal when the concen-
tration of dissolved oxygen was low. A concentration of
240 ppm of CO2 was lethal to trout in little more than
one hour.
The reduction of toxicity of ammonia solutions by the addi- Alabaster and
tion of carbon dioxide was due to lowering the pH of the Herbert
solution. 60-240 ppm CC"2 in solution was toxic within (1954)
12 hr. 30 ppm ammonia nitrogen was toxic, but up to
30 ppm CO2 increased fish survival time.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given. Ishio
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar). (1965)
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par- Maloney
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No num- (1955)
ber indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -NT
G -NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 Fitzgerald, et al
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75ml total volume. Chu No. 10 (1952)
medium was used.
Comment same as above. Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle- Jones
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper (1939)
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
When trout were exposed to 30 ppm CI" for 48 hours and Neuhold and
then challenged with fluoride, the LC^Q of the fluoride was Sigler
6 ppm. No exposure to CI" resulted in an LCgo of (1962)
22 ppm Fl'.
m
O
-------
n
I
m
2
o
£ Chemical
V)
^ Chlorinated
O benzene
S
X
H
3)
m
en
O
Tl
O
m
S
> Chlorinated
[o camphene
(60 percent)
to
00 Chlorine
(from mono-
and di-
chloramines)
Chlorine
Chlorine
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study 'D Location^) ppm(3)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme ICII
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
varihgata (Cv)
Gomphoiiema
parvulum {^p)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Salmo BCFA - 0.08 (T7A)
gairdnerii
Naisspp BSA - 1.0 (K)
Chlorella BSA - 0.18(0)
pyrenoidosa
0.42 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted W Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No num-
ber indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -T
Ma -T
So -T (3),PT (21)
Cv -T
Gp-T
Np-T
a Comment same as above except that:
Cl - PT
Ma-T (14), PT (21)
So -PT (14), NT
Cv -PT
Gp-T (3)
Np-PT (7)
ace The purpose of this paper was to investigate the toxicity of
chlorine to the rainbow trout in solutions containing
ammonia. The toxicity of residual chlorine was dependent
upon the relative proportions of free chlorine and
chloramines.
a f All tests were conducted in hard water. At 1 .0 ppm of chlo-
rine, 95% of the worms were killed after 35 minutes. There
was considerable variation in chlorine tolerance below
2 ppm and contact times from 1-3 hours may be necessary
for a complete kill.
a c i At 0.18 ppm, 1,900 cells/mm^ remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm^ in controls.
At 0.42 ppm, 500 cells/mm^ remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm^ in controls.
Chlorine showed an inhibitory effect in 48 hr.
Experiments were carried out in seven-liter containers of
tap water.
By using 0.2 ppm of free chlorine, one might expect not to
reduce the numbers of algae appreciably but to keep the
population constant.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Merkens
(1958)
Learner and
Edwards
(1963)
Kott, et al
(1966)
>
TJ
-g
m
Z
O
X
>
-------
30
m
w
o
3'-chloro-5-
acetamidosali-
cylanilide
p-chlorobenz-
anilide
Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate
Chlorobenzilate
4'-chloro-2,5-
dihydroxy
diphenyl
sulphone
S 4 chlorohexyl-
fi 2,6-dinitro-
> phenol, tech.
E>
Sal mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Daphnia
magna
Simocephalus
serrulatus
Daphnia
pulex
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
O
m
O
^
z
o
4'-chloro-5-
bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
Daphnia
magna
Lymnaeid
snails
BSA
BSA
10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0 (K2)
(O)
(O)
29 (T4A)
20 (T4A)
45 (T4A)
44 (T4A)
1.4(0)
0.550 (SB)
0.870 (SB)
0.1 (K2)
1.0 (K 3 hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K3hr)
a c d
28.9 (K2A)
(0)
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm this chemi-
cal was not toxic to trout or goldfish.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.
Walker, et al
(1966)
.The indicated concentration immobilized Daphnia in
50 hours.
Concentration reported is for immobilization.
Time for immobilization was 48 hr.
Data cited are for 60 F, but assays were performed at varied
temperatures.
"Water Chemistry" (Unspecified) was "controlled" during
the assay period.
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biologi-
cal activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
Each test container, 500-ml beaker, was filled with ditch
water. 100% mortality occurred in concentrations of
1:400,000 and greater.
Walker, et al
(1966)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Anderson
(1960)
Sanders and
Cope
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
o
X
Sollman
(1949)
Batte, et al
(1951)
-------
o
I
m
P
r- Chemical
^ 2'-chloro-5'-
O methyl-3-nitro-
2 salicylanilide
X
C
m 2'-chloro-3-
w nitrosalicyl-
^ anilide
O
I
m
§ 2'-chloro-5-
0 nitrosalicyl-
p anilide
3'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-chloro-5-
-^ nitrosalicyl-
' anilide
O
4'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-chloro-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
m-chlorophenol
o-chlorophenol
Organism
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1) Location<2) ppmO)
BSA - 0.7 (LD10rj)
1.0 (LD25)
BSA - 3.0 (K)
(0)
BSA - 0.9 (K)
(0)
BSA - 0.3 (K)
(0)
BSA - 15.0IK)
(0)
BSA - 0.3 (K)
(0)
BSA - 0.5 (K)
(0)
BSA - 70.5 to 219
(K8hr)
61.7 (O)
20.6 (O)
BSA - 142 to 311
(K8hr)
104 (O)
82.8 (O)
10.0 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
Ditto Comment same as above.
70 ppm killed 25%.
' Comment same as above.
3.0 ppm killed 25%.
' Comment same as above.
0.9 ppm killed 25%.
Comment same as above.
15.0 ppm killed 25%.
" Comment same as above.
0.7 ppm killed 25%.
" Comment same as above.
1.0 ppm killed 25%.
a Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± 0.2 C.
~~ Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g.
m-chlorophenol, 61.7 mg per liter, killed 93% of the fish
in 8 hr; 20.6 mg per liter killed 62% in 8 hr.
a Comment same as above except that o-chlorophenol,
~ 104 mg per liter, killed 83% of the fish in 8 hr; 82.8 mg
per liter killed 64% in 8 hr; and 10.0 mg per liter
killed 20% in 8 hr.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)
Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)
>
o
m
X
>
-------
p-chlorophenol
4'-chloro-2',
5'-dimethoxy-
3-nitrosali-
cylanilide
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
>
O
_1
O
m
5
g
J*
>
Z
O
2
*
c
3D
m
CO
O
T*
O
X
m
2
5'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-2-
benzanilide
2'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide
3'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide
3'-chloro-3,5-
dinitro-o-
benzotoluidide
S'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-p-
benzotoluidide
5'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-3-
benzotoluidide
2'-chloro-3',
4'-dinitro-
salicylanilide
Chloroform
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Pygosteus
pungitius
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BCF
54.3 to 190
(KShr)
47.5 (O)
12.7 (O)
6.3 (O)
1.0 (KShr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (KShr)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(O)
(O)
(O)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(KSmin.)
(O)
1.0 (KShr)
1.0 K (K2)
10.0 (KShr)
(O)
Comment same as above except that p-chlorophenol, 47.5 mg Gersdorff and
per liter, killed 85% of the fish in 8 hr; 12.7 mg per liter Smith
killed 75% in 8 hr; and 6.3 mg per liter killed 54% in 8 hr. (1940)
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc- Walker, et al
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to (1966)
rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chemical Walker, et al
was not toxic to trout. At 1.0 ppm, 1 out of 10 goldfish (1966)
died. This may not be valid since at 10 ppm, no fish were
killed.
Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm this chemical Walker, et al
was not toxic to trout or goldfish. (1966)
Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem- Walker, et al
ical was toxic to 7 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. No goldfish (1966)
were killed at this and lower concentrations.
Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chemical Walker, et al
was not toxic to goldfish. Precipitation occurred at 10 ppm. (1966)
Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem- Walker, et al
ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. The chem- (1966)
ical was not toxic to goldfish at 10.0 ppm.
Comments same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem- Walker, et al
ical was not toxic to goldfish. (1966)
Comment same as above except data cited. Walker, et al
(1966)
A 1/2000 solution anaesthetized or killed very rapidly. Jones
1/5000 and 1/10000 induced an avoidance reaction in (1947)
the fish.
m
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
3
X
-i
c
3)
m
01
0
o
I
m
s
o
EJ
»
j
\
Chemical
Chloroform
3'-chloro-
3-hydroxy-
benzanilide
4'-chloro-3-
hydroxybenz-
anilide
2'-chloro-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide
3'-chloro-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide
2'-chloro-3-
nitrobenz-
anilide
2'-chloro-4-
nitrobenz-
anilide
3'-chloro-3-
nitrobenz-
anilide
3'-chloro-4-
nitrobenz-
anilide
Organism
Sewage
organisms
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdneri
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3)
BOD - (NTE)
BSA - 10.0 (K2)
(0)
BSA - 10.0 (K2)
(0)
BSA - (O)
(0)
BSA - 10.0 (K2)
(O)
BSA - 10.0 (K2)
(0)
BSA - (O)
(0)
BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0 (K2)
BSA - (O)
(0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical
was toxic to 7 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.
a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
toxic to trout or goldfish at 10 ppm.
a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
~ ical was toxic to 6 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.
a Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem-
ical was toxic to 1 out of 10 fish in 48 hours.
a Comment same as above except that at 1 0 ppm this chem-
ical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.
a Comment same as above except data cited.
a Comment same as above except that no fish were killed at
1 0 ppm.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
^
o
m
g
x
^
-------
OJ
2
O
33
m
w
3
4'-chloro-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide
5'-chloro-4-
nitrobenz-
anilide
3'-chloro-3-
nitro-p-benzo-
toluidide
5'-chloro-2-
nitrophenol
(free phenol)
Chloronitro-
propane
5'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-sali-
sylanilide
2'-chloro-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
S. trutta
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
euchlora
Phaeodactylum
tricornutum
Monochrysis
lutheri
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
BSA
BSA
10.0 (K2)
10.0 (K2)
10.0 (K2)
(O)
(O)
(O)
3(K 100%)
5(K10%)
5(K 10%)
80 (K)
80 (K)
80 (K)
80 (K)
80 (K)
1.0 (K3A)
10.0IK3A)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0(K3hrs)
10.0 (K 3 hrs)
1.0(K2)
1.0(K3hr)
0.1 (K2)
1.0(K3hr)
Comment same as above except data cited.
Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
ical was toxic to 6 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
Comment same as above except that chemical precipitated
at 10 ppm, and the chemical was not toxic to trout. At
0.1 ppm the chemical was toxic to 1 out of 10 goldfish.
Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr. This was a
study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were ex-
pressed as the ratio of optical density of growth in the
presence of toxicants to optical density in the basal
medium with no added toxicants.
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogen and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
Ukeles
(1962)
Walker, et al
(1966)
I
m
O
X
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
-------
o
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
to .. ., .
^ 4'-chloro-5-
O nitrosalicyl-
2 anilide
X
H
c
3
m
O
-n
0
m
2
O 3'-chloro-2-
J* nitro-o-benz-
w otoluidide
3'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-
salicylotolu-
idide
6'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-sahcy-
5> lotoluidide
OJ
4'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-salicyl-
otoluidide
2'-chloro-3-
nitro-p-sa-
licylotoluidide
Chlorophenol
(meta)
o-chloro-
phenol
o-chloro-
phenol
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 'D
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Minnows BSA
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm '3)
1.0 (K2)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(0)
(0)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
10.0 (K2)
10.0 (K2)
(0)
1.0(K3hr)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K3hr)
18.0 (T1A)
8.1 (T2A)
12IT4A)
10 (T4A)
14 (T4A)
23 (T4A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted^) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
~ toxic to trout or goldfish at 10 ppm.
a Comment same as above except data cited.
a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
toxic to goldfish at 10 ppm.
a Comment same as above except data cited.
a Comment same as above.
e In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta
or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than
the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability of
halophenols were presented.
a c d e f g i o Assays are completely described and autopsy data are
reported.
a c d Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half
or slightly more of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Ingols and
Gaffney
(1965)
Lammering and
Burbank
(1961)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
j>
T)
m
z
0
X
J>
-------
Chlorophenol
(ortho)
p-chlorophenol
Chlorophenol
(para)
3-(p-chloro-
phenol)-1,1-
dimethyl-
urea
Bis (p-chloro-
phenoxy)
methane
P-chloro-
phenyl-p-
chloroben-
zenesulfamate
m
2
O
O 3-chloro-
2 propene
|
X
m
OT
o
m
S
Minnows BSA
Hyborhynchus BSA
notatus
Minnows BSA
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Bluegill BSA
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
58 (T1A)
(O)
14 (T1A)
2.0 (O)
(0)
2.0 (O)
24 (T4A)
42 (T4A)
22 (T4A)
48 (T4A)
*c d
In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta Ingols and
or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than Gaffney
the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability (1965)
of halophenols were presented.
Fish in aquaria were trained to detect and distinguish between Hasler and
phenol and p-chlorophenol at levels as low as 0.0005 ppm. Wisby
The fish could also distinguish o-chlorophenol from the two (1949)
other compounds. The training method is described.
In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta Ingols and
or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than Gaffney
the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability (1965)
of halophenols were presented.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi- (1955)
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -PT (7),T (21)
Ma-T
So -T (7),PT (21)
Cv -T (3),PT (14)
Gp-T
Np-T
No mortality occurred at 0.05 ppm and very low mortality Linduska and
at 0.10 ppm. All fish died when the concentration was Surber
0.2 ppm. (1948)
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi- (1955)
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma-PT(14)
So - PT (7)
Cv -NT
Gp - PT (7)
Np-T (3)
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half, Pickering and
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made Henderson
to estimate 100 percent survival. (1966)
o
m
Z
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
D
2
x
-1
3)
m
tn
O
-n
o
m
2
£
£
tjj
Chemical
4, chJoro-o-
toloxy-
acetic
acid
Chromic
acid
Chromic
chloride
Chromic
sulfate
Chromic
sulfate
Chromic
sulfate
Chromic
sulfate
Chromic
sulfate plus
sodium di-
chromate
Chromium,
hexavalent
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (D
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna
Daphnia BSA
magna
BOD L
Sewage BOD
organisms
Sewage BOD
organisms
Daphnia BSA
magna
Lymnaea sp BSA
(eggs)
Bluegill, F
pumpkinseed
sunfish, and
orangespots
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2' ppm'3)
2.0 (0)
O.6 (0)
«3.6 (S)
1.0(0)
- (O)
117ITC50)
0.1 (T1A)
0.03 (T2A)
0.2 (T1A)
Wood- (O)
stock.
III.
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma -NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-T(3)
Np - T (3)
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
~ stances found in industrial wastes determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined
as the highest concentration which would just fail to im-
mobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
exposure.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
j "Toxicity" is expressed as 10 percent reduction in oxygen
utilization.
Chromate ion is less toxic than chromic. 1 .0 ppm produced
a 10% oxygen depletion as compared to a control, and
10 ppm produced a 30% depletion.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsg) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a c Comment same as above.
c At chromium concentrations above 50 ppm, the range of
survival was such that no general curve could be applied
to the data plotted on the chart.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Anderson
(1944)
Anderson
(1948)
Ingols
(1955)
Ingols
(1954)
Hermann
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Klassen, et al
(1948)
^
o
m
O
X
-------
Chromium
Chromium
(hexavalent)
Chromium
(hexavalent)
Chromium (as
chromate)
Chromium
Chromium
Chlorococcum
variegatus
C. humicola
Scenedesmus
obliquus
Lepocinclis
steinii
Sal mo
gairdnerii
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Rainbow
trout
BSA
BSCH
6.4-16.0 (O)
3.2-6.4 (O)
3.2-6.4 (O)
0.32-1.6(0)
2.5 (O)
FR
110IT4A)
5(K15)*
10 (K15)**
12.5 (K15)*
* 40% kill
**80% kill
2.5 (O)
Scotland 20 (NTE)
a c d f q
a c e f I m
Chromium as dichromate was evaluated in two different Hervey
tests. The concentrations reported are a range which (1949)
completely inhibited growth for 56 days. Concentra-
tions as low as 0.0001 to 0.032 ppm stimulated growth
up to 33 days of C. humicola, S. obliquus, and L. steinii.
Data for a flagellate and two diatoms are also presented.
For accumulation studies, fish were exposed for periods up Knoll and
to 24 days. For elimination studies, fish were exposed for Fromm
12 days, then placed in fresh water from 5 to 25. Chro- (1960)
mium in the blood never exceeded the concentration of
the surrounding water. All other tissues except muscle
accumulated concentrations in excess of that in the water.
Chromium was eliminated rapidly from blood, liver,
stomach, pyloric caeca, and posterior gut. The spleen lost
little of its chromium even after being in fresh water for
25 days. The kidney lost about 50% of its chromium in
25 days of fresh water exposure.
Soft water was used. Alkalinity and hardness significantly Trama and
reduced the toxicity of hexavalent chromium. Benoit
(1960)
This study is concerned with the measurement of chromium Fromm and
in trout before and after exposure. Chromium uptake is Stokes
passive, and the amount accumulated is dependent on the (1962)
concentration in water and duration of exposure.
Trout were exposed to 2.5 ppm of chromium as chromate Stokes and
in tap water for one week. The in vitro glucose transport Fromm
by gut segments from these animals was compared to that (1965)
of segments from untreated fish. The values from the
treated animals was 40 percent lower than the controls.
This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of Herbert, et al
the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of (1965)
= Chromium
O
O
30
m
O
m
o
Mixture:
Chromium (a)-
naphthenic acids
(b)-cyanide (c)
Mixture
Chromium
chloride
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
BSA
BSA
BOD
1.0(0)
(a) 0.019 (T4A)
(b) 4.74 (T4A)
(c) 0.26 (T4A)
0.18(0)
ji^e This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chem-
icals evaluated. The number listed is said to be the
"toxic limit" for the fish.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilu-
tion water.
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they af-
fected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well as
how they affected the processing of sewage in the treatment
plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the effect
of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is the
ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chem-
ical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Hawksley
(1967)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Sheets
(1957)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
c
33
m
en
o
-n
O
X
m
2
o
Ui
>
OJ
OO
Chemical
Chromium
chromate
Chromium
dichromate
Chromium
oxide
Chromium
potassium
sulfate
Chromium
sulfate
Citric
acid
Citric
acid
Cobalt
Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Daphnia
magna
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
L ymnaea
caillaudi
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1' Location<2) ppm'3) or Noted'4'
BSA - 170 (T4A) acdfq
BSA - 113IT4A) acde
BOD - 4.0 (O)
BSA - (S) 5.07 (T4A) cdef
(H) 67.4 (T4A)
(S) 7.46 (T4A)
(H) 71.9 (T4A)
(S) 4.10 (T4A)
(S) 3.33 (T4A)
BSA - 1.2 (K10)
BSA - 153 (O) ac
BSA - 1200(K1A) a
1000 (K1A)
800 (K1A)
L - 100.0 (K) ace
100.0 (K)
50.0 (K)
Comments
Soft water was used. Alkalinity and hardness significantly
reduced the toxicity of this form of chromium.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
(S) Soft water
(H) Hard water
Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem-
icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tem-
perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 27 C for Bulinus and
Biornphalaria and 28 C for Lymnaea.
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an ap-
proximate concentration interpolated from a graph. Time
of death was not cpecified.
Reference
(Year)
Trama and
Benoit
(1960)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Sheets
(1957)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
Jones
(1939)
Anderson
(1944)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
TJ
m
Z
O
-------
vo
o
m
S
>
O
m
en
O
Tl
O
m
Cobalt
chloride
Cobalt
chloride
Cobalt
chloride
Cobaltous
chloride
Cobalt
nitrate
Copper
Cu
Copper ion
(copper
chloride and
copper
sulfate
Daphnia
magna
Sewage
organisms
Limnaea
palustris
BSA
BOD
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
<3.1 (S)
64.0 (TC50)
4x 10-5 M (K1)
<26 (O)
a c
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Carassius
carassius
BSA
BSA
10(K10)
(O)
Copper
Nemacheilus
barbatulus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
BCH
BCH
BSA
BOD
England
England
0.28 (K)
0.20-0.30 (K)
0.74 (T4A)
0.94 (T2A)
(O)
a c d e
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
threshold concentration producing immobilization for (1948)
exposure periods of 64 hr.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen- (1959)
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgo) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum direct Morrill
mortality (kill) in 4 hours. (1963)
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use (1944)
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined
as the highest concentration which would just fail to im-
mobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
exposure.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle- Jones
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper (1939)
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals. Powers
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern- (1918)
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In water distilled from a copper still with block-tin leads, the
fish survived 352 to 597 minutes perhaps the effect of
copper.
Fresh water input was through Cu pipes into an aquarium. Mackereth and
All fish died within 24 hours at concentrations of 0.20 ppm Smyly
and above. (1951)
Modified Chu 14 diluent made of distilled water was used Trama
with aeration toxicity of copper ion was found to be de- (1954)
pendent upon pH. Below pH 5.3, all copper is in solution,
above this the copper precipitates and is less toxic.
Copper was more toxic than zinc in all concentrations from Ingols
0.1 to 10.0 ppm. The presence of the element could result (1956)
in errors in BOD tests. At 1.0 ppm the oxygen demand in
percent of the control was 65%.
m
O
-------
0
m
S
o
P Chemical
2 Copper
O
S
X
-1
!j Copper
m
e/)
O
-n
O
m
5 Copper
O
r-
Copper
Copper
T
O Copper
Copper
Organism
Chlorella
vulgar is
Nereis sp
Carcinus
maenas
Leander
squi/la
Salmo
salar
Rainbow
trout
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Orconectes
rusticus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study (1) Location)2) ppm<3)
L - (0)
BSA - 1.5(K2-3)
0.5 (K4)
(0)
(0)
BCFA - 0.034 (T1A)
FR Scotland 0.8 (T2)
BSA - 0.02 (0)
BCFA -
3.0 (T4A)
1.0 (T1A)
1.0(K6)(T6A)
1.0(T6)(T6A)
BSA - 1.0(K)
0.1 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
ace This was a respiration study using a shake culture technique.
~~ 10~1 M copper sulfate was not inhibitory for 7-20 hours.
Concentrations of 10'3 M copper sulfate were toxic to un-
shaken cultures.
a The threshold of copper for Nereis worms was about 0.1 ppm.
The copper toxicity threshold for the shore crab was 1-2 ppm.
The copper toxicity threshold for prawns was below 0.5 ppm.
act The laboratory water in which the experiment was performed
~ contained 3 /Jg/liter of zinc, as judged by analyses over sev-
eral years, and 2 jug/liter of copper. Lethal concentrations
of mixtures activities or three times as fast as the metals
singly, a somewhat greater potentiation than was found in
the previous tests with salmon.
a c e f I m This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of
the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of rivers.
ace This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chemi-
cals evaluated. The number listed is said to be the "toxic
limit" for the fish.
a c e f All experiments were conducted at 20 C.
~ ~ Crayfish in the intermolt adult stage.
Adult crayfish.
Juvenile crayfish.
Recently hatched young which remained clinging to pleopods
of the female during the first molt.
An acute toxicity threshold existed between 0.6 and
0.125 mg/l for newly hatched young. At a concentration
of 1 mg/l, 50% mortality among newly hatched young was
reached with an exposure time of 1/50th required for
adults.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
Reference
(Year)
Hassall
(1962)
Raymont and
Shields
(1964)
Sprague
(1965)
Herbert, et al
(1965)
Hawksley
(1967)
Hubschman
(1967)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
o
m
z
o
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
0.1 (K)
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are the
most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal ion is
plotted against the log of the solubility product constant of
the metal sulf ide a treatment that does not lend itself to
tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an approximate
concentration interpolated from a graph. Time of death was
not specified.
-------
Copper
Copper
Copper
X
X
m
v>
Copper (a)-
acetic acid (b)-
acetaldehyde
(c)-acetone
(d) mixture
Copper para-
amino
benzoate
Copper
carbonate
(basic)
Copper
citrate
Copper
cyanide
complex
Copper
cyanide
complex
Sodium
cyanide
(533 ppm CN-)
and
Cupric sulfate
(427 ppm Cu)
Copper
disodium
versenate
Pimephales
promelas
Salmo
gairdnerii
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Balanus
eberneus
Balanus
balanoides
Balanus
eberneus
Balanus
balanoides
Balanus
eberneus
Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
Pimephales
promelas
BCFCH
0.43 (T4A)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.4 to
0.5 (T2A)
1.25(T4A)
(a) 1.04 (T4A)
(b) 26.0 (T4A)
(c) 5.2 (T4A)
(d) 5.2 (T4A)
0.9 (O)
0.41 (0)
0.28 (O)
0.60 (O)
0.55 (O)
4.0 (O)
1.5 (T4) CN-
1.2(T4) Cu
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
BSA
1881
(K25hr A)
a c d e f The paper discusses growth rate, number of spawnings, num-
ber of eggs produced and hatchability of eggs in water con-
taining 4.4 to 95 ppm copper. Results indicated that the
sublethal concentrations of copper affecting growth and
reproduction lies between 3 and 7 percent of the 96-hr
median tolerance limit.
a c d e f The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentration.
The lethality of this chemical depends upon the total
hardness and dissolved oxygen concentration.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.
a c d e Comment same as above.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
in 2 days.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
in 2 days.
Comment same as above.
£ c d f p For the concentration given, the median resistance time was
~ ~~ 226 minutes.
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number
of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical inter-
polation and given in ppm CN".
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
Mount
(1968)
Brown
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Clarke
(1947)
Clarke
(1947)
Clarke
(1947)
Doudoroff, et al
(1966)
Doudoroff, et al
(1956)
m
O
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
5
-------
Jf-
t J
o
I
m
5
o
i Chemical
in
5 Copper
O naphthenate
S
X
H
C
33
m
O
-n
n
m
3
0
£ Copper
w nitrate
Copper
salicylate
Copper
salts
h
j
Copper salt
plus citrate
Copper
sodium
citrate
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study ^' Location^) ppmJ3)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Gasterosteus BSA - 1.0IT6.5A)
aculeatus
Balanus BSA - 0.90 (0)
eberneus
Salmo BSA - (0)
gairdnerii
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (0)
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Artemia BSA - 0.005 (O)
salina
Acartia 0.01 (O)
clausi
Elminus 0.002 (O)
modestus
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th. and 21st days
~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days) :
Cl - PT (7)
Ma - T (3)
So - PT (3)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp-T (7),PT (14)
Np-NT
a c Death of the fish resulted from an interaction between the
metallic ion and the mucus secreted by the gills. Coagulated
mucus formed on the gill membranes and impaired respira-
tion to such a degree that the fish asphyxiated.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
in 2 days.
a e This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen con-
centration on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered oxy-
gen content is to increase the volume of water passed over
the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison reach-
ing the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - T (3)
Ma-T (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv - T (3)
Gp'- T (3)
Np-T(3)
a c All tests were conducted in seawater.
Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.
Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic action
of two poisons administered simultaneously.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Jones
(1938)
Clarke
(1947)
Lloyd
(1961)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)
m
2
X
>
-------
Copper
tartrate
Copper
and zinc
Copper
and zinc
Copper
chloride
Copper
chloride
(tech)
Copper
chloride
Copper
sulfate
Balanus
balanoides
Atlantic
salmon
Salmo
salar
Carassius
carass/us
Bluegill
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Algae
zooplankton
BSA
FR
Canada
0.58 (O)
(O)
BSA
0.048 Cu (O)
0.600 Zn
BSA
(O)
BSA?
BSA
Lakes in
Wise.
0.980 (T4A)
0.795-0.815
(T5A)
1.25(T4A)
(O)
a e g I n
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles Clarke
in 2 days. (1947)
"Toxicity index" for copper and zinc combined was de- Sprague
scribed in connection with disturbed salmon migration. (1964)
Toxicity index > 1.0 indicates lethality to "young salmon
after long exposure". A toxicity index of 0.15 or 15% of
lethal concentration of copper and zinc seemed to be the
maximum safe level for salmon migration.
The values given are for an ILL (incipient lethal level) and in Sigler, et al
this instance only in water of 20 mg/liter of hardness. (1966)
Concentrations above this are lethal in about one day. These
values were determined by bioassay. Salmon parr in the
laboratory avoided less than one tenth of incipient lethal
levels. Avoidance thresholds were 0.09 ILL of zinc, 0.05 ILL
of copper and 0.02 ILL of equitoxic mixtures. In equitoxic
mixtures of these compounds, the ILL was additive.
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals. Powers
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper- (1918)
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.66N, fish survived 78 minutes; at a
concentration of 0.0000011N, fish survived 300 minutes
truly a very wide variation.
This is an estimated LCgg value at temperatures from 55 Cope
to 75 F. (1965)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether Patrick, et al
there was a constant relationship between the responses (1968)
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
Copper sulfate was applied when deemed necessary to control Domogalla
algae (0.50 pounds of copper sulfate per million gallons of (1935)
water). Applications of copper sulfate were made as re-
quired over an eleven-year period. Zooplankton was not
effected by these applications. The spray applied for control
of algae also kept fish fungal diseases under control.
33
m
O
m
5
9
u,
-------
CHEMICALS
>
Z
O
Z
X
H
3D
m
tn
o
-n
O
m
S
£
K
»
^
^
Chemical
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
(anhydrous)
Organism
Morons
americana
Perca
flavescens
All fish
Mesocyclops
obsoletus
Macrobdella
decora
Nymphaea
Juncus
Pontederia
Scirpus
Eriocaulon
Potamogeton
Algae
Morone
americana
Perca
flavescens
All fish
Mesocyclops
obsoletus
Macrobdella
decora
Nymphaea
Juncus
Pontederia
Scirpus
Eriocaulon
Potamogeton
Algae
Smallmouth
black bass
Chara sp
Pygosteus
pungitius
Lymnaeid
snails
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCH Location (2) ppm(3)
FL 4 lakes, 1 (K)
Nova
Scotia 1 (K)
3 (K)
3 (SB)
3 (SB)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
FL 4 lakes, 1 (K)
Nova
Scotia 1 (K)
3(K)
3 (SB)
3 (SB)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3(K)
FL Leetown, 2.0 (O)
Va.
BCF - (O)
BSA - 1.0 (K1A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c d f The work was undertaken to test the feasibility of utilizing
poisons as a direct means of studying the production of
fish in streams and lakes. Caution must be used to prevent
irreparable damage by indiscriminate poisoning.
a c d f Comment same as above.
d Treatment of a series of ponds resulted in control of Chara
spp but no or slight fish kill due to copper sulfate. Some
kill occurred because of suffocation caused by decaying
vegetation.
a c Fish were exposed to 0.1 , 0.04, and 0.01 N copper sulfate.
~~ pH of the solutions was 5.0, 5.4, and 5.8. Survival times
were 55, 62, and 75 minutes, respectively.
- Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water.
Reference
(Year)
Smith
(1939)
Smith
(1939)
Surber and
Everhart
(1950)
Jones
(1947)
Batte, et al
(1951)
>
T)
-o
m
z
D
X
-------
Copper
sulfate
2
O
O
5
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper sulfate
(with stabi-
lizing agent)
Copper
sulfate
C
30
m
CO
o Copper
"" sulfate
O
Tendipes
plumosus
Pisidium
idahoense
and other
bottom-
dwelling
organisms
FL&
BSA
Wise.
(O)
BOD
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Pimephales
promelas
Sewage
organisms
1.0(0)
100 (K)
2.0 (O)
2.0 (O)
BSA
BOD
0.18 (T4A)
0.4 (O)
The bottom muds of Lake Morona contained up to 480 milli- Mackenthun
grams of copper per kilogram of mud on a dry-weight basis. and Cooley
Lakes Nagawicka and Pewaukee contain up to 22 and 55, (1952)
respectively. All contained thriving populations of aquatic
organisms despite years of CuSO4 application for algal con-
trol. From laboratory bioassays of muds containing CuSO4,
it was concluded that 9,000 parts per million copper on a
dry-weight basis precipitated and accumulated in bottom
muds was toxic to bottom organisms. From the results of
these studies, it is indicated that differences occurring in the
population density of bottom organisms in the four lakes
studied are due to ecological variables within these separate
bodies of water.
"Toxicity" is expressed as 39 percent reduction in oxygen Ingols
utilization. (1955)
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 to Fitzgerald, et al
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium (1952)
was used.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi- (1955)
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -PT (7),T (14)
Ma - T (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv - T (3)
Gp - T (3)
Np-T(3)
Comment same as above except that
Cl - T (3)
Ma - T (3)
So - PT (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np-T(3)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
a c d e f Toxicity to 30 species of algae is also presented. CuSO4
was algicidal in the range 0.5 to 2.0 ppm.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.0. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
Palmer and
Maloney
(1956)
Sheets
(1957)
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
Z
X
c
3)
m
w
O
^
O
I
m
S
o
E
C/l
J
pk
ON
Chemical
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulphate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Organism
Gambusia
a1 'finis
Salmo
gairdneri
(fry)
Salvelinus
fontinalis x
Salmo trutta
Notemigonus
crysoleucas
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Limnodrilus
hoffmeisteri
Cyraulus
circumstria tus
Physa
heterostropha
Tendipes
decorus
Rana
pipiens
Physa
heterostropha
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1> Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted<4>
BSA - 84 (T2A) acdeg
BSA - 3.8 (T1A) acefip
10(0)
FPA N.Y. 1.0(323) acd
1.0 (K)
1.0 (S23)
1.0 (S23)
BOD - 21 (TC50) a
BSA - (H)1.4(T4A) acdf
(S) 0.05 (T4A)
(H) 10 (T4A)
(S) 0.2 (T4A)
BSA 0.40 (T4A) a c d i
0.425 (T4A)
0.27 (T4A)
1.0 (K60%)
0.032 (K 40%)
BSCH - 16 (K) ac
BSA - 0.56 (T1 A) acf
Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Five hatchery troughs were employed with 6 Imperial
gallons (27.276 liters) of hatchery water. The water
used in the experiments was reportedly typical of
Inyanga Rhodesia trout streams and dams. Concentra-
tions of 10 ppm of copper sulphate caused 90-100%
mortality.
Conventional farm ponds were used having an average surface
area of 0.3 acre and a maximum depth of 7-9 ft. Toxicity
(in ppm) to fish as maximum safe concentration (S) for
23 days was determined. Concentration of 0.5 ppm was
required to control algae.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5Q) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
Hard water only was used in this study for all but T. decorus
which was also studied in soft water.
CuSO4 was toxic to this frog at various temperatures in
concentrations >0.001 5 percent.
These tests were conducted in hard and soft water. Data
indicated small if any differences in toxicity of copper
sulfate due to water hardness.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Turnbull-Kemp
(1958)
Eipper
(1959)
Hermann
(1959)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Wurtz and
Bridges
(1961)
Kaplan and
Yoh
(1961)
Wurtz
(1962)
>
£
TJ
m
5J5
0
X
-------
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
(Algeeclear)
(Cuprose)
Copper
sulfate
Copper
(copper
sulfate)
O
X Copper
! sulfate
Copper
sulfate
33
m
w Copper
O sulfate
S
m
Microcystis sp
Zooplankters
Copepods
Cladocerans
Rotifers
Chaoboridae
Ostracods
etc.
Nais spp
Chlorella
pyrenoidosa
Microcystis
aeroginosa
Chlorella
pyrenoidosa
Anabaena
circinalis
Gloeotrichia
echinulata
Phormodinium
inundatum
Gammarus
lacustris
Salmo
salar
Salmo
salar
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Carp
Tench
Ephemeropterae
larvae
Trichopterae
larvae
FL
Auburn,
Ala.
0.5-0.8 (O)
BSA
BSA
BCF
BSA
BSA
FR
France
1.0 (K)
20 (AS1)
(O)
af
1.5 (T4A)
0.048 (O)
(O)
(S) 0.025 (T4A)
(H) 1.76(T4A)
(S) 0.66 (T4A)
(S) 0.036 (T4A)
(S) 0.036 (T4A)
0.1 (75% K6)
0.2 (75% K6)
0.2 (100%K)
a c d e f
a c d e f
cdef
In a series of ponds, CuSC>4 at the indicated concentration Crance
range reduced the growth of Microcystis spp by as much (1963)
as 95 percent in 5-20 days. This reduction lasted for as
long as 30 days in some cases. According to the authors,
generally there was an inverse relation between the
abundance of Micrycystis and the number of zooplankters.
Around pH 7.0, copper was more toxic in soft than in hard Learner and
water. At 1.00 ppm the average median survival time for Edwards
the worms was reduced from 70 to 35 minutes. It is inter- (1963)
esting that copper is less toxic at a pH of 4.0 than at 7.0.
Describes a bioassay method to differentiate between an algi- Fitzgerald and
cide (AC) and an algistat (AS). The treated culture was sub- Faust
cultured as time progressed. Allen's medium was used. (1963)
Different sources of copper appeared to be equally effective Fitzgerald and
as toxic agents for algae. The medium in which toxicity tests Faust
are carried out had a great influence on the toxicity of cop- (1963)
per. It was pointed out that in copper compounds, the range
in toxic action can vary from algicidal activity at concentra-
tions of 0.05 to 0.4 ppm of CuSC>4, or algistatic activity at
2 to 24 ppm of CuSO4 with certain algae, to situations in
which the growth of algae is only slightly inhibited by a con-
centration of copper sulfate as high as 30 ppm.
Emulsible concentrates were prepared from technical grade Nebeker and
insecticides with acetone as the solvent. Gaufin
Symptoms prior to death were observed and recorded on (1964)
graphs.
The experiments were carried out in soft water. Values are Sprague
reported as micrograms of metal and toxicity as LTso- In (1964)
solutions containing copper and zinc, fish died twice as
fast as would occur if the two metals were simply additive
in their lethal action.
The ECso or the effective concentration that elicited as Sprague
avoidance reaction in the fish was 0.052 x the ILL (1965)
(incipient lethal level), or 0.052 x 44 jUg/L, or 2.28 /Ug/L.
(S) Soft water Pickering and
(H) Hard water Henderson
Values are expressed as mg/l of metal. (1965)
Field studies conducted. Two streams were studied; one Vivier and
was used for testing, the other for control. Trichopterae Nisbet
were not affected, i.e., they were active even at concentra- (1965)
tions of 0.30 ppm.
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s
X
H
JO
m
w
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
5
^
L
P*
SQ
Chemical
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
(tech)
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Copper
sulfate
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study'1' Location (2) ppm (3)
Helix BSA - 0.01-0.1 (O)
pomatia
Bluegill BSA - 2.8 (T4A)
Blue-green algae L - 2.0-4.0 (0)
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillator/a
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Green algae
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Green flagellate and
yellow algae
Chlamydomonas
Pandorina
Tribonema
Gomphonema
Navicula
Nitzchia
Salmo BSA - 0.150(T2A)
gairdneri
Lepomis 2.800 (T2A)
macrochirus
Lepomis FL Various 13-140 (K)
macrochirus lakes.
Michigan
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4' Comments (Year)
c This paper was concerned with the effect of the chemical on de Calventi
mucous secretion in the snail. (1965)
Snails exposed to the indicated copper sulfate solutions
showed severe signs of toxicity. There was an increase in
mucous secretion and the animals did not respond to
tactile stimuli.
a This is an estimated LC5Q value at temperatures from Cope
55 to 75 F (1965)
CuSC>4 was generally toxic or partially toxic to blue- Kemp, et al
green algae for 28 days at the indicated concentrations. (1966)
At 2.0 ppm, it was similarly toxic to the green algae.
green flagellates, and yellow algae.
a This paper reports acute toxicity of a number of compounds. Cope
and discusses sub-acute mortality as well. Effects on repro- (1966)
duction and behavior are also discussed. Data presented as
EC50-
a d For controlling bluegill reproduction, copper sulfate crystals Beyerle and
were directed toward nests where eggs and fry were the Williams
primary target. The estimated copper sulfate concentrations (1967)
were estimated to be 13-140 ppm. All eggs and fry were
dead in some 200 samplings. Fish other than bluegill fry
apparently were not killed by this copper sulfate treatment.
Treatment throughout the 3-month spawning period was
required for significant reduction of the bluegill population.
o
m
Z
O
-------
I
Copper
sulfate
(as Cu)
Copper sulfate
plus
zinc sulfate
(various
ratios)
Cresol
Cresol
Cresol
Ortho-
cresol
O-cresol
m O-cresol
£> O-cresol
3D
m
tn
O p-cresol
TI
O
m
2
9
Salmo
salar
S. trutta
S. Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Sewage
organisms
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Fish
BSCH
0.06 (K)
cf
BSA
BCFA
BSA
BSA
BCFA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
(O)
13.6 (T4A) small
10.9 (T4A) med.
10 (T4A) large
24 (T2A)
10.0 (T4A)
0.04% (K 13min)
a e p
a c e f
a c d e g
a cd e i
940 (TC50)
66.8
(K 69 hr A)
13 (T4A)
24 (T4A)
23 (T4A)
29 (T4A)
5.1 x 10-5 M (K)
a c d e f
The reported figure is a reported lethal concentrate as found Grande
in polluted lakes and streams in Norway. Organic matter (1967)
apparently has a masking effect that reduces toxicity. 50%
of rainbow trout eggs survived to hatch in 0.05 ppm of Cu.
Rainbow trout and Atlantic salmon acted similarly to the
chemical. Brown trout were slightly more resistant.
Both hard and soft water were used. Median period of sur- Lloyd
vival in hard water was 3 days 3.5 ppm Zn, and 1.1 ppm Cu; (1961)
in soft water 7 days, 0.56 ppm Zn and 0.044 ppm Cu.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour
exposure period.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Tap water used as a diluent. The apparatus used was a 34 mm
diameter tube fitted to permit sharp vertical separation of
water and test solution. With this system, avoidance data
could be obtained. Toxicity is given as average survival
time of replicates. Fish avoided concentrations of 0.03 to
0.04%.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Jones
(1951)
Hermann
(1959)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
m
O
X
Ishio
(1965)
-------
o
I
m
S
D
f. Chemical
to
> Cryolite
0
S
X
H
C
3)
m Crystal violet
CO
O
-n
I Cumene
2 hydroperoxide
=
O
£
Cupric
^ ammonium
<~n chloride
O
Cupric
chloride
Cupric
chloride
Cupric
citrate
Cupric
oxide
Cupric
sulfate
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1'
Simocephalus BSA
serrulatus
Daphnia
pulex
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna
Daphnia BSA
magna
Daphnia BSA
magna
Mytilus BSA
edulis
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Daphnia BSA
magna
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2' ppm<3)
10.0 (SB)
5.0 (SB)
100 (K)
2.0 (O)
0.039 (S)
0.08 (0)
0.027 (S)
0.55 (O)
56,000 (T2A)
0.1 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
Concentration reported is for immobilization.
Time for immobilization was 48 hr.
Data cited are for 60 F, but assays were performed at
varied temperatures. "Water Chemistry" (Unspecified)
was "controlled" during the assay period.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
~~ to 2 x 10*> cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T=toxic, NT=nontoxic, PT=
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl - PT (7)
Ma-T (7)
So -NT
Cv - PT (7)
Gp - PT (7)
Np - T (7)
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoreti-
cally infinite) exposure.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
When the mussels were placed in the test solution for one
day, and then in fresh sea water, they died in 2, 3, and-
4 days.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Sanders and
Cope
(1966)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Anderson
(1948)
Anderson
(1944)
Anderson
(1948)
Clarke
(1947)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Anderson
(1944)
m
z
o
-------
Cyanide
Cyanide
Cyanide
Cyanide
Cyanide
O
m
£
£
>
o
s
X
in Cyanide
tn
O
Mayorella
palestinensis
(soil amoeba)
BSA
(O)
Lepomis
auritus
L. macrochirus
Micropterus
salmoides
Pomoxis
annularis
Brown trout
Small mouth bass
BSA & CF
BSA
BCF
BCF
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.06 (T1SA)
0.01-0.06
(T<1SA)
0.05-0.06
(T<1CFA)
0.06 (T<11SA)
0.05-0.07
(T<1SA)
0.02-0.04
(T<1CFA)
0.31-0.96 (O)
0.32-1.06(0)
0.175-1.98(0)
0.18(T4A)
0.432 (T4A)
0.18 (T4A)
(O)
The experiments were carried out in Warburg manometers Reich
at 27 C for 4 hr at a pH of 8.0. (1955)
Cyanide in concentrations up to 5 x 10'3 M were shown
to have lethal effects on the organism.
Results were compared with controls and expressed in per-
cent of respiration.
Compared with normal respiration, nonlethal concentrations
of cyanide increased the respiration of the organism in
glucose-containing solutions.
It was concluded that the respiration of the organism depends
on at least three enzyme systems, which may be distinguished
by their behavior toward cyanide.
Additional data for less than 24 hr are given and also for the Renn
disappearance and breakdown of cyanide in anaerobic soil (1955)
systems.
£ c d e The pH of the water varied from 7.5-8.28 in the test solu- Burdick, et al
~ ~~ tions. Dissolved oxygen was controlled by aeration. In the (1958)
report, time of death is plotted against cyanide concentra-
tion. In a continuous flow apparatus, a range of concentrations
from 0.32 to 1.06 ppm killed in 17-48 minutes and 4.2 to
15.2 minutes, respectively. In a static test, 0.31 to 0.96 ppm
killed in 33-230 and 6.0-18.7 minutes, respectively. These data
are for brown trout. For small mouth bass, in a continuous
flow apparatus, concentrations of 1.98 ppm down to 0.175 ppm
killed in 6-10 and 213-477 minutes respectively. The effect of
dissolved oxygen is discussed.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution Cairns and
water. Scheier
(1968)
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether Patrick, et al
there was a constant relationship between the lesponses of (1968)
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c f n o A series of equations was devised to describe the toxicity of a Chen and
system containing two toxicants zinc - zinc and cyanide. Selleck
Concentrations of cyanide, 0.42 ppm, 0.28 ppm, and (1968)
0.26 ppm, killed 50 percent of the animals in 20, 30, and
43 hours, respectively. Toxicity of the two-component
system was then determined using varying ratios of the two
components.
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
z
o
z
X
c
3D
m
VI
0
o
X
m
§
o
(n
^
*i
L/I
to
Chemical
Cyanide
Cyanide (al-
chromium (b)-
naphthenic acids
mixture
Cyanide (a)-
zinc (b)-
mixture
Cychohexane
Cyclohexane
1, cyano-1,3-
butadiene
1, cyano-1,3-
butadiene
Cymeme
thiocyanate
2,4-diamino-
phenol dihydro-
chloride
2,4-diamino-
phenol hydro-
chloride
Oiamylamine
Organism
Fish
(unidentified)
Lepomis
macrochirus
(c)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Lagodon
rhomboides
Lagodon
rhomboides
Green
sunfish
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Daphnia
magna
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
FR Dunreith, 0.05-0.1 (K)
Indiana
BSA - (a) 0.026 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 0.019 (T4A)
(c) 4.74 (T4A)
BSA - (a) 0.26 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 3.90 (T4A)
BSA - 1 5,500 (T2A) _acdeg
BSA - 30 (T4A) a c d e f
31 (T4A)
33 (T4A)
48 (T4A)
BSA - 71.5IT1A) a
BSA - 71.5IT1A)
BSA - (O)
L - 100 (K) a, etc
BSA - 80 (K2) a
BSA - 5 to 20 (CR) a e
Comments
Tests for cyanide pollution were made following a train-
car collision. Five tank cars carrying acetone cyanohydrin.
vinyl chloride, ethylene oxide, and methyl methacrylate
were involved.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.
Comment same as above.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one
half, or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was
made to estimate 100 percent survival.
Aerated seawater was used.
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.
Fish were moderately repelled at concentrations of
20 mg/l but the response to 10 mg/l was indifferent. The
chemical has apparent high toxicity.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical sub-
stances. Results indicated a considerable correlation
between the aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic
potency of the chemicals in marked contrast to their
toxicity on systemic administration.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Reference
(Year)
Moore and
Kin
(1969)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Summerfelt and
Lewis
(1967)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Sollman
(1949)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
^
o
m
z
g
X
^
-------
2',5'-dibromo-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0 (K 3hr)
£
OJ
g
^
m
S
o
to
^
Z
O
s
X
c
3D
in
CO
O
O
X
m
2
g
3,5-dinitro-
2',3'-benz-
oxylidide
4',5-dibromo-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Di-sec-
butylamine
Di-n-
butylamine
1,3-dibutyl-
thiourea
Orthodichloro-
benzene
2,6-dcchloro-
benzine
acid (tech)
2,4-dichloro-
benzyl-
nicotinium
chloride
1,2-dichloro-
ethane
3,6-dichloro-
2,5-dimethoxy-
benzoquinone
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
euchlora
Phaeodactylum
tricornutum
Monochrysis
lutheri
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Lagodon
rhomboides
Microcystis
aeruginosa
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
(O)
(O)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
15to40(CR)
20 to 60 (CR)
30 to 100 (CR)
13 (NG)
13 (NG)
13 (NG)
13 (NG)
13 (NG)
140 (T4A)
120(T4A)
5.0 (K)
150-175(0)
75 (K)
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the
chemical was toxic to 1 out of 10 trout in 48 hr. At 10 ppm
the chemical was not toxic to goldfish.
Comment same as above except data cited.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were
expressed as the ratio of optical density of growth in the
presence of toxicants to optical density in the basal
medium with no added toxicants. NG=no growth, but
the organisms were viable.
Walker, et al
(1966)
This is an estimated
55 to 75 F.
ue at temperatures from
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10§ to
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
- Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water. Toxicity
range given as the concentrations which produced <1/2
deaths and >112 deaths.
£, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day-old algae culture,
1 x 106 to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Ukeles
(1962)
z
O
Cope
(1965)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Garrett
(1 957)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
-------
i Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
5 or Field Field Ingredient,
P Chemical Organism Study*D Location*?) ppm*3)
> 1,1-dichloro- Lagodon BSA - 250-275 (O)
O ethane rhomboides
S
^ 1,4-dichloro- Green BSA - 6.5 (T1A)
C 2-nitro- sunfish 4.5 (T2A)
m benzene
(/)
O
-n
O 4,4-dichloro- Cylindrospermum L - 2.0 (O)
m alpha- lichen/forme (CD
5 methyl- Microcystis
Q benzhydrol aeruginosa (Mai
r~ Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sot
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
^ 2,3-dichloro- Fish: BSA - (0)
i naphtho- Pomoxis
f± quinone nigromaculatus
Notropis
antherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
Hum
salmoides
Water Plants:
Ceratophyllum
Myrophyllum
Elodea
Invertebrates:
Snails
Daphnia
Rotifers
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4) Comments (Year)
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water. Toxicity Garrett
range given as the concentrations which produced <1/2 (1957)
deaths and >1 12 deaths.
a e p The main purpose of this experiment was to determine the Summerfelt and
repellent characteristics of certain chemicals. Experiments Lewis
were conducted in a wooden trough. (1967)
The toxic action of this chemical appeared to involve
suffocation.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number (1955)
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma- NT
So -NT
Cv - NT
Gp-PT(14)
Np-NT
e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. No effect Fitzgerald, et al
~ was observed on fish after 2 days of exposure, even with (1952)
excess solid dispersed in water. No effect was observed on
higher aquatic plants and green algae. At concentrations in
excess of saturation level (100 mg/l), no toxic effect was
observed. At algicidal concentrations, no toxic effect was
noted on any of the species studied.
^
*o
m
Z
g
^
-------
2,3-dichloro-
napthoqui-
none
2,3-dichloro-
naphtho-
quinone
2,5-dichloro-
4-nitrophenol
2,5-dichloro-
4-nitrophenol
(Na salt)
I> 2,5-dichloro-
(free phenol)
3',4'-dichloro-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
O
m
S
£ Dichloro-
O phenoxy-
2 butyric
X acid
c
3D
m
v>
O
n
O
m
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Pimephales
promelas
Petromyzon
marinus
(larvae)
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
trutta
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
S. trutta
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
2.0 (O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.15(T4A)
10 (K<1)
5(K100%)
17 (K 10%)
3(K100%)
13 (K 10%)
7 (K 10%)
1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K3hr)
acdef
Pteronarcys sp
(nymphs)
BSA
15.0IT4A)
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number (1955)
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -PT(7)
Ma-T
So -NT
Cv - PT (7)
Gp-T(7), PT(14)
Np-T
Toxicity to 30 species of algae also presented. 2,3 DNQ
was algicidal in the range 0.5 to 2.5 ppm.
Additional data are presented.
Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr. This was a
study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
Comment same as above.
Maloney and
Palmer
(1956)
Piavis
(1962)
Ball
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
m
O
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc- Walker, et al
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity (1966)
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion (s) in the molecule.
Experiments were all conducted at 60 F in 1964. The values Cope
were listed as LC^rj. (1965)
9
U,
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s
*
-1
3
m
en
O
o
X
m
S
2
In
»
i
*N
Chemical
Di (p-chloro-
phenyl)
methyl
carbinol
Diethanol-
amine
Diethanol-
amine
Diethylamine
Diethylamino-
hydrochloride
2',5'-diethyl-
3,5-dinitro-
benzanilide
Diethylene
glycol
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (D
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Gambusia BSA
af finis
Sewage BOD
microorganisms
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location <2) ppm(3) or Noted^ Comments
2.0 (O) a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT= non toxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days) :
Cl -PT(7)
Ma -NT
So - T (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp - T (3)
Np - T (3)
1,550 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
(O) The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect the BOD in domestic sewage. This compound was
not toxic to sewage organisms, but responded readily to
acclimated seed and contributed to the biochemical oxy-
gen demand.
70 to 100 (CR) ae Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
4,000 to 6,000 a e Comment same as above.
(CR)
(O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
(0) to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion(s) in the molecule. At 10 ppm the chemical was not
toxic to trout. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical was toxic to
1 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
- 32,000 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Oberton and
Stack
(1957)
Gillette, et al
(1952).
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
^
^0
m
O
X
-------
Diethyl-
ethanol-
amine
Diethyl
nitrosoamine
1,3-diethyl-
thiourea
Diglycolic
acid
m-dihydroxy-
benzene
Di-isobutyl-
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
Semotilus
atromaculatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
80 to 120 (CR)
900-1,100 (CR)
100to300(CR)
105 (T1A)
(NTE)
BSA
*
on
O
m
s
>
en
^
z
O
5
x
H
c
3
m
CO
O
n
O
I
m
S
Di-isopropyl-
amine
Dimethyl-
amine
Dimethylamino-
benzaldehyde
0,0-dimethyl
dithiophos-
phate (47.7 per-
cent)
4,5-dimentyl-
2-mercapto-
thiazole
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lymnaeid
snails
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
L
BSA
BSA
20 to 40 (CR)
40 to 60 (CR)
30 to 50 (CR)
2.0 (O)
(O)
56 (K2)
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
a e Comment same as above.
a b e This report is a simple and straightforward determination of
a median tolerable limit for a selected group of herbicides.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsg) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
a e Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma-NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT
Each test container, 500-ml beaker, was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentra-
tions of 1:100,000.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of the
chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on systemic
administration.
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Hughes and
Davis
(1967)
Hermann
(1959)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
m
0
X
Batte, et al
(1951)
Sollman
(1949)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
3
X
H
(3
3J
m
o
o
I
tT\
3
o
r
CO
.J,.
tyi
00
Chemical
2',3'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2',4'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2',5'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2',6'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Dimethyl
sulphoxide
Dimethyl
su If oxide
Organism
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus
Hemigrammus
erythrozonus
Paracheinodon
innesi
Xiphophorus
maculatus
Pescilia
latipinna
Poecilia
reticulata
Brachydanio
rerio
Corydoras
paleatus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCI) Location(2) ppm*3)
BSA - 3.0(LD100>
5.0 (LD25)
BSA - 3.0 (LD-|00>
7.0 (LD25)
BSA - 1.0(LD100>
0.7 (LD25)
BSA - >10.0(LDioo>
>10.0(LD25)
BSA - (0)
BSA - (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted<4)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
af
ace
Comments
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
as a function of substituent loci.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
At 32 ppt DMSO, five goldfish survived for 10 days without
exhibiting signs of respiratory stress or symptoms of toxic
reaction. In a similar concentration of acetone the median
period of survival was about 90 minutes.
According to the authors, the LD5Q concentration in 0-5 days
was found to be 1 .9% for P. innesi, H. erythrozonus.
P. reticulata, P. latipinna, and X. maculatus. B. rerio and
C. poleatus tolerated higher concentrations of DMSO for
longer periods of time.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Ball
(1966)
Rabinowitz and
Myerson
(1966)
^
o
"O
m
z
2
x
-------
Dimethyl
su If oxide
Dimethyl
su If oxide
1,3-dimethyl-
urea
3,5-dinitro-
benzanilide
O
m
I
O
s
X m-dinitro-
^ benzene
3) (tech)
m
M m-dinitro-
£fj benzene
O
m
Salmo
gairdneri
Salvellnus
fontinales
S. namaycush
Cyprinus
carpio
Ictalurus
me/as
I. punctatus
Lepomis
cyanellus
L. macrochirus
Perca
flavescens
Oncorhynchus
tshawytscha
O. nerka
O. kisutch
Salmo
gairdneri
Semotilus
atromacu/atus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Lymnaeid
snails
Microcystis
aeruginosa
BSA
53,000
32,300
54,500
36,500
47,800
37,300
44,000
41,700
42,500
36,500
39,000
32,500
65,000
43,000
72,000
33,500
65,000
37,000
12 (L)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T3A)
(T1A)
(T2A)
(T1A)
(T2A)
(T1A)
(T2A)
Water quality had little effect on toxicity of DMSO but
increased temperature increased the toxicity to rainbow
trout.
Willford
(1967)
7,000 to 15,000
-------
CHEMICALS
z
0
s
X
c
3)
m
en
0
Tl
O
m
2
o
EJ
i
ON
Chemical
3.5-dinitro-2',3'-
benzoxylidide
3,5-dinitro-o-
benzotoluidide
Dinitro-o-sec-
butylphenol
(tech)
Dinitro-o-sec-
butylphenol
2,6-dinitro-4-
chlorophenol
(tech)
Dinitrocresol
(tech)
3,5-dinitro-o-
cresol
(tech)
4,6-dinitro-o-
cresol acetate
(tech)
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'D
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cy)
Gomphonema
parvulum fGp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Pteronarcys BSA
californica
(naiads)
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm(3) or Noted'4) Comments
(O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
(O) to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical was
toxic to 1 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. At 10 ppm the
chemical was not toxic to goldfish.
10.1 (K2) a Comment same as above except at 10.0 ppm, the chemical
~~ was toxic to 8 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.
(0)
(O) Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred at
1 :200,000 and greater.
2.0 (O) a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma - NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT
(0) Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
of 1:100,000.
- 0.00032 (T4A) acdef Data reported as LC5Q at 15.5 C in 4 days.
(CO Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
of 1:100,000.
(O) Comment same as above.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Bane, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
^
^
m
Z
g
x
-------
4,6-dinitro-o-
cresol methyl
ether (tech)
Dinitro-o-cyclo-
hexylphenol
(38 percent)
Dinitro-o-cyclo-
hexylphenol, di-
cyclohexylamine
salt (tech)
Dinitro-o-cyclo-
hexylphenol
Dinitro-o-cyclo-
hexylphenol,
dicyclohexyl-
amine salt
(20 percent)
2,4-dinitro-
phenol
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Sewage
organisms
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
IN
O
m
S
>
CO
z
o
2
X
c
m
CO
O
-n
O
m
2
2,4-dinitro-
phenol (tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenolhydrazine
(tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenol.
sodium salt
(tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenyl-
hydrazine
2,4-dinitro-
phenyl-
hydrazine
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Comphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
BSA
BSA
BSA
(O)
(O)
(O)
1.0 (K1)
(O)
100(TC50)
(O)
(O)
(0)
100 (K)
2.0(0)
a, etc.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
in concentrations of 1:400,000 and greater.
Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
in concentrations of 1:200,000 and greater.
Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water.
Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
in concentrations of 1:400,000 and greater.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5fj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
of 1:100,000.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -NT
So - NT PT (7)
Cv -NT
Gp -NT
Np -NT
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Hermann
(1959)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Fitzgerald,
et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
m
o
-------
CHEMICALS
z
O
s
X
-J
31
m
u>
O
-n
0
m
S
o
[o
>.
ON
NJ
Chemical
2',3-dimtro-m-
salicylanilide
2',3-dinitro-p-
salicylotoluidide
3,5-dinitro-o-
salicylotoluidide
2,4-dinitro-
thymol (tech)
2,4-dinitro-
toluene (tech)
Di-n-propylamine
Disodium copper
salt of ethylene
diamine-tetra
acetic acid
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1 )
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm (3)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(0)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
10.0 (K 2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(0)
(0)
(0)
20 to 60 (CR)
2.0 (0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struct
~~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical
was not toxic to goldfish.
a Comment same as above except data cited.
a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm, the chem-
~ ical was toxic to 9 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hr.
Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. 100% mortality occurred in concentrations of
1 : 400,000 and greater.
Comment same as above except less than 100% mortality
occurred in concentrations of 1:100,000.
a e Test water was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that
concentration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived
for 24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
data are presented.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -PT (14)
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp - NT
NP - NT
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Batte, et al
(1951)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
TJ
TJ
z
0
X
>
-------
fc
co
X
m
2
3J
m
CO
O
-n
O
m
2
Disodium
octoborate
tetrahydrate
Dodecylaceta-
mido-dimethyl
benzyl
ammonium
chloride
Disodium Cylindrospermum L
ethylene lichen/forme (Cl)
bisdithio- Microcystis
carbamate aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Cyclindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Gleocapsa
sp (GP)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Ethanol Lesbistes BSA
reticulatus
Carassius
auratus
Ethyl alcohol Carassius BSA
Carassius
Ethyl alcohol Daphnia BSA
magna
Ethyl alcohol Pygosteus BCF
pungitius
2.0 (O)
4200 (T1A)
2750 (T2A)
2.0 (O)
(O)
(O)
18,400 (O)
(O)
Comment same as above except that:
Cl -NT
Ma -PT (14)
So -NT
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np -T(3)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted Alabaster
of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers, stabilizers, (1956)
and other adjuvants.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = Maloney
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No (1955)
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl - PT (7)
G -T(3), PT(14)
So -T
Cv -T
Gp -T
Np -T
The uptake of ethanol from buffered solution by guppies Hayton
has been studied. There was an apparent increase in the and Hall
rate of absorption with increasing pH. Experiments with (1968)
goldfish failed to show an increase in absorption rate as
the pH was increased.
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals. Powers
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tempera- (1918)
ture, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 16 cc per liter, fish survived 98 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use of (1944)
D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a diluent
in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined as the
highest concentration which would just fail to immobilize
the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.
A concentration of 4 percent ethyl alcohol immediately intox- Jones
icated the fish, which recovered when placed in fresh water. (1949)
A 1 percent solution caused the fish to exhibit an avoidance
reaction.
D
X
-------
o
I
m
2
o
i Chemical
^ Ethyl alcohol
O
S
X
H
C
30
00 Ethyl benzene
O
O
I
m
S
O
>
Cj
Ethyldietha-
nolamine
Ethylene
diamine
Ethylene
thiourea
2,ethy 1-1,3-
hexanediol
1-(2-ethyl-
hexyl)-2-
undecyl-
1 ,4,5,6-
tetrahydro-
pyrimidine
Ethylmercuric
chloride
Organism
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
a u rat us
Lebistes
reticulatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Artemia
salina
Acartia
clausi
Elminius
modestus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'D Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted^)
BSA - 7,000 to a e
9,000 (CR)
BSA - 40 (T4A) acdef
29 (T4A)
73 (T4A)
78 (T4A)
BSA - 160 to 200 (CR) ae
BSA - 30 to 60 (CR) ae
BSA - 6,000 to a e
8,000 (CR)
BSA - 624(K25hrA) a
L - 2.0 (K) a, etc
BSA - 24.0 (O) a c
2.0 (0)
4.4 (O)
Comments
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hrs.
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half.
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
All tests were conducted in seawater.
Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.
Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic
Reference
(Year)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)
^
TJ
TJ
m
Z
o
x
action of two poisons administered simultaneously.
-------
2'-ethyl-3-nitro-
salicylanilide
O-ethyl-s-
pentachloro-
phenyl
thiocarbamate
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
o
m
£
X
33
m
en
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric sulfate
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
a u rat us
BSA
(O)
Petromyzoh
marinus
(larvae)
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
Biomorpholaria
alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
BSA
BSA
10 (K<1)
(O)
BSA
130 (O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
74 (T2A)
200 (K1)
200 (K1)
36(71 A)
21 (T2A)
15(T4A)
133IT2A)
a c d e g
a c d eg
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc- Walker, et al
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity (1966)
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative position(s)
in the molecule. No affect occurred for rainbow trout or
goldfish at 0.1 and 1.0 ppm.
Additional data are presented. Piavis
(1962)
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals, Powers
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern- (1918)
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compared this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.284N, fish survived 29 minutes; in a
concentration of 0.0000166N, they survived 1200 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use of (1944)
D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a diluent
in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined as the
highest concentration which would just fail to immobilize
the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
threshold concentration producing immobilization for (1944)
exposure periods of 64 hr.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to Gohar and
various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera- EI-Gindy
ture. The temperature at which (K1) occurred was 26 C. (1961)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua- Bennett
tions were made in various types of water. (1965)
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
I
m
D
X
O
m
-------
CHEMICAL!
WJ
0
s
X
H
C
3D
m
en
O
Tl
o
i
m
5
O
r;
i/i
ON
ON
Chemical
Ferrocyanide
complex
Sodium
cyanide
(482 ppmCN-)
and
Ferrous sulfate
(193 ppm Fe++)
Ferrous
chloride
Ferrous
disodium
versenate
Ferrous oxide
Ferrous sulfate
Ferrous sulfate
Ferrous sulfate
Ferrous sulphate
Organism
Pimephales
promelas
Daphnia
magna
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
machrochirus
Goldfish
Sewage
organisms
Biomorph olaria
alexandrina
Bulinus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studydl Location(2) ppm(3) or Noted<4)
BSA - 10(K<48hr) ac
BSA - <38(S) a
BSA - >500 a
(K25hrA) ~~
BSA - 1 0,000 (T2A) acdeg
~
BSA - <152(O) ac
BSA - 100 (O) acfpi
100 (O)
100 (O)
BOD - (NTE) a
BSA - 900 (K1) a
900 (K1)
Comments
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as
number of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48,
and 96 hr.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would
just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use
of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate,
alum, and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
hydroxide) peeling of certain fruits and vegetables is not
uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
charged in most cases to a stream.
The concentrations listed permitted large mouth bass to
survive 2.5 to 3.5 days, and goldfish to survive indefinitely.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index
for industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic
concentration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj)
of oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five
toxigrams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD
were devised and each chemical classified.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to
various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera-
ture. The temperature at which (K1 ) occurred was 27 C.
Reference
(Year)
Doudoroff, et al
(1956)
Anderson
(1948)
Clemens
and Sneed
(1959)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Anderson
(1944)
Sanborn
(1945)
Hermann
(1959)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
^
^
o
m
X
truncatus
-------
I
Ferrous sulfide
Ferrous sulfite
Fluoride
Fluoride
2'-fluoro-3',5'-
dinitrobenz-
anilide
Gambusia
affinis
Gambusia
affinis
Salmo
gairdnerii
Chlorella
pyrenoidosa
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
BSA
BSA
O
m
S
O
£/)
1
O
s
H
C
3)
m
O
Tl
5
m
2
o
3'-fluoro-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
10,000 (T2A)
350 (T2A)
(H) 250 (K21)
(H) 150(90% K21)
(H) 100(NTE21)
(S)253(K21)
(S) 113(K21)
(S)75(NTE21)
(O)
ja c d eg
£cd eg
ad
10 (K2)
10 (K2)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0 (K2)
0.5 (K)
(O)
1.0 K
1.0 (K)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.
Aerated lake and well water were used as diluents.
Toxicity data are given as percentage killed at various
concentrations of fluoride in both hard (320 ppm)
and soft water (45 ppm). Threshold for 50% mortality
was 8.5 ppm F in 504 hr (21 days).
Fluoride caused growth inhibition in cultures of Chlorella
pyrenoidosa. This antimetabolite had its greatest effect
at concentrations greater than 10"3 M. No proportionality
could be established between the concentrations of fluoride
and the percentages of inhibition occurring at these
concentrations.
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above.
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
as a function of substituent loci.
0.9 ppm killed 25%.
Comment same as above.
3.0 ppm killed 25%.
Comment same as above.
3.0 ppm killed 25%.
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Herbert and
Shurben
(1964)
Smith and
Woodson
(1965)
Walker, et al
(1966)
O
X
Walker, et al
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
-------
o
I
m
O
f£ Chemical Organism
^ 4-fluoro-5- Sea
U nitrosahcyl- lamprey
2 anilide (larva)
X
C Fluosilicic Sewage
^ acid organisms
c/)
O
Tt
O
I
i
Q Formaldehyde Pygosteus
r~ (40% soln) pungitius
Formaldehyde Sewage
organisms
Formaldehyde Daphnia
j> magna
O\
Formaldehyde Sa/mo
gairdneri
Sa/mo
trutta
Satvelinus
fontinalis
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Formalin Ictalurus
punctatus
Formalin Channel
(by volume) catfish
(fingerlings)
Formalin Tadpoles
Various fish
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1' Location'?) ppm'3'
BSA - 3.0 (K)
BOD - 2.6 (O)
BCF - (O)
BOD - 740 (TC50)
BSA - 100
1000 (T1A)
BSA - 168(T2A)
185 (T2A)
157 (T2A)
167 (T2A)
96 (T2A)
140 (T2A)
BSA - 126(K2A)
87 (T2A)
BSA - 87
(K 25 hr A)
FL III. 25-30 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and f ingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well as
how they affected the processing of sewage in the treatment
plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the effect
of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is the
ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chem-
ical was tested in an unbuffered system.
a Concentrations of 0.1 to 0.4 percent (v/v) caused the fish to
show a negative reaction and appear to be irritated.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.
a c f i The experiment was conducted at 77 C.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
a c After preliminary tests in aquaria, nine pond treatments were
made in six different ponds ranging in size from 0.03 to
0.5 acre. Formalin treatments caused oxygen depletion.
which, in turn, resulted in a fish kill. The ponds were treated
with formalin at 25 to 30 ppm. The authors recommend that
when fish are present, not more than 3O ppm should be used
to kill tadpoles in ponds.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Sheets
(1957)
Jones
(1947)
Hermann
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Willford
(1966)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Helms
(1967)
>
T)
m
D
^
-------
Formalin
I
vo
Formic
acid
Formic
acid
Furfural
Glutaric
O acid
m
_ Heptane
> Hexamethylene-
tetramine
Rana
catesbeiana
R. pipiens
Bufo sp
Notemigonus
crysoleucas
Cyprinus
carpio
Ictalurus
me/as
Large mouth
bass
Lepomis
macrochirus
L. cyanel/us
Tilapia sp
Sewage
organisms
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Sewage
organisms
BSA
c
33
m
w Hydrochloric
O acid
Tl
O
I
m
2
Carassius
carassius
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
80 (K),
53 (L1)
30 (K),
22 (L1)
50 (K),
45 (L3)
87 (L1),
67 (L2),
62 (L3)
70 (L3)
70+(L1),
49 (L2),
45 (L3)
100(L3)
100+ (L2),
80 (L3)
90 (L3)
100(L3)
550 (TC5o>
175 (T1A)
24 (T2A)
330 (T1 A)
4,924 (T2A)
(NTE)
Data are reported as LDso, although TLm or LCgrj might have
been more appropriate. The (K) represents minimum con-
centration for 100 percent kill.
Helms
(1967)
(0)
o
>
u,
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgg) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
£C "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
£C "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
£ The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5fj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.0000313N solution, fish survived 1200 minutes.
Hermann
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)
Powers
(1918)
fc
o
m
Z
D
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
c
m
O
o
I
m
2
o
C
i/j
j>
i
0
Chemical
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrocyanic
acid
Hydrogen
cyanide
Hydrogen
cyanide
HCN
Hydrogen
cyanide
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
a f fin is
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lagodon
rhomboides
Lagodon
rhomboides
Fish
Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Bioassay
or Field
Study*1'
BSA
BSA
BCFA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2' ppm*3) or Noted*4'
62 (O) a c
- 60 to 80 (CR) ae
(O) acef
282 (T2A) a c d e g
3.5(pH,T4A) acdei
0.069 (T1 A) a
0.069 (T1 A)
- 7.7 x 10'6 M ac
(K)
0.16 (T3A) acdfp
- 0.07 (T2A) a c d e f o
Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wates as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour exposure
period.
Toxicity was dependent upon pH. At pH 3.90 to 4.05,
10 percent of the fish died after 2 days. At pH 3.65,
50 percent survived after 3 days.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data re-
ported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Aerated sea water was used.
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicitv is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
The solutions were prepared with NaCN, but the data given
are calculated as free HCN.
The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentration.
The toxicity of cyanide is related to the concentration of
molecular hydrogen cyanide, and not of the cyanide ion
(CN~). The lower the pH value the greater the proportion
of molecular HCN.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Ishio
(1965)
Doudoroff, et al
(1966)
Brown
(1968)
^
^
o
m
Z
O
X
>
-------
H ion
Hydrogen
sulphide
Hydrogen
sulfide
Hydrogen
sulfide
(undissociated)
Hydrogen
sulfide
c
3D
m
CO
O
Hydrogen
sulfide
O
Hydroquinone
Hydroquinone
Fish
Oncorhyncus
tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
kisutch
Sal mo clarkii
clarkii
Bull/a
(Gastropoda)
Fish
Ictalurus
punctatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
FL
1.0 x 10-5 M
(K)
1.0 (K5)
1.2(K5)
1.0 (K5)
(O)
1.9 x ID'5 M
(K)
Texas
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
(O)
Hydroquinone
diacetate
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Daphnia
magna
Microcystis
aeruginosa
BSA
100 (K)
0.287 (K2)
100 (K)
a c Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given. Ishio
~ Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar). (1965)
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
£ d e This chemical is one of a number that may be found in Haydu, et al
Kraft mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum (1952)
lethal concentration for 5 days.
No quantitative data are reported. H2& was bubbled through Brown
sea water. When animals of this species were exposed to the (1964)
H2S solution more than half an hour, they were killed.
Animals removed after 15 minutes, then placed in fresh
aerated sea water, recovered.
ac Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given. Ishio
~ Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar). (1965)
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
a c g One hundred cat fish were placed in a pen in one lake and in Bonn and
less than 48 hours, all the test fish fry were dead. Tests Follis
showed that total hydrogen sulfide to be 0.96 ppm and a (1967)
pH of less than 6.0. This gave an unionized H2S concentra-
tion of at least 0.797 ppm, which was lethal to the catfish.
Based on the results of extensive tests, it was evident that the
production of unionized H2$ was seasonal, and often very
erratic.
a c The quantity of total sulf ides necessary to produce a TLm of Bonn and
the test catfish varied from 1.82 to approximately 7.0 ppm, Follis
depending upon the pH of the water. Most of the catfish (1967)
fry died in approximately 10 minutes at the concentration
range given above.
At a pH of 7.0 the TLm of unionized hydrogen sulfide was
found to be 1.0 ppm for fingerling channel catfish, 1.3 for
advanced fingerlings and 1.4 for adult catfish. The finger-
lings died in approximately 20 minutes while the TLm for
advanced fingerlings and adults was attained after about
45 minutes.
No TLm was reached for bluegill in the fingerling tests.
a_, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 Fitzgerald, et al
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium (1952)
was used.
£ An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with Sollman
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances. (1949)
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of the
chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on systemic
administration.
£, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 Fitzgerald, et al
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium (1952)
was used.
I
m
Z
o
-------
CHEMICALS
>
D
2
X
-H
C
3)
cn
O
~
o
I
m
S
o
^
>-
j
j
Chemical
Hydroqumone
monobenzyl
ether
Hydroquinone
monomethyl
ether
Hydroxyl
ion
Hydroxyl
ion
Hydroxyl-
amine-
HCI
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
benzoate
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
chloride
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Daphnia BSA
magna
Daphnia BSA
magna
Fish BSA
Moroco L
steindachnerii
Pungtungia
herzi
Acheilognathous
limbata
Cyprinus
carpio
Zaccho
platypus
Sarcocheilichthys
variegratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Carassius
auratus (wild)
Carassius
auratus
Gnathepogon
gracilis
Pimephalus
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2) ppm(3) or Noted^)
2.5 (K2) a
200 (K2) a
1.0 x ID'5 M a c
(K)
1 1.23 to 9. 74 (O)
10.62 to 9. 16 (O)
10.12 to 9.03 (O)
10.13 to 8.62 (O)
10.12 to 8.62 (O)
9.63 to 8.71 (O)
9.38 to 8.44 (O)
10.38 to 8.24 (O)
10.25 to 7.38 (O)
10.38 to 7.40 (0)
9.56 to 9.05 (O)
9.62 to 8.76 (O)
50 (K) a, etc
100 (K) a, etc
- 100 (K) a, etc
Comments
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
Comment same as above.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
The values given are the pH range avoided by the fish.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Reference
(Year)
Sollman
(1949)
Sollman
(1949)
Ishio
(1965)
Ishio
(1965)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
^
TJ
"O
m
g
X
>
-------
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
phosphate
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
sulfate
2'-hydroxy-
phenazine-1-
carboxylic
acid
o-hydroxybenzoic
acid
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Anabaena
flos-aquae
Notemogonous
crysoleucas
Carassius
a u rat us
L
L
L
L
B£
p-hydroxybenzoic Carassius
acid auratus
m-hydroxybenzoic Carassius
acid auratus
p-hydroxyphenyl-
glycine
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
100 (K)
100 (K)
0.1 (O)
1.0(0)
0.254 (K)
0.0230 (K)
0.0363 (K)
20 (K2)
a, etc Comment same as above.
a, etc Comment same as above.
;>
U>
8-hydroxy-
quinoline
Imidazoline
lodoacetic
acid
O
m
S
O
j£
w
2
a
5
x
c
3]
m
C/l
O
O
I
m
5
$
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorel/a
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Np)
100 (K)
2.0 (K)
2.0 (O)
Concentrations noted are for complete inhibition of
M. aeruginosa and A. flos-aquae. No harmful effects to
N. crysoleucas were noted at the concentrations evaluated.
Goldfish weighed between 2 and 4 g.
Temperature was maintained at 27.0 ± 0.2 C.
Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10"
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
a, etc Comment same as above.
j3 Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - PT (7)
Ma - T (3)
So - T (3)
Cv -NT
Gp-PT (14)
Np-NT
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Toohey, et al
(1965)
Gersdorff
(1943)
Gersdorff
(1943)
Gersdorff
(1943)
So 11 man
(1949)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
C
m
C/)
O
~n
0
I
m
5
O
>
1/5
i
^
Chemical
4'-iodo-3,5-
dinitrobenz-
anilide
2'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
2'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
3'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-iodi-nitro-
salicylanilide
Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Ictalurus
nebulosus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyC" Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - (O)
(0)
BSA - 1.0 (K)
(O)
BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)
1.0 (K23hr)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K3hr)
BSA - 0.3 (K)
(0)
BSA - 0.005 (K)
0.0025 (SB)
at 47 and
71 F
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion(s) in the molecule. Precipitation occurred at 10 ppm.
At 10 ppm the chemical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion (s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
a c g The chemical was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide for test-
ting. Non-aerated, turbid and non-turbid test waters at
47 and 71 F were used. Lodging of the fish in sediment
increased survival.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Loeb and
Starkey
(1966)
o
m
Z
O
-------
4'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
o-iodophenol
S p-iodophenol
O
O
S Iron
C
m
O
-n
O
m
2
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
4'-iodo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-iodo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
m-iodophenol
Salmo
gairdnerii
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus
Carassius
auratus
Carassius
auratus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.3 (K)
(O)
1.0(K3hr)
1.0 (K3hr)
1.0 (K2)
10.0(K3hr)
0.5 (K)
(O)
51.7 to 155.0
(K 8 hr)
38.8 (O)
10.3 (O)
45.8 to 91.6
(K 8 hr)
36.6 (O)
26.2 (O)
12.5 to 100
(K8hr)
11.8 (O)
10.0(O)
7.5 (O)
100 (K)
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro- Star key and
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout Howell
et al as a function of substituent loci. (1966)
(1957-1958) 0.7 ppm killed 25%.
£ This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc- Walker, et al
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity (1966)
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion(s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above. Walker, et al
(1966)
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro- Starkey and
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout Howell
et al as a function of substituent loci. (1966)
(1957-1958) 1.0 ppm killed 25%.
Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± 0.2 C. Gersdorff and
Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g. Smith
m-iodophenol, 38.8 ppm, killed 75% of the fish in 8 hr; (1940)
10.3 ppm killed 33% in 8 hr.
Comment same as above except that o-iodophenol, 36.6 Gersdorff and
ppm, killed 83% of the fish in 8 hr; 26.2 ppm killed 8% Smith
in 8 hr. (1940)
Comment same as above except that p-iodophenol, 11.8 Gersdorff and
ppm, killed 92% of the fish in 8 hr; 10.0 ppm killed 77% Smith
in 8 hr; and 7.5 ppm killed 46% in 8 hr. (1940)
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered Shaw and
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl Grushkin
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates (1967)
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s.
X
H
c
3
m
en
-n
O
I
m
O
^
In
j
N
Chemical
Iso-amyl
alcohol
Isoamyl
alcohols.
mixed
primary
Isobornyl
thiocyano-
acetate
Isobornyl
thiocyano-
acetate
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study (D Location^) ppm(3)
Daphnia BSA - 881 (O)
magna
Semotilus BSA 400 to 600
atromaculatus (CR)
Green FL III. (O)
sunfish
Large mouth
bass
Black
bullhead
Golden
shiner
Mosquito
fish
Tadpoles
Crayfish
Bluegill
Channel
catfish
Redear
sunfish
White
crappie
BSA
Green 0.6 (O)
sunfish
Rainbow <0.7 (0)
trout
Golden 1.5(0)
shiner
Channel 1.5 (O)
catfish
Black >1.5(0)
bullhead
Bluegill 0.4 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted(4) Comments (Year)
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use (1944)
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A Gillette, et al
~~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the (1952)
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
a Ponds were treated with concentrations of 0.7, 0.8, and Lewis
1.5 ppm of the chemical. The ponds were drained or (1968)
poisoned after the removal of isobornyl thiocyanoacetate-
affected fish were removed. This was done to determine
the numbers of each species that had survived.
Water temperature in the ponds ranged from 50 to 87 F.
Pond sizes ranged from 0.1 to 455 acres.
Results were quite similar to the results obtained in bio-
assay studies.
Centrarchids were selectively killed in the presence of
ictalurids and cyprinids.
a Twenty liter-glass aquaria were employed for the experi- Lewis
~~ ments. Temperature was maintained at 20 to 23 C. (1968)
Results are recorded as 24-hr lethal minimum dose of the
chemical.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 1 1 C.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 2O to 23 C.
-0
o
m
X
^
-------
Isobutyl
alcohol
Carassius
carassius
BSA
(O)
2
5
Isoprene
p-isopropoxy
diphenyl
p-isopropoxy
diphenylamine
^\ Isopropyl
^j alcohol
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Semotilus
atromaculatus
BSA
BSA
75 (T4A)
39 (T4A)
180IT4A)
140 (T4A)
5.7 (K2)
a cd e f
BSA
BSA
O
m
2
O
>
c/>
^
z
0
2
X
c
m
C/J
-n
O
1-isopropyl-2-
(8,11-hepta-
decadienyl)-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
1-isopropyl-
2-(S-hepta-
decenyl)-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
1-isopropyl-
2-nonyl-4,
4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
1-isopropyl-
2-undecyl-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
5.7 (K2)
900 to 1,100
(CR)
2.0 (K)
1.0 (K)
2.0
-------
o
I
m
S
O
£ Chemical
11
> Lactic
O acid
2
X
H
C
31
m
M
O Lactonitrile
O
I
m
5 Lactonitrile
0
>
tn Lactonitrile
>
J Lactonitrile
D
Laurylisoquino-
linium
bromide
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 'D
Daphnia BSA
magna
Lagadon BSA
rhomboides
Lagadon BSA
rhomeboides
Lepomis BSA
auritus & CF
/_epo/T7/s
macrochirus
Pomoxis
annularis
Pimephales BSA
prome/as
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Pimephalus
promelas
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm'3) or NotedW)
243 (O) a c
0.215 (T1A) a
0.215 (T1A)
0.06-0.1 a
(100% KCF)
0.03-0.1
(100% KS)
0.055-0.07
(100% KF)
0.075
(100% KS)
0.065-0.07
(100%KS)
(S) 0.90 (T4A) c d e f
(S) 0.90 (T4A)
(S) 1.37 (T4A)
(H) 0.90 (T4A)
2.0 (0) a
Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrif uged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Aerated seawater was used.
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.
Additional data are presented for less than 24 hr.
(H) Value for hard water.
(S) Value for soft water.
The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked bluegill.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 day's):
Cl -T(3)PT(7)
Ma -PT (14)
So - T (3)
Cv - PT (7)
Gp - PT (7)
Np-PT (7)
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Renn
(1955)
Henderson, et al
(1960)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
>
3
V
m
Z
X
>
-------
Lead
Lead
Lead
acetate
Lead
chloride
Lead
J> chloride
Lead
chloride
Lead
nitrate
Z Lead
° nitrate
c
30
m
CO
O
o
m
2
Lead
nitrate
Lead
nitrate
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Pimephales
promelas
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Gambusia
affinis
Lebistes
reticulatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSCH
1.0 (K)
100.0 (K)
10.0 (K)
0.1 (O)
(S) 7.48 (T4A)
1.25 (S)
(H) >75 (T4A)
(S) 2.4 (T4A)
(S) 5.58 (T4A)
(H) 482.0 (T4A)
(S) 23.8 (T4A)
(H) 442.0 (T4A)
(S) 31.5 (T4A)
(S) 20.6 (T4A)
0.3 (TL4-3/4A)
cdef
acdf
cdef
(O)
240 (T2A)
2.0 (27% K90)
a cd e g
a cd e
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chem-
icals evaluated. The number listed is said to be the "toxic
limit" for the fish.
(S) Soft water.
Values are expressed as mg/l of lead.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
(S) Soft water.
(H) Hard water.
Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
Death of the fish resulted from an interaction between the
metallic ion and the mucus secreted by the gills. Coagu-
lated mucus formed on the gill membranes and impaired
respiration to such a degree that the fish asphyxiated.
The addition of 50 mg/l of calcium chloride to the tank
protected against the toxic effect of this metal salt.
Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The animals
were attracted to a solution 0.04N - a positive reaction, they
tended to swim into it. They tended to show avoidance
reactions at concentrations of 0.004N down to 0.00002N.
The minnow detected and avoided a 0.000004N solution.
P. phoxinus minnows were much more sensitive to this
chemical than G. aculeatus.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Sublethal effects found were retarded growth, increased
mortality, and delayed sexual maturity.
Hawksley
(1967)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
Anderson
(1948)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
m
o
X
Jones
(1938)
Jones
(1948)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Crandall and
Goodnight
(1962)
-------
o
I
m
3
o
p Chemical Organism
5 Lead Tubificid
O nitrate worms
S
X
H
C Lead Gambusia
m oxide affinis
0
~" Lead Salmo
^ salts gairdnerii
m
S
O
r
Lithium Carassius
chloride carassius
j>
i
OO
o
Lithium Daphnia
chloride magna
D-lysergic Notemigonis
acid crysoleucas
Cyprinus
carp/o
Csrasm/s
aurafus
Rhinichthys
atratulus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Notropis
comutus
Lepomis
gibbosus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Perca
flavescens
Catostomus
commersoni
Ameiurus
nabulosus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location (2) ppm(3) or Noted'4) Comments
BSA 49.0 (T1 A) ac Knop's solution was used. TLm levels for various pHs were
27.5 (T1 A) determined for the tubificids and were found to be 5.8 to
9.7. Lead nitrate was more toxic at pH extremes of 6.5
and 8.5 than at 7.5.
BSA 56,000 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BSA (O) ae This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen con-
centrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered
oxygen content is to increase the volume of water passed
over the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison
reaching the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
BSA (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.1 66N solution, fish survived 234 minutes.
BSA <7.2 (S) a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
BSA (0) a Lysergic acid and 45 of its derivatives were tested on a wide
variety of aquatic animals. Various concentrations of the
chemicals were used, from 0.5 to as high as 12.0 ppm. In
nearly all cases, the chemical caused involuntary surfacing
of the fish with no mortality at the above concentrations.
Reference
(Year)
Whitley
(1968)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Lloyd
(1961)
Powers
(1918)
Anderson
(1948)
Loeb, et al
(1965)
TJ
o
m
Z
O
-------
Magnesium
chloride
Magnesium
chloride
Magnesium
chloride
Magnesium
chloride
oo
^- Magnesium
nitrate
Magnesium
nitrate
O
m
? Magnesium
j nitrate
Magnesium
sulfate
C Magnesium
{> sulfate
to
O Magnesium
j£ sulfate
§
O
Sal mo
trutta
Cottus
cognatus
Boleosoma
nigrum
Rana
pipiens
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Carassius
carassius
Casterosteus
aculeatus
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Gambusia
affinis
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
BSA
(O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
740 (O)
17,750 (T2A)
3,391 (T1A)
3,489 (T4A)
(O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
300 (K10)
(O)
15,500 (T2A)
(0)
4000 (K1A)
3,803 (T4A)
19,000 (T1A)
10,530 (T1A)
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals, Powers
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem- (1918)
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.313N solution, fish survived 88 minutes.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
~~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for (1948)
exposure periods of 64 hr.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalu- Bennett
ations were made in various types of water. (1965)
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemi- Powers
~~ cals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of (1918)
temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.229N solution, fish survived 107 minutes.
Solutions were made up in tap water 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle- Jones
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper (1939)
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic,
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis Gohar and
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. EI-Gindy
B. a. alexandrina tolerated a 24-hour exposure to 6200 ppm (1961)
at 20 C.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals Wallen, et al
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis Gohar and
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. EI-Gindy
The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 26 C for (1961)
Bulinus. The tolerance for Biomorpholaria was 6200 ppm.
£C "Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalu- Bennett
ations were made in various types of water. (1965)
*
o
m
Z
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
c
3>
m
O
-n
O
m
j>
C)
>
0
j
Chemical
Malachite
green
Malachite
green
Malachite
green
(oxalate salt)
Malachite
green
Malachite
green
Malachite
green
Malachite
green
Maleic
anhydride
Maleic
hydrazide
Organism
Ictalurus
punctatus
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Micropterus
salmoides
(fry)
Lepomis
macrochirus
(fry)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
trutta
Salvelinus
f on final is
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Rasbora
heteromorpha
Salmo
gairdnerii
Rasbora
heteromorpha
Gambusia
affinis
Salmo
gairdnerii
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCl) Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 0.19 (K2)
0.14 (T2A)
L - 100 (K)
BSA - 0.14 (K1A)
BSA - 0.025 (SB3)
0.001 (SB3)
BSA - 0.39 (T2A)
0.34 (T2A)
0.26 (T2A)
0.40 (T2A)
0.20 (T2A)
0.11 (T2A)
BCFA - 0.04
(threshold)
BSA - (0)
(0)
BSA - 240 (T2A)
BSA - 85(T1A)
56 (T2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
a c f i The experiment was conducted at 77 C.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10°
~~ to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
~ presented.
a c d e f p At least 90 percent of the fry survived for a period of
72 hours at the concentration listed.
f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.
a d e Aerated hard water was used. Threshold concentrations
were examined by 4 methods.
1. Long term survival related to concentration.
2. Short term percentage kill in narrow range of
concentrations.
3. Comparison of survival times.
4. Extrapolation of short-term results by plotting
velocity of death against log of concentration.
f This report derives a mathematical equation for determining
a threshold concentration for a toxicant. A concentration
of 0.048 ppm of the compound will kill 50% of trout in
about 18 days. 0.122 ppm was lethal to 50% in two and
a half days.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsif iers, stabilizers.
and other adjuvants.
Reference
(Year)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Jones
(1965)
Willford
(1966)
Abram
(1967)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Alabaster
(1956)
m
z
o
X
>
-------
Malonic
acid
Manganese
OJ
Manganese
chloride
Manganese
chloride
Manganese
disodium
versenate
Manganese
nitrate
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Limnaea
palustris
(eggs)
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Gasterosteus
acu/eatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
CHEMICALS
z
o
2
X
~i
33
m
CO
O
-n
O
^
Mercuric
acetate
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Np)
Gasterosteus
acu/eatus
Balanus
balanoides
Pygosteus
pungitius
150 (T1A)
10,000 (K)
10,000 (K)
1,000 (K)
50(0)
5x TO'5 M
(K1)
>500 (K1A)
40(K10)
2.0 (O)
BSA
BSA
BCF
0.008 (K10)
1.0(0)
(O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalu- Bennett
ations were made in various types of water. (1965)
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered Shaw and
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl Grushkin
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates (1967)
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulf ide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
threshold concentration producing immobilization for (1948)
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum direct Morrill
mortality (kill) in 4 hours. (1963)
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are Clemens and
presented. Sneed
(1959)
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle- Jones
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper (1939)
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par- Maloney
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number (1955)
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T (3)
Ma-T (3)
So - T (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np-T(3)
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle- Jones
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper (1939)
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles Clarke
in 2 days. (1947)
The fish were immersed in solutions of 0.003, 0.002, 0.0003, Jones
and 0.00004N mercuric chloride. Survival times in these (1947)
solutions were respectively, 14, 22, 31, and 100 minutes.
I
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
2
0
Z
3
c
3}
m
w
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
o
>
c
>
2
Chemical
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
iodide
Mercury
Mercury
Mercury
compounds
Organism
Daphnia
magna
BOD
Sewage
organisms
Sewage
organisms
Anemia
salina
Acartia
clausi
Elminius
modestus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Maia
squinado
Esox
leucius
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1) Location(2) ppm(3)
BSA - <0.006 (O)
L - 1.0 (O)
BOD - (O)
BOD - 0.61 (TC50)
BSA - 31.0IO)
1.7 (0)
2.6 (O)
BSA - 0.01 (K)
0.1 (K)
0.1 (K)
BSA - 10 (SB 28)
FL Denmark (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted**) Comments
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
j "Toxicity is expressed as 80 percent reduction in oxygen
utilization.
There was a slow increase in toxicity of mercury from 0.02
to 0.2 ppm. Beyond this there was a sharp rise in the
toxicity until at approximately 2.0 ppm there was com-
plete bacteriostasis or an absence of BOD at this
concentration.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index
~ for industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c All tests were conducted in seawater.
Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.
Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic action
of two poisons administered simultaneously.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Results showed that the highest mercury concentrations oc-
curred in the gills and internal organs. Concentrations
were minute in the blood and there was none in the urine.
Mercury may become a water contaminant from seed dress-
ings in agriculture, fungicides in pulp and paper mills, and
from the chlorine alkali industry. Pike was chosen as an
indicator organism, and many analyses were given for mer-
cury content of pike. In water with a mercury content of
0.07 ppb, pike were found with a concentration of 3000
times that concentration. Analyses were reported of pike
containing from 60 to 2500 ppb. One value as high as
8000 ppb was reported.
There are many organisms capable of accumulating mercury
from water.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1948)
Ingols
(1955)
Ingols
(1954)
Hermann
(1959)
Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
Corner
(1959)
Johnels, et al
(1967)
>
^
TJ
m
Z
0
>
-------
Methanol
*>
oo
2'-methoxy-5'-
chloro-3-nitro-
salicylanilide
Methyl
alcohol
Methyl
alcohol
Methyl
alcohol
Methylamine
2 HCI
m
§
O p-methylamino-
> phenol
W
O
§
X 2'-methyl-3'-
^ chloro-3-nitro-
3) salicylanilide
m
W
O
n
O
m
2
Sewage
organisms
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
carassius
BOD
BSA
BSA
(NTE)
0.7 (LD100)
1.0(LD25)
(O)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
32,000 (O)
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Daphnia
magna
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
BSA
BSA
8,000 to
17,000 (CR)
100 (K)
0.5 (K2)
BSA
0.7 (LD100)
1.0(LD25)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen- (1959)
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro- Starkey and
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout Howell
as a function of substituent loci. (1966)
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals. Powers
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern- (1918)
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 25 cc per liter, fish survived 206
minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use (1944)
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A Gillette, et al
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the (1952)
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 to Fitzgerald, et al
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium (1952)
was used.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with Sollman
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances. (1949)
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro- Starkey and
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout Howell
as a function of substituent loci. (1966)
m
O
-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
X
H
3)
m
u>
O
-n
O
I
m
O
r
t
c»
Chemical
2'-methyl-4'-
chloro-3-mtro-
5alicylanilide
2'-methyl-5'-
chloro-3-nitro-
sahcylanilide
Methyldodecyl-
benzyl trimethyl
ammonium
chloride
Methyl dodecyl
benzyl trimethyl
ammonium
chloride plus
tridecyl methyl
hydroxy ethyl
imidazolinium
chloride
1,T-methylenedi-
2-naphthol
[bis(2-hydroxy-
naphthyl)
methane]
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study'D Location(2) ppm(3)
Sea BSA - 0.5 (LD10o>
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo 0.7 (LD25)
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea BSA - 0.5 (LD-|0o)
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo 0.9 (LD25)
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (O)
licheniforme (CD
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (0)
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Ptychocheilus FR Idaho (O)
oregonensis
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4) Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
See Comment same as above.
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T (3),PT (7)
G - PT (3)
So -T (14)
Cv - PT (7)
Gp-T (14)
Np-T (14)
a Comment same as above except that:
~ Cl - NT
Ma - NT
So -PT (14)
Cv -PT (14)
Gp-NT
Np - NT
a The creek was treated with 0.75 Ib of chemical. Surface tem-
perature remained at 61 F during the 3-hr treatment. The
inlet of the stream was treated with 0.05 ppm for 2 hr
after the lagoon was treated.
Four and one-half hours after the start of the treatment, four
northern squawf ish were found dead. The next morning
numerous dead squawf ish were observed on the bottom of
the lagoon.
No live squawf ish were seen and no dead fish of any other
species were observed.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
MacPhee and
Ruelle
(1968)
o
m
Z
O
-------
;>
oo
1,1'-methylenedi-
2-naphthol
[bis(2-hydroxy-
naphthyl)
methane]
BSA
Ptychocheilus
oregonensis
Onchorhynchus
tshawytscha
Onchorhynchus
kisutch
Sal mo
gairdneri
Methylene blue see Appendix B
Methyl
mercaptan
Methyl
mercury
chloride
Onchorlynchus
tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
kisutch
Sal mo clarkii
clarkii
Venus
japonica
Hurmomya
mutabilis
BSA
Japan
0.006 (K4A)
0.008 (K4A)
0.010(K4A)
0.015 (K4A)
0.9 (K5)
1.75 (K5)
1.2IK5)
(0)
g
in
S
£
CO
z
0
c
3)
m
CO
O
Tl
o
X
m
2
o
>
»
Methyl
mercury
dicyandiamide
Methyl
methacrylate
2-methyl-
naphtho-
quinone
Procambarus
clarkii
(juvenile)
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Pomoxis
nigromaculatus
Notropis
atherinoides
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
rupestris
Hum
salmoides
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.083 (T5A)
150IT4A)
250(T4A)
240 (T4A)
420(T4A)
0.3 to 0.6
(K1-2)
a e Experiments were conducted in vessels containing 10 liters
~~ of water.
Temperature was held at 65 F.
Temperature was held at 60 F.
Temperature was held at 55 F.
Temperature was held at 50 F.
This chemical had no toxic effect upon Chinook salmon,
Coho salmon or steelhead trout at the temperature and
concentration indicated for squawfish.
a_d e This chemical is one of a number that may be found in Kraft
mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum lethal
concentration for 5 days.
Human beings, cats, and waterfowl eating shellfish from
Minamata Bay all succumbed to a strange poisoning. At
autopsy, clinicopathological changes similar to those
induced in mercury poisoning, were found in the
cerebellum, and the cerebral cortices. The shellfish were
examined chemically and were found to contain as much
as 85 mg/kg. The mercury compound was identified and
found in the effluent waste from a chemical plant making
acetyldehyde. A treatment was found to eliminate the
pollutant.
a c d o The pesticides studied in this report are widely used in rice
culture in Louisiana and are toxic to crawfish.
ji c d e f Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.
Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. Effective
algicidal concentrations were also toxic to fish.
McPhee and
Ruelle
(1968)
Haydu, et al
(1952)
Irukayama
(1966)
o
X
Hendrick and
Everett
(1965)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
jj
0
§
X
H
3)
m
VI
O
-n
O
I
m
S
O
>
£
;>
00
OO
Chemical
5'-methyl-o-
salicylanisidide
Methyl vinyl
ketone
Molybdic
anhydride
Monoamyl-
amine
Mono-n-
butylamine
Monoethyl-
ethanolamine
Mono-
isobutylamine
Mono-iso-
propylamine
Mono-
methylamine
Mono-n-
propylamine
Mono-sec-
butylamine
Naphthenic
acid
Organism
Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
a u rat us
Sewage
microorganisms
Pimephales
promelas
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
a tro macula tus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
a tro macula tus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Bioassay
or Field
Study (1)
BSA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^) ppm<3) or Noted'4*
10 (K2) a
10 (K2)
1.5(O)
(H)370(T4A) acdf
(S) 70 (T4A)
30 to 50 (CR) ae
- 3(3 to 70 (CR) a e
40 to 70 (CR) a e
20 to 60 (CR) ae
40 to 80 (CR) ae
10 to 30 (CR) ae
40 to 60 (CR) ae
20 to 60 (CR) a e
5.6 (T4A) ace
Comments
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect BOD in domestic sewage. The chemical was toxic
at the level stated.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this
chemical. Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Oberton and
Stack
(1957)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Cairns
(1957)
>
TJ
"O
m
z
o
X
>
chemicals in this study. Toxicity values may be 20%
higher in hard versus soft water.
-------
oo
Naphthenic
acid
Naphthenic
acid
Naphthenic
acid
Naphthenic
acids
Naphthenic
acids
Naphthenic
acids
Naphthenic
acid (a) -
cyanide (b) -
chromium (c)
mixture
5 Naphthalene
Q a-naphthol
S
25
C b-naphthol
OJ
m
J? 1,4-naphtho-
-n quinone
O
m
S
9
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Brachydanio
rerio
(adults)
(eggs)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Cambusia
affinis
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
(N) 5.6 (T4A)
(L) 2.0 (T4A)
(N) 6.6-7.5
(T4A) N
(L) 2.0 (T4A) L
5.6 (T4A)
2.0 (T4A)
6.6-7.5 (T4A)
2.0 (T4A)
43.1 (T5A)
6.6-7.5 (T4A)
5.6 (T4A)
5.79 (T4A)
6.60 (T1A)
Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used. Toxicity is given Cairns and
both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" C>2 Scheier
(2 ppm DO), (L). High and low threshold concentration and (1958)
concentration percent of survival are also presented.
16.3 (T2A)
3.5 (T2A)
5.6 (T2A)
5.6 (T4A)
(a) 4.74 (T4A)
(b) .026 (T4A)
(c) 0.019 (T4A)
165(T2A)
100 (K)
100 (K)
100 (K)
a e Normal oxygen content in water.
Low oxygen content in water.
Normal oxygen content in water.
Low oxygen content in water.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
££^L "*"n's cnerr|ical is a mixture of compounds with a general
formula of CnH2N-C>2, CnH2N-4C>2, or CnH2N-6C>2,
which are widely used in insecticidal formulations. The
experiments were conducted in a synthetic dilution water
of controlled chemical composition. In hard water, the
chemical was somewhat less toxic.
a.£.fL5JL The test dilutions were made up from distilled water and ACS
grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and the
solution was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen content
of 5-9 ppm.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.
a c d e Comment same as above.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a_ The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture. 1 x 10^ to
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. CHU No. 10 medium
was used.
a Comment same as above.
a, etc Comment same as above.
Cairns
(1965)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1962)
Cairns, et al
(1965)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
o
m
Z
D
X
-------
o
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
tn
5 1,4-naphtho-
O quinone
S
X
-l
c
3)
m
en
O
Tl
O
g a-naphthylamine
O
>
Eo
b-naphtha-
quinoline
Nickel
Nickel
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study '1'
Pomoxis BSA
n/gromaculatus
Notropis
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
Huro
salmoides
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chi ore! la
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Rainbow FR
trout
Lebistes L
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm<3)
0.3 to 0.6
(K1-2)
2.0(0)
2.0 (O)
Scotland 25 (T2)
10 (K)
100 (K)
10 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. Effective
algicidal concentrations were also toxic to fish.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -PT (7)
Ma -T
So -T (7)
Cv -T (7),PT (21)
Gp-T (7),PT (21)
Np -T (3),PT (7)
a Comment same as above except that
Cl -PT
Ma -NT
So -PT
Cv -PT (7)
Gp-T(7),PT(21)
Np-T (3),PT (7)
a c e f I m This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of
the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of rivers.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product
constant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not
lend itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only
an approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Reference
(Year)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Herbert, et al
(1965)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
^
TJ
m
X
^
-------
Nickel
ammonium
sulfate
Nickel
chloride
Nickel
chloride
Nickelous
chloride
NickeJ
chloride
Nickel
chloride
S
O
O
S
X
Nickel-
cyanide
complex
Nickel cyanide
complex
[sodium
cyanide
(600 ppm CN-)
plus nickelous
sulfate
(355 ppm NO]
ni Nickel-
_ ferrocyanide
-n complex
O
m
2
o
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
Sewage
organisms
BOD
134(0)
BSA
BOD
Pimephales
promelas
LJmnaea
paJustris
(eggs)
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
(juvenile)
Pimephales
promelas
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Pimephales
promelas
BSA
<0.7 (O)
38(0)
(H) 24 (T4A)
(S) 4 (T4A)
8x 10-6M
acdf
(S) 5.18(T4A)
(H) 42.4 (T4A)
(S) 5.18 (T4A)
(H) 39.6 (T4A)
(S) 9.82 (T4A)
(S) 4.45 (T4A)
(O)
0.95 (T4A)
c d e f
a c d f p
a cd
1.0 ppm CN"
0.8 ppm Cu
0.4 ppm Fe
(non-toxic
after 4 days)
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is
the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This
chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is
the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This
chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum
direct mortality (kill) in 4 hours.
(S) Soft water
(H) Hard water
Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
Sheets
(1957)
Anderson
(1948)
Sheets
(1957)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Morrill
(1963)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
In solution with a calculated CN content of 100 to 500 ppm, Doudoroff, et a\
the median resistance time was 143 to 540 min. There (1966)
was no apparent correlation between median resistance time
and concentration.
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number Doudoroff, et al
of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr. TLm (1956)
values were estimated by straight-line graphical interpolation
and given in ppm CN". Additional toxicity data in which total
alkalinity was varied, 730 (T-4) with 192 ppm CaCOs
alkalinity.
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number Doudoroff, et al
of test fish surviving. (1956)
-------
CHEMICALS
2j
D
S
X
-I
c
m
O
o
m
S
O
r;
to
>
3
\
Chemical
Nickel
nitrate
Nickel
nitrate
Nickel
sulfate
Nickel
sulfate
Nitric
acid
Nitric
acid
3-nitro-4
acetoxybenzoic
acid
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study^)
Gasterosteus BSA
aculeatus
Sewage BOD
organisms
Sewage BOD
organisms
Salmo BSA
gairdneri
Salmo
trutta
Salvelinus
fontina/is
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia BSA
magna
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Cylindorspermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus /So)
Chlorella
variegate (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Opt
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Nf>)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location(2) ppm(3)
0.8 (K10)
64 (0)
16 (O)
160(T2A)
270 (T2A)
242 (T2A)
75 (T2A)
165 (T2A)
495 (T2A)
107 (O)
75 (T2A)
2.0 (0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure
the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration
cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by
50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Comment same as above.
a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined
by the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposures.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma - NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp - NT
Np NT
Reference
(Year)
Jones
(1939)
Sheets
(1957)
Sheets
(1957)
Willford
(1966)
Anderson
(1944)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
^
T3
o
m
z
g
x
^
-------
3-nitrobenz-
anilide
c
30
m
O
m
Nitrobenzene
3-nitro-4-
methoxy-
benzoic
acid
4'-nitro-o-
salicylanisidide
O
m
§
O
o-nitro-
phenol
p-nitrophenyl-
hydrazine
hydrochloride
p-nitrophenyl-
hydrazine
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BSA
10 (K2)
10 (K2)
Sewage
organisms
Cylin drospermum
lichen/forme fCt)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
BOD
630 (TC50)
2.0 (0)
BSA
10 (K 3 hr)
10 (K2)
Lepomis
macmchirus
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Microcystis
aeruginosa
BSA
46.3-51.6
(T2A)
50 (K)
100 (K)
a cd e f g i o
a, etc
a, etc
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl - NT
Ma - PT (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np - NT
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule.
Assays are completely described and autopsy data are
reported.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
Comment same as above.
Walker, et al
(1966)
Hermann
(1959)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
I
m
O
Walker, et al
(1966)
Lammering and
Burbank
(1961)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
-------
COMMERCE
>
0
i
m
S
O
-o
O
O
c
0
H
^
^C
-fc.
Chemical
2' nitro-p-
solicylanilide
3-nitro-2',6'-
sahcyloxylidide
3-nitrosah-
cylanilide
3-nitro-2'.3-
salicyloxylidide
3-nitro-2',5-
salicyloxyl-
idide
3-nitro-2',4'-
salicyloxyl-
idide
Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 10(K3hr)
10 (K 3hr)
BSA - 10 (K2)
10 (K2)
BSA - 10 (K2A)
10 (K2A)
BSA - 1.0 (K2A)
10.0 (K2A)
BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)
10.0 (K2)
BSA - 1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical
structures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and
their toxicity to rainbow trout and goldfish. The
chemical structure of salicylanilides and benzanilides
was related to toxicity and selectivity to rainbow
trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides were more toxic
than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho hydroxy
substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to
fish. Similar findings are reported for halogens and
their relative position (s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
a Comment same as above.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
Walker, et al
(1966)
1
m
Z
O
-------
Nonyl
phenol
ethoxylate
p-octyl
diphenylamine
Salmo
gairdnerii
(12 days
after
hatching)
(25 days
after
hatching.
fry)
(210 days
after
hatching,
fingerling)
Daphnia
magna
BCFA
Oxydipro-
pionitrile
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
BSA
BSA
13.5 (K)
3hr
5.2 (K)
6hr
4.4 (K)
3hr
2.3 (K)
6hr
8.0 (K)
3hr
5.2 (K)
6hr
>40 (K2)
a cd e i
(H) 3600 (T4A)
(S) 3900 (T4A)
(S) 4200 (T4A)
(S) 4450 (T4A)
cdef
Successive developmental stages of the organism showed
marked differences in resistance to the chemical.
Changes in resistance could not be correlated with
changes in respiratory activity of the fish but rather
with their water metabolism.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical sub-
stances. Results indicated a considerable correlation
between the aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic
potency of the chemicals in marked contrast to their
toxicity on systemic administration.
(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater
The chemical produced no change in flavor of the cooked
bluegill.
Marchetti
(1965)
Sollman
(1949)
Henderson,
et al
(1960)
I
m
Z
O
X
Oxalic
acid
8
2 Oxalic
3 acid
O
>
O
m
5
jj Pentachloro-
r" phenol
TJ
O
o
Daphnia
magna
BSA
95 (O)
Sewage
organisms
BOD
Green
sunfish
BSA
43 (TC50)
(O)
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by (1944)
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentra-
tion was defined as the highest concentration which
would just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index Hermann
for industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic (1959)
concentration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj)
of oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five
toxigrams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD
were devised and each chemical classified.
Pentachlorophenol was repellent to the green sunfish at Summerfelt
20 mg/l but the fish were indifferent in response to and Lewis
5.0mg/l. (1967)
-------
£
ON
o
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
C/7
> PH
O
s
H pH
C
3J
m
O
Tl
O
X
m
S
o
£
to
Phenanthra-
quinone
o-phenanthro-
line
Phenazine-1-
carboxylic
acid
Phenol
Phenol
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Gasterosteus BSA
aculeatus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Pomoxis BSA
nigromacu/atus
Notropis
atherinoides
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
no tat us
Ambloplites
rupestris
rupestris
Huro
salmoides
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Anabaena L
f/os-aquae
Notemigonous
crysoleucas
Carassius BSA
carassius
Carassius BSA
auratus
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2) ppm (3) or Noted'4) Comments
(O) c e Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The fish
avoided water more acid than a pH of 5.6 or one
more alkaline than 1 1 .4.
(O) abcdefp The pH value at which acid solutions proved lethal to rainbow
trout within 1 day was unaffected by the pH value to which
the fish had been acclimatized (pH 6.5-8.4). Fifty percent
of a population of yearling rainbow trout were killed in
about 1 day at a pH value of 3.6 when little free CC>2 was
present; where in the presence of 50 ppm free CC>2, a pH
value of 5.6 killed 50 percent of a population of fingerling
trout in 15 days. In water of low free CC>2 content, the
relation between pH value and log median period of survival
was linear for survival times between about 3 hr and 15 days.
Exposure to pH values below 5.0 for about 3 months might
be harmful to rainbow trout when little free CC>2 is present
in the water.
(O) e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. No effect
was observed on fish after 2 days of exposure, even with
excess solid dispersed in water. At algicidal concentrations,
this compound was not toxic to the fish studied.
100 (K) a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10*> to
~~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
100 (O) Value given is concentration for complete inhibition of
A. flos-aquae. No harmful effect to N. crysoleucas was
0.1 to 10.0 (0) noted at the concentrations evaluated.
(O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tempera-
ture, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work.
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.259 g/liter, fish survived 104 minutes.
125 to 372 a Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± .2 C.
(K 8 hr) ~~ Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g.
83.2 (O) Phenol, 83.2 ppm (mg per liter), killed 86% of the fish in
41.6 (O) 8 hr; 41.6 (mg per liter) killed 67% in 8 hr.
Reference
(Year)
Jones
(1948)
Lloyd and
Jordan
(1964)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Toohey, et al
(1965)
Powers
(1918)
Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)
o
m
Z
O
-------
Phenol
Phenol
Phenol
Phenol
Phenol
Phenol
Phenol
2
o
o
s
3D
m
Phenol
Phenol
o
I Phenol
m
§
o
Anopheles
quadrimacula tus
Goldfish
Shiner
minnows
Carassius
auratus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
(O)
BSA
BSA
0.103 (K)
94 (O)
Hyborhynchus
n ota tus
Daphnia
magna
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Cambusia
affinis
BSA
BSA
28.9 (K2)
BCFA
BSA
0.04% (K 4 min)
0.01% (K 8 min)
0.004%
(K 24 min)
0.0004%
(K 40-50 hr)
10 to 20 (CR)
BSA
BCFA
BSA
20.5 (T4A)
19.3 (T2A)
11.5 (T4A)
56 (T2A)
Under the conditions of this experiment, this chemical Knowles, et al
(diluted 1 to 30) applied at rates of 10 to 95 gallons per (1941)
acre was less effective than kerosene in controlling
mosquitos. In the laboratory, at the rate of 50 gallon
per acre, 100 percent of fish were killed but only 16 per-
cent of the larvae. Phenol did not appear to be a desirable
larvacide for general mosquito control.
a Goldfish weighed between 2 and 4 g. Temperature was Gersdorff
maintained at 27.0 ± 0.2 C. (1943)
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by (1944)
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Fish in aquaria were trained to detect and distinguish between Hasler and
phenol and p-chlorophenol at levels as low as 0.0005 ppm. Wisby
The fish could also distinguish o-chlorophenol from the two (1949)
other compounds. The training method is described.
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with Sollman
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances. (1949)
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
ja c Tap water was used as diluent. The apparatus used was a Jones
34 mm diameter tube fitted to permit sharp vertical (1951)
separation of water and test solutions. With this system,
avoidance data could be obtained. Toxicity is given as
average survival time of replicates. Fish did not avoid
phenol in the <0.04% range.
^e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A Gillette, et al
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as (1952)
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that
concentration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived
for 24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
data are presented.
£ c d e Chu No. 14 modified medium was used as dilution water. Trama
The fish were transferred each 24 hours into new test (1955)
solutions because of phenol loss due to aeration.
a c e f Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour Scheier
exposure period. (1955)
The phenol concentration was kept constant during the
test period.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals Wallen, et al
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
m
O
X
-------
r>
i
m
n
P Chemical
^ Phenol
O
§
X
H
C
33
m
w Phenol
O
Tl
0
m Phenol
5
o
(/i
Phenol
Phenols
(monohydric)
3
j
Phenol
Organism
Sewage
organisms
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Hydropsyche
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study(l) Location '2) ppm '3)
BOD - 1600 (TC5fj)
BSA - 16.7
(K 48 hr A)
BSA - 11.5IT4A)
BSA - 22.2 (T2A)
BSA - (O)
BSA - 30.0 (T2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4* Comments
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC50) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
~ presented.
a c d e i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
a c d e f g i o Assays are completely described, and autopsy data are
reported.
a e This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen
concentrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered
oxygen content is to increase the volume of water passed
over the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison
reaching the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
a Soft water used as diluent water.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1969)
Lammering and
Burbank
(1961)
Lloyd
(1961)
Roback
^
o
m
z
o
X
J.,
Phenol
Phenol
Stenonema
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
euchlora
Phaeodactylum
tricornutum
Monochrysis
lutheri
"Aquatic
flora and
fauna"
14.5 (T2A)
BSA - 500 (K)
500 (K)
500 (K)
100(NG)
100(NG)
FR Luxembourg 5.0-10.0(0)
This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were
expressed as the ratio of optical density of growth in the
presence of toxicants to optical density in the basal medium
with no added toxicants. NG = no growth, but the organisms
were viable.
Destruction of all flora and fauna of the river occurred in
highly polluted zone (10 ppm), slight affects occurred at
3.0-10 ppm, and practically no damage occurred at con-
centrations below 3.0 ppm.
(1965)
Ukeles
(1962)
Krombach and
Barthel
(1963)
-------
Phenol
Rasbora BSA
heteromorpha
6.0 (O)
Phenol
Phenol
>
MD
Phenol
O
m Phenols
2
Phenol
O
m
CO
O Phenol
Fish
Fish
BSA
FR
1.4x10-4M (K) ac
Ohio .016 (O)
Carassius
auratus
Rainbow
trout
Daphnia
magna (young)
Daphnia
magna (adult)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Mollienesia
latopinna
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
BCSA
(O)
FR
BSA
BSA
Scotland 4.4 (T2)
17 (T1A)
7 (T2A)
61 (T1A)
21 (T2A)
63 (T1A)
22 (T2A)
29 (T4A)
26 (T4A)
46 (T4A)
44 (T4A)
a c e f I m
a c d e f
For many toxins the rate of mortality is found to be a linear Abram
function of the logarithm of the concentration of the poison; (1964)
whereas the comparable relation between the logarithms of
the survival time and the concentration is nonlinear. The
linear function can be exploited to provide comparatively
simple methods of estimating long-term survival concentra-
tions. An application of this is suggested for defining realistic
standards of toxicity. At the concentration listed, there
was a 30 percent mortality in about 2 weeks.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given. Ishio
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar). (1965)
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentrations are
presented and discussed.
Following shut-down of steel mills due to a strike, phenols Krumholz and
were 3.0 ppb in the Ohio River during the shut-down as Minckley
compared to 16.0 ppb after the mills resumed operation. (1964)
Threshold odor intensity and dissolved-iron content were
2 to 8X greater after start-up of the mills than during the
shut-down period. Appearance or increased abundance of
such "clean-water fish" as big-eye chub, common sucker,
stoneroller, creek chub, sand shiner, mimic shiner, common
shiner, and bluntnose minnow occurred while mills were
shut down. Additionally, small minnows increased 20X
during this period. The authors note that these facts are
indicative of a marked betterment of the environment.
Further, they suggest that the faunal monotony of the
upper Ohio River is more closely related to industrial than
to domestic discharges.
A 5% solution of phenol in water was injected in the Boni
muscular masses of the fish tails at various levels. The (1965)
WILD (minimal lethal dose) of phenol was found to be
230 mg/kg.
Goldfish are unable to conjugate phenol, while showing a
high efficiency in excreting the drug unchanged.
This work represents an extension of laboratory studies Herbert, et al
of the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations (1965)
of rivers.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as Oowden and
well as lake water. Varied results were obtained when Bennett
evaluations were made in various types of water. (1965)
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half, Pickering and
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made Henderson
to estimate 100 percent survival. (1966)
-------
o
rn
2
O
p Chemical
g Phenol
O
§
*j Phenol
C
3D
m
t«
o
n Phenol
O
I
m
3
£
>*
E
w
Phenol
>
,!_ Phenol
O
O
Phenol
Phenylhydra-
zine hydro-
chloride
4'-phenylazo-
3-nitrosali-
cylanilide
Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
salar
Salmo
gairdnerii
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
gairdnerii
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 1.5IT2A)
BSA - 5.2 (T2)
BSA - (O)
BSA - 258 (T5A)
94.0 (T4A)
13.5 (T4A)
BCFA - 7.5 (T2A)
BSA - 4.58 to 5.8
(T2A)
L - 100 (K)
BSA - 0.1 (K2A)
1.0 (K3hr)
1.0 (K2A)
10.0 (K2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c d e f Test solution used in this study was sea water collected from
~ ~~ the North Sea, then diluted with distilled water. Sensitivity
of fish to poisoning by phenol increased as salinity increased.
a c d e f Fish were acclimatized to 14 days in salt water.
a c d e f p Fish were acclimatized to the temperature of the test water
over a period of 24-36 hr and then held at the test temper-
ature without being fed for 24 hr before testing. Results
showed that the resistance to poisoning by phenol increases
with increase in temperature up to at least 18 C, at which
the L2 is almost twice that at 6 C. A similar relationship
exists with gas-liquor phenols. The response of test popula-
tions showed the least viability at 12 C.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
acdef Phenol rapidly damaged the gills of trout. Experiments were
conducted at levels above and below the \-C$rj and for
varying periods of time. Even at the level which killed only
20% of the fish in 48 hours, sufficient damage was done
within one week to impair survival of the individual and
affect reproduction. (This concentration was not specified,
but was probably 6.5 ppm.)
a c d e f o The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days
provides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concen-
tration. The lethality of this chemical depends upon the
temperature and concentration of dissolved oxygen.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule.
Reference
(Year)
Brown, et al
(1967)
Brown, et al
(1967)
Brown, et al
(1967)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Mitrovic, et al
(1968)
Brown
(1968)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Walker, et al
(1966)
>
o
o
m
Z
X
>
-------
p-phenylene-
diamine
Phenylmercuric
acetate
(10%soln.)
Phenylmercuric
acetate
Phenylmercuric
hydroxide
>
o
Phenylmercuric
nitrate
£
£
Daphnia
magna
Ictalurus
punctatus
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Cylindrospermum
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegate (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
BSA
n-phenyl-naphthyl- Daphnia
amine magna
Phenylthiourea
z
o
2
X
33
m
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
5.74 (K2)
2.30 (K2)
1.46(T2A)
4.1 (K1A)
2.0 (O)
2.0 (O)
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a c f i The experiment was conducted at 68 C.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -T (3)
Ma-T (3)
So - T (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np-T(3)
Comment same as above, including data cited.
BSA
4.4 (K2)
BSA
50 (K)
630 (K2)
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
Sollman
(1949)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
I
m
O
X
Sollman
(1949)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Sollman
(1949)
-------
n
I
m
£
o
>
£
>
2
o
S
X
~^
c
3D
m
in
O
-n
O
z
m
5
Q
>
K
>
i
o
r j
Chemical
Phosphoric
acid
Phosphorus
o-phthalic
anhydride
Picric
acid
Polyethylene
glycol
Polyoxy-
ethylene
ester
Potassium
azide
Potassium
azide
Potassium
chloride
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1'
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Pimephales BSA
prome/as
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CI)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Mai
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cvl
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea INp)
Sewage BOD
microorganisms
Pimephales BSA
promelas
(juveniles)
Procambarus BSA
clarki
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pteronarcys BSA
californica
(naiads)
Carassius BSA
carassius
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm(3)
138IT2A)
0.105(T2A)
0.053 (T3A)
0.025 (T7A)
>56 (T4A)
2.0 (0)
(0)
(S) 37-42
(T1-4A)
(H) 38-56
(T1-4A)
1 (K1)*
2 (K1)**
<1.5 (T1A)*
<1.8 (T1A)**
'Technical
formulation
**Granular
0.008 (T4A)
(0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c d e f Colloidal phosphorus compounds were removed by filtra-
lf h i j k tion, so that the effect of elemental phosphate toxicity
n o was studied.
a c d e f o-phthalic anhydride is very slightly soluble in water.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
CI - NT
Ma -NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np - NT
The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect BOD in domestic sewage. This compound was not
toxic to sewage microorganisms. No concentration of the
chemical was given. Apparently this glycol is bio-
chemically inert because it did not respond even to
acclimated seed.
a c d f Syndets and soaps were of nearly equal toxicity in soft
water (S) but syndets were approximately 40X more
toxic than soap in hard water (H).
a In general, when mud was added to the tank the toxicity of
the chemical decreased.
a c d e f Data reported as LCsg at 1 5.5 C in 4 days.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In O.214N solution, fish survived 60 minutes.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Isom
(1960)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Oberton and
Stack
(1957)
Henderson, et al
(1959)
Hughes
(1966)
Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Powers
(1918)
>
3
TJ
m
Z
o
X
>
-------
Potassium
chloride
Potassium
chloride
Potassium
chloride
Potassium
chloride
Potassium
chloride
i" Potassium
C5 chloride
Potassium
chloride
m Potassium
? chromate
Potassium
H chromate
C
3)
m
O
-n
s
m
S
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Biomorph olaria
a. alexandrina
Bui in us
truncatus
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
373 (O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Potassium
chromate
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
BCFA
BSA
432 (O)
2,010 (T4A)
4,200 (T2A)
1800 (K1A)
1200 (K1A)
679 (T1A)
5,500 (T1A)
1,941 (T1A)
1,337 (T5A)
940 (T4A)
2,010 (T4A)
(O)
2000 ppm
(42.0 min)
1000 ppm
(79 min)
20 ppm
(3580 min)
450 (T4A)
small
630 (B4A)
medium
5.50 (T4A)
large
480 (T2A)
ac This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by (1944)
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as Anderson
~~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for (1948)
exposure periods of 64 hr.
a d e f This paper reports the LD5Q in 96 hours for 8 common Trama
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled (1954)
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C, was
measured.
a c d e f The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis Gohar and
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. EI-Gindy
The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 26 C. (1961)
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. (1965)
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether Patrick, et al
there was a constant relationship between the responses (1968)
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
authors advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of
the food web be made in any situation.
acef Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as the Grindley
~~ ~ avg. time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed to (1946)
the test chemical (ppm Cr).
acef Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour Scheier
exposure period. (1955)
Beginning pH was 7.9 to 8.6, pH after four days was 7.0
to 7.94.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
S
x
H
3)
m
O
-n
0
I
m
S
n
U>
>
Chemical
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
chromate
Potassium
cuprocyanide
Potassium
cyanide
(asCN)
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Organism
Sewage
organisms
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Pimephales
promelas
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Rhinichthys
a tratul us
Rainbow
trout
(yearling)
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Rainbow
trout
(yearling)
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'D Location(2) ppm(3) or Noted (4 >
BOD - 10.5(0)
BSA - 195 (T2A) acde
_
BSA - 550 (T4A) a c d e i
BSA - 100 (T1) acdg
BSA - (S) 45.6 (T4A) c d e f
BSA - 7.8 (T5A) ace
16.8 (T4A)
168.8 (T4A)
BCFA 0.38, 0.47 and ace
0.71 (T1A)
BCFA - 0.14 (K-160 min) ace
L - 90 (K) a
BSA - 0.105-0.155(0) ace
Comments
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure
the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration
cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%.
This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
The mechanism for poisoning is discussed. Exposure to
chromium caused severe pathological change in the
intestine immediately posterior to the pyloric caeca that
in all probability completely destroyed its digestive
function.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Trout exposed to 20 ppm chromium had a mean hematocrit
of 43.8, as compared to unexposed trout of 31.8. Addi-
tional data are presented.
(S) Soft water
Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium.
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
The three values given are for cyanide to copper ratios of
4.0, 3.7, and 3.0, respectively.
Toxicity was determined in terms of survival time.
Acclimatization of fish to test conditions and fish size
was studied.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
Tap water was used as diluent. Study related oxygen con-
centration effect to cyanide toxicity. As an example.
control fish in 1.11 ppm 62 were affected in 18 min; at
0.105 ppm CN~, fish survived only 3.3 min at 10% 02
concentration.
Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)
Fromm and
Schiffman
(1958)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Schiffman and
Fromm
(1959)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Lipschuetz and
Cooper
(1955)
Herbert and
Merkens
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Downing
(1954)
-g
o
m
g
^
-------
£
o
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
2 Potassium
m cyanide
1 (as CN")
O
O
2 Potassium
rj cyanide
C
3
m
w Potassium
O cyanide
Tl
r>
m
Salmo
gairdnerii
Rhinichthys
atratulus
meleagris
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Sewage
organisms
Brachydanio
rerio
(adults)
(eggs)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
BCFA
BCFA
BCFA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
(O)
0.22 (T1A)
0.55 (T46) small a c e f
0.45 (T46) medium
0.57 (T46) large
1.6 (T2A)
0.45 (T4A)
(N) 0.45
(T4A)
(L) 0.12
(T4A)
(N) 1.08
(T4A)
(L) 0.48
(T4A)
15 (TC50)
0.49 (T2A)
117 (T2A)
0.16(T2A)
0.45 (T4A)
0.12 (T4A)
1.08(T4A)
0.48 (T4A)
0.57 (T4A)
a cd e g
a cd ef
a c d e i
Time-survival curves are plotted for seven concentrations Herbert and
of cyanide, from 0.14 to 10 ppm. At 10 ppm, all fish Downing
died in less than 3 minutes. At 0.14 ppm all fish died in (1955)
165 minutes.
This report contains a comparison of the toxicities of KCN Lipschuetz and
and potassium cuprocyanide of three different composi- Cooper
tions. Four-hour median tolerance limits are also given. (1955)
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour Scheier
exposure period. (1955)
The cyanide ion concentration was controlled.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this Cairns
chemical. Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some (1957)
chemicals in this study. Toxicity values may be 20%
higher in hard versus soft water.
Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used. Toxicity is given Cairns and
both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" 02 Scheier
(2 ppm DO), (L). High and low threshold concentration (1958)
and concentration percent of survival are also presented.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con- (1959)
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
The test dilutions were made up from distilled water and Cairns, et al
ACS grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and (1965)
the solution was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen
content of 5-9 ppm.
Normal oxygen content in water. Cairns
Low oxygen content in water. (1965)
Normal oxygen content in water
Low oxygen content in water.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to Cairns and
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data Scheier
reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in length. Data (1959)
for smaller fish are also in the report.
I
m
o
-------
CHEMICALS
Z
O
S
X
H
C
33
m
en
O
-n
O
I
m
n
>
[o
jf.
j_
O
CN
Chemical
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
Potassium
cyanide
as (CM")
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus
Rasbora
heteromorpha
Daphnia
magna
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Hydropsyche
Stenonema
Daphnia
magna
Salmo
gairdnerii
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location(2) ppm<3)
BSA - 0.43 (T4A)
BSA - 0.072 (O)
BSA - 2IT1A)
0.7 (T3A)
0.4 (T4A)
796 (T1A)
147 (T3A)
130 (T4A)
BSA - 2.0 (T2A)
0.5 (T2A)
BSA - <0.6 (O)
BSA - 2000 ppm -
23.8 min
1000 ppm
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c d e f The experiments were conducted in a water of controlled
chemical composition.
The TLm concentration of KCN was slightly affected bv
increased temperature (more toxic at 30 C than at 18 C),
but not by water hardness.
For many toxins the rate of mortality is found to be a linear
function of the logarithm of the concentration of the poison;
whereas the comparable relation between the logarithms of
the survival time and the concentration is nonlinear. The
linear function can be exploited to provide comparatively
simple methods of estimating long-term survival concentra-
tions. An application of this is suggested for defining
realistic standards of toxicity. At the concentration re-
ported, there was a 20 percent mortality in 7 days.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a Soft water used as diluent water.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentra-
tion was defined as the highest concentration which would
just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
a c e f Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the avg time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed
to the test chemical (ppm Cr).
Reference
(Year)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1963)
Abram
(1964)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Roback
(1965)
Anderson
(1944)
Grindley
(1946)
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
BCFA
BSA
54.6 min
200 ppm -
188 min
20 ppm
4342 min
320 (T4A)
320 (T2A)
a c e f Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour Scheier
exposure period. (1958)
The pH of the test water was about 6.2, which was determined
by the concentration of the test chemical.
ac d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, at al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
o
D
m
z
D
-------
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
dichromate
J Potassium
m
2 dichromate
O
c
z
° Potassium
^ dichromate
C
3D
m
en
O
£
o
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
Hydropsyche
Stenonema
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Brachydanio
rerio
(adults)
(eggs)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
320 (T4A)
(N) 320
(T4A)
(L) 320
(T4A)
320-384
(T4A)
320 (T4A)
17.0(TC50)
28.0 (T2A)
3.5 (T2A)
320(T4A)
320(T4A)
705 (T1A)
0.4 (T4A)
739 (T1A)
180(T2A)
1500 (T2A)
440 (T2A)
(S) 17.6(T4A)
(H) 27.3 (T4A)
(S) 118.0 (T4A)
(H) 133.0 (T4A)
(S) 37.5 (T4A)
(S) 30.0 (T4A)
^jc e Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this Cairns
chemical. Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some (1957)
chemicals in this study. Toxicity values may be 20% higher
in hard versus soft water.
ji£ Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used. Toxicity is given Cairns and
~ both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" O2 Scheier
(2 ppm DO), (L). High and low threshold concentration (1958)
and concentration percent of survival are also presented.
^ c d e f The concentration of <2Cr2O7 which resulted in 50 percent Cairns and
kill in 96 hours was 320 ppm in soft water at both 18 and Scheier
30 C, 382 ppm in hard water at 18 C, and 369 ppm in (1959)
hard water at 30 C.
£c cl e i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to Cairns and
~~ distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data Scheier
reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in length. Data (1959)
for smaller fish are also in the report.
£ The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen- (1959)
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depicting
the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and each
chemical classified.
a Soft water used as diluent water. Roback
(1965)
a e Normal oxygen content of water. Cairns
Low oxygen content of water. (1965)
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as Dowden and
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. (1965)
-- L The test dilutions were made up from distilled water and ACS Cairns, et al
grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and the solu- (1965)
tion was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen content
of 5-9 ppm.
c d e f (S) Soft water Pickering and
(H) Hard water Henderson
Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium. (1965)
m
Z
a
-------
o
oo
CHEMICALS
2
D
3
X
H
33
m
in
O
Tl
O
I
m
3
£
>
)
Chemical
Potassium
dichromate
Potassium
ferricyanide
Potassium
hydroxide
Potassium
hydroxide
Potassium
nitrate
Potassium
nitrate
Potassium
nitrate
Potassium
nitrate
Potassium
nitrate
Organism
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
af finis
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
L ymnaea
caillaudi
Carassius
carassius
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
af finis
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 0.208 (T4A)
17.3 (T4A)
113.0 (T4A)
BSA - 905 (T1A)
549 (T2A)
0.6 (T3A)
0.1 (T4A)
BSA - 80 (T2A)
BSA - 500 (K1A)
300 (K1A)
150 (K1A)
BSA - (0)
BSA - 50IK10)
BSA - 3,000 (T4A)
BSA - 224 (T2A)
BSA - 2600 (K1 A)
1800 (K1A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 27 C.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.00002N solution, fish survived 2135 minutes.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a d e f This paper reports the LD5Q in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C
for Bulinus and 25 C for Biomorpholaria.
Reference
(Year)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
Powers
(1918)
Jones
(1939)
Trama
(1954)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
o
m
Z
D
-------
Potassium
nitrate
Potassium
permangante
Potassium
permanganate
Potassium
permanganate
Potassium
permanganate
O Potassium
permanganate
s
m
C
31
m
w
o
Potassium
phosphate
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
900 (T4A)
5,500 (T1A)
1,941 (T1A)
0.63 (O)
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Channel BSA
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Blue-green algae L
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillatoria
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Green algae
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Green flagellate and
yellow algae
Chalmydomonas
Pandorina
Tribonema
Gomphonema
Navicula
Nitzchia
12 (T2A)
<3.2 (K1A)
4.2(T1,2,4A)
3.7 (T4A)
4.0-8.0 (0)
a c d e g
Gambusia
affinis
BSA
750 (T2A)
a cd e g
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. (1965)
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various Anderson
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the (1944)
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are Clemens and
presented. Sneed
(1959)
The values given are for a laboratory study. However, when Kemp, et al
concentrations as high as 32 ppm were applied in a pond, (1966)
no fish deaths occurred.
KMnC>4 was toxic or partially toxic at the indicated concentra- Kemp, et al
tions to blue-green and green algae. A concentration of (1966)
8.0 ppm was usually required to control green, flagellate,
and yellow algae.
1
m
O
X
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
C
JJ
m
en
O
-n
O
I
m
S
O
£j
^>
,1-
o
Chemical
Potassium
sulfate
Potassium
tellurite
Propion-
hydroxamic
acid
Propionic
acid
n-propyl
alcohol
Propylene
phenoxetol
n-propyl-N,N-
di-n-propyl
thiol-carbamate
Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Microcystis
aeruginosa
Culex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Semotilus
atromacu/atus
P/euronectes
platessa
Elodea
canadensis
Potamogeton
nodosus
Potamogeton
pectinatus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
BSA - 3,550 (T4A) a d e f
BSA - (O) ac
L - 100 (K) a, etc
~
BSA - 1000(T2A) ac
50 (T2A)
188 (T1A)
BSA - 200 to 500 (CR) ae
BSA - (0) a
BSA - a
5(0)
100 (O)
5(O)
100 (O)
5 (0)
10O (O)
Comments
This paper reports the LDso in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured.
A 0.5% solution in water prolonged the mortality of sperm
for at least 5 minutes in all samples tested. A 0.5% solution
in frog Ringer's produced similar mortility patterns but
average activity was lower after 10 minutes than in water
solution.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10° to
2 x 1Q6 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hrs.
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Fish were tested at 6.5 C in aquariums of 3-liter capacity. At
0.05% solution, the fish were able to survive if removed to
fresh water within 1 hour after exposure.
At 15 C and 0.005% solution, the fish took 2 hours to become
completely anesthetized and were unable to recover after
3 hours of exposure.
At 15 C and 0.025% solution, the fish were not able to sur-
vive if not removed within 1 hour. The chemical can be
used as an anesthetic for periods of up to 1 hour when a
solution of 0.01-0.025% is used.
Experiments were conducted in standing water. Results were
rated on a scale of 0 to 10, 0 standing for no toxic effect
and 10 signifying a complete kill. Evaluation was based on
visual observation of the plant response at weekly intervals
for 4 weeks.
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 9.4.
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 7.4
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 8.3
Reference
(Year)
Trama
(1954)
Fribourgh
(1965)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Bagenal
(1963)
Frank, et al
(1961)
TJ
m
z
o
-------
Pyridine
Carass/us
carassius
BSA
(O)
Pyridine
Pyridine
Pyridyl-
mercuric
acetate
Pyridyl-
mercuric
acetate
(tech.)
Pyridyl-
mercuric
acetate
(80%
active)
Pyridyl-
mercuric
acetate
O
m
5
5
o
c
j3 Pyridyl-
w mercuric
O acetate
O Pyrocatechol
m
2
O
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Rainbow
trout
Salmo
gairdnerii
BSA
BSA
FL
BSA
Wash.
Ictalurus
punctatus
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
BSA
BSA
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
1,350 (T2A)
2,114(T1A)
944 (T2A)
2.0 (O)
10 (K 17%-
1 hr) 47 F
10 (K50%-
1 hr) 56 F
5 (K 1-1/2%-
1 hr) 47 F
5 (K 18%-
1 hr) 56 F
2.5 (K 0% -
1 hr) 47 F
2.5 (K 1%-
1 hr) 56 F
5.0 (K2)
3.8 (T2A)
4.12 (T2A)
2.81
0.49
2.81 (T3A)
1.81
<37
2.43 (T4A)
<37
<37
3.8 (K1A)
14 (K2)
a c d e g
a c f i
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 3.187 cc per liter, fish survived 180
minutes.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
After the first treatment with the chemical the ponds were
partially emptied, flushed, and refilled. After a second
treatment, one pond showed a "catastrophic mortality".
The authors were unable to explain this unusual phenomenon.
Temp concentration data presented on groups of 200
fingerlings. Brook and Brown trout not affected by the
test cone, of 10, 5, and 2.5 ppm at either 47 F or 56 F
for 1 hr.
Powers
(1918)
The experiment was conducted at 75 C.
The toxicity of this compound increased as the temperature
was increased. In the data shown, the values for each T
level is for temperatures of 10, 16.5 and 24 centigrade.
These values were selected from a table presenting con-
centrations for T levels from one to 153 hours. Fish of
different ages were also studied.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Foster and
Olson
(1951)
Rodgers, et al
(1951)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Sollman
(1949)
-------
o
g Bioassay
n or Field
P Chemical Organism Study JD
^ Pyrogallol Daphnia BSA
O magna
S
-H
C
30
m
w Quinacrine Salmo BSA
O hydro- gairdneri
chloride Salmo
I frufra
g Salvelinus
^ fontinalis
> Salvelinus
E) namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Quinine Channel BSA
sulphate catfish
(fingerlings)
J> Quinhydrone Microcystis L
>L- aeruginosa
K>
Quinone Microcystis L
aerogr//7osa
Resorcinol Daphnia BSA
majna
Salicylaldehyde Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlcrella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location(2) ppm'3)
18 (K2)
17.2IT2A)
230 (T2A)
230 (T2A)
21.0 (T2A)
70.0 (T2A)
79.0 (T2A)
42IK1A)
100 (K)
100 (K)
56.4 (K2)
2.0 (0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
~~ also determined.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
~~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
a, etc Comment same as above.
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma - PT (3)
So - PT (3)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp-T(3), PT(21)
Np-T (3),PT (21)
Reference
(Year)
Sollman
(1949)
Willford
(1966)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Sollman
(1949)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
TJ
o
m
2
a
x
-------
Salicylic
acid
Selenium
Silver,
colloidal
Silver, colloidal,
(33 percent
silver nitrate)
2
O
o
2
X
c
30
m
en
Sewage
organisms
Black
bullhead
Bluegill
Channel
catfish
Large mouth
bass
Rainbow
trout
White
crappie
Yellow
walleye
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
BOD
110(TC50)
FL
Sweitzer
Lake,
Colo.
2.0 (O)
2.0 (0)
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con- (1959)
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgo) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
It was tentatively concluded on the basis of the available Barnhart
data that fish kill probably resulted from the toxic effects (1958)
of selenium, possibly acting in synergism with other ions
such as uranium or zinc. Arsenic was also found in the
lake. Samples of flora and fauna of the lake were
analyzed and found to contain greater than 300 ppm
selenium. It was believed that selenium is passed up the
food chain to the fish which accumulated the element in
lethal concentrations.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st Palmer and
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, Maloney
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. (1955)
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma-PT (14)
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT
Comment same as above except that: Palmer and
Cl - T (3) Maloney
Ma-T(3) (1955)
So - T (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np-T(3)
I
m
O
X
O
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
-1
C
3J
m
in
O
-n
O
m
S
O
£
to
*
X
Chemical
Silver
Silver-
cynaide
complex
Silver
nitrate
Silver
nitrate
Silver
nitrate
Silver
sulfate
Sodium
acetate
Sodium
acetate
Sodium
acetate
Sodium
aluminate
Organism
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
val/iceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Daphnia
magna
Sewage
organisms
Balanus
balanoides
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Culex sp.
(larvae)
Gambusia
af finis
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1 > Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 0.01 (K)
0.1 (K)
0.1 (K)
BSA - (K<1.0)
BSA - 0.003 (K10)
BSA - 0.0051 (0)
BOD - 0.3 (O)
BSA - 0.4 (0)
BSA - 0.15MIL2)
BSA - <5800 (O)
BSA - 5,000 (T1 A)
7,500 (T1A)
BSA - 126IT2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides
are the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the
metal ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product
constant of the metal sulfide a treatment that does not
lend itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only
an approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
a c d f p With 10 ppm as cyanide content, the median resistance
time varied from 391 to 789 minutes.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hours.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult
barnacles in 2 days.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 1 2 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may be toxic only
when the concentration is great enough to exert an
unfavorable osmotic effect.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
Doudoroff , et al
(1966)
Jones
(1939)
Anderson
(1948)
Sheets
(1957)
Clarke
(1947)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
^
TJ
TJ
m
X
>
-------
O
Sodium
anthra-
quinone
alpha-
sulfonate
Sodium
anthra-
quinone-
a-sulfonate
Sodium
arsenate
Sodium
arsenate
(as AS2O3)
m
5 Sodium
5
arsenate
O
H Sodium
S= arsenate
m
CO
Sodium
arsenate
O
Daphnia
magna
Lymnaea sp
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Smallmouth
black bass
Largemouth
black bass
Bluegill
sunfish
White crappie
Potomogeton
crispus
P. foliosus
Najas
flexilis
Anarchis
canadensis
Nymphea sp
Scirpus
validus
Chara sp
Hydrodictyon sp
Oedogonium sp
Cladophora sp
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
FL
Leetown,
Va.
12 (T1A)
186 (T1-4A)
(O)
0.0048 M (L2)
5.0 (O)
BSA
31 (O)
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
2970 ppm
(205 min)
820 ppm
(467 min)
234 ppm
(951 min)
<20 (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1. The
100-hr threshold was 12%, with 0 percent toxicity at 10%
and 100 percent toxicity at 30%.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
Treatment of a series of ponds resulted in control of P. crispus,
P. foliosus, N. flexilis, and A. canadensis. Nymphea sp,
S. validus, and Chara sp were not controlled. Scum algae
(Hydrodictyon sp, Oedogonium sp, and Cladophera sp) in
solid mats were effectively destroyed by the arsenate.
Decomposing vegetation stimulated growth of more
desirable algae. No fish mortality occurred due to toxic
effect of chemical, but some fish suffocated due to decay-
ing vegetation.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
jsce_f Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the avg time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed
to the test chemical (ppm As).
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may be toxic only
when the concentration is great enough to exert an un-
favorable osmotic effect.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman
(1953)
Jones
(1941)
Surber and
Everhart
(1950)
o
m
Z
O
Anderson
(1944)
Grindley
(1946)
Anderson
(1946)
-------
n
I
m
S
o
S Chemical
in
^ Sodium
O arsenate
£
x
-i
c
33
m
w Sodium
O arsenite or
arsenious
I oxide
m
s
o
>
&
£
in
ON
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study '^
Sewage BOD
organisms
Caenis sp BSA
Callibaetis sp
Libellula sp
Ischnura
verticalis
Chironomidae
Asellus
communis
Hydracarina sp
Hyalella
knickerbockeri
Colpidium sp
Paramecium sp
Stylonichia sp
Spirogyra sp
Phoxinus BSA
phoxinus
Daphnia BSA
rt?a<7/ia
Notropsis BSA
hudsonius
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^) ppm (3) or Noted'4)
>100(TC50) a
3.0 (K) a
4.0 (K)
14.0 (56%
survival)
11.2 (85%
survival)
2.96 (83%
survival)
21 (81%
survival)
10.5 (94%
survival)
5.88 (30%
survival)
3.5 (100%
survival)
1.75 (plasmolysis
but no kill)
953 ppm a c e f
(54.6 min) ~ ~
290 ppm
(186 min)
17.8 ppm
(2174 min)
9.1 (0)
45IT1A) acde
29 (T2A)
27 (T3A)
Comments
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC50) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
River water was used as test media with room temperature
and natural sunlight as environmental conditions.
Considerable additional data are presented.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the avg time when the fish lost equilibrium when
exposed to the test chemical (ppm As).
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may be toxic only
when the concentration is great enough to exert an un-
favorable osmotic effect.
Some of the fish were not killed in 72 hours by the higher
doses of arsenic (30-35 ppm), had extensive damage to the
fins, while others had scale damage, severe diarrhea, heavy
breathing and hemorrhaging of the body areas around the
caudal, dorsal, and ventral fins.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)
Surber and
Meeham
(1931)
Grindley
(1946)
Anderson
(1946)
Boschetti and
McLoughlin
(1957)
>
TJ
TJ
m
Z
O
X
>
-------
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Pithophora sp
Hydrodictyon sp
Bottom
organisms
Lepomis
macrochirus
Microcrustacea
Rotifers
FL
Ala.
ponds
Notemigonus
crysoleucas
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lepomis sp
FPCH
N.Y.
BSA
FL
Ponds in
Ala.
g
^
m
S
o
£j
>
z
O
2
X
"1
3)
0)
O
Tl
0
z
m
5
Sodium
arsenite
50-51
(sodium
arsenite)
50-52
(sodium
arsenite)
Sodium
arsenite
(tech.)
Calico
fish
Water Hyssop
Parrot's Feather
Bladderwort
Water Hyssop
Parrot's Feather
Bladderwort
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill
FL
FL
FL
BSA
N.Y.
Lakes in
Fla.
Lakes in
Fla.
4.0 (O)
4.0 (O)
4.0 (O)
4.0 (S23)
4.0 (S23)
4.0 (S23)
47.9 (K1A)
(O)
(0)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
(O)
26 (T4A)
30 (T4A)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine the effec- Lawrence
tiveness of sodium arsenite as a control agent for Pithophora (1958)
and to determine the effects of repeated applications of 4
and 8 ppm arsenious oxide as sodium arsenite on bottom
organisms and fish production in treated ponds. Pithophora
was controlled by one or more applications of sodium
arsenite at a concentration of 4.0 ppm arsenious oxide. Best
results were obtained when sodium arsenite was applied while
the alga was in an active growing stage. The alga Hydrodictyon
was also controlled at 4.0 ppm. The applications of 4 ppm
applied 1 month apart reduced the number of bottom
organisms an average of 34 percent and reduced bluegill pro-
duction an average of 42 percent as compared with those of
the controlled ponds.
a c d Conventional farm ponds were used having an average surface
area of 0.3 acre and a maximum depth of 7-9 ft. Toxicity
(in ppm) to fish as maximum safe concentration (S) for
23 days was determined. Concentration of 0.5 ppm was
required to control algae.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
~~ presented.
* Fish from ponds treated with sodium arsenite were analyzed
for arsenic when the concentration in the water had declined
to less than 1.0 ppm arsenious oxide. Bluegill sunfish
analyzed for arsenic were recovered by seining when the
arsenious oxide concentration in the pond water had
declined to less than 1.0 ppm. Arsenic in the digestive tract
of bluegills from the ponds ranged from 2.1 to 6.6 ppm
arsenious oxide (wet weight). However, no detectible
arsenic or only a trace amount was found in the tissue of
the digestive tract, liver, or muscle.
Fish were analyzed for arsenic, before and after the lakes Ullmann
were treated with this herbicide. No differences in residues (1961)
were noted.
Eipper
(1959)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Dupree
(1960)
I
m
O
A concentration of 10.0 ppm controlled the indicated species.
Comment same as above.
This is an estimated LCsg value at temperatures from 55 to
75 F.
Phillippy
(1961)
Phillippy
(1961)
Cope
(1965)
-------
o
I
m
S
o
r Chemical
5 Sodium
O arsenite
S
X
-j
33
m
O
Tl
O
m
S
o
to Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
3 Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study H)
Filamentous algae FL
Cladophora
Spirogyra
Zygnema
Submerged plants
Chara
Potamogeton
Emergent plants
Alisma
Sagittaria
Zooplankton
Pteronarcys sp BSA
(nymphs)
Salmo FL
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia BSA
magna
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill
Salmo BSA
gairdneri
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pteronarcys
californicus
Daphnia
pulex
Simocephalus
serrulatus
Simocephalus BSA
serrulatus
Daphnia
pulex
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm'3)
N.Y.
4(K)
4(K)
4(K)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
- 45 (T4A)
La Cross, 25 (T4A)
Wis.
34 (T4A)
35 (T4A)
6.5 (5.7-7.3)
(0)
60(0)
60 (O)
44 (O)
36.5 (T2A)
44.0 (T2A)
80.0 (T2A)
1.8 (T2A)
1.4 (T2A)
1.4 (SB)
1.8 (SB)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4> Comments
a c
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, did not cause any kill.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, caused 95% kill. Decomposition
occurred in about 1 month.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, caused 15% kill.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, did not cause any kill.
Applications of 4 ppm sodium arsenite produced significant
reduction.
a Experiments were all conducted at 60 F in 1964. The values
were listed as LCsQ.
a c f i m The herbicide used was a commercial formulation containing
40 percent sodium arsenite by weight. Substantial residues
of arsenic were found in the water, bottom soil, and
throughout the organs and flesh of the bluegills at the
termination of the experiment. Treatments totaling
4.0 ppm or more resulted in reduced numbers of bottom
fauna, and a concentration of 1.2 ppm of the chemical
controlled rotifers.
a c d i q Toxicity, in terms of median immobilization concentration
(IC5Q), is presented for Daphnia; median lethal concen-
tration (LCgfj) values for rainbow trout and bluegill are
reported.
a This paper reports acute toxicity of a number of com-
pounds, and discusses subacute mortality as well. Effects
on reproduction and behavior are also discussed. Data
presented as £59.
Concentration reported is for immobilization.
Time for immobilization was 64 hr.
Data cited are for 78 F, but assays were performed at varied
temperatures.
Water chemistry (unspecified) was "controlled" during
the assay period.
Reference
(Year)
Cowell
(1965)
Cope
(1965)
Gilderhus
(1966)
Crosby and
Tucker
(1966)
Cope
(1966)
Sanders and
Cope
(1966)
^
o
m
2
2
^
-------
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite
(tech.)
Sodium
azide
o
m
£
Blue-green algae
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillatoria
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Green algae
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Green flagellate and
yellow algae
Chalmydomonas
Pandorina
Tribonema
Gomphonema
Navicula
Nitzchia
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pteronarcys
californica
(naiads)
Procambarus
clarki
Lepomis
macrochirus
2.0 (O)
BSA
BSA
BSA
2
O
£
X
c
3)
m
CO
O
n
g
m
S
Sodium
azide
Sodium
benzenesulfonate
Sodium
benzoate
Pteronarcys
calif ornica
(naiads)
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
0.7 (T1A)
0.038 (T4A)
1.0 (KD*
1.0 (K1)**
1.5 (T1A)*
1.8(T1A)*»
"Technical
formulation
**Granular
0.0092 (T4A)
(O)
<650 (O)
a b e
a c d e f
a cd ef
NaAsC>2 was generally nontoxic or only partially toxic
briefly for all algae species. Growth of Cylindrospermum
and Nitzchia was apparently stimulated. This compound
was the least effective of four evaluated as algicides.
Kemp, et al
(1966)
This report is a simple and straightforward determination Hughes and
of a median tolerable limit for a selected group of herbicides. Davis
(1967)
o
m
Z
O
Data reported as LC5Q at 15.5 C in 4 days.
In general, when mud was added to the tank the toxicity of
the chemical decreased.
Data reported as (-50 at 15.5 C in 4 days.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1. The
100-hr threshold was 2840%, with 0 percent toxicity at
1895% and 100 percent toxicity at 8000%.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical
required to immobilize the test animal. Assays were
conducted in centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt
may be toxic only when the concentration is great
enough to exert an unfavorable osmotic effect.
Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Hughes
(1966)
Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Freeman
(1953)
Anderson
(1946)
-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
s
>J
{
c
3D
m
en
O
-r\
O
I
m
s
o
c
CO
;>
t
K)
O
Chemical
Sodium
benzoate
Sodium
o-benzoyl
sulfimide
(soluble
saccharin)
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bicarbonate
Organism
Sewage
organisms
Sewage
organisms
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Culex sp
(larvae)
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
StudyC" Location<2) ppm<3) or Noted<4)
BOD - (NTE)
BOD - >1000(TC5fj) a
BSA - 0.085 M(L2) c
BSA - 4200 (O) a c
BSA - 2350 (0)
BCFA - 8,250 (T4A) acef
small
8,600 (T4A)
medium
9,000 (T4A)
large
BSA - 7,550 (T2A) a c d e g
BSA - 9000 (T4A) a c d e i
BSA - 2,000 (T1 A) ac
Comments
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
Comment same as above.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a plananan. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.4. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This report toxic value may
be due to an unfavorable osmotic effect.
Test water was composed of distilled water through CP
grade chemicals and was aerated throughout the
96-hour exposure period.
At pH 7, the ratio of bicarbonate to carbonate was
2270:1.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app. 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)
Hermann
(1959)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1944)
Anderson
(1946)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
o
o
m
Z
O
-------
C
}>
_
O
X
m
Sodium
bicarbonate
Sodium
bisulfate
Sodium
bisulfate
Sodium
bisulfate
Sodium
J> bisulfite
i»
i Sodium
bisulfite
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
2 bisulfite-
nj Sodium
carbonate
> Sodium
bisulfite-
> Sodium
O carbonate-
2 Sodium
~ chromate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
...
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
silicate
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
BSA
Culex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
650 (T5A)
8,600 (T4A)
190 (O)
153.4 (O)
BSA
300 (T1 A)
<145(O)
102 (O)
82 (O)
3642 (O)
850 (O)
436 (O)
87 (O)
440 (O)
0.35 (O)
38(0)
194 (O)
92 (O)
177 (O)
427 (O)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Toxic effect may be a result of lowering the pH below 6.0.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents.
Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
values for the chemicals studied than when tested at
atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Anderson
(1946)
Fairchild
(1955)
Comment same as above.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Anderson
(1946)
F-'reeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
Z
X
c
XI
m
en
O
O
I
m
£
o
c;
^
K)
NJ
Chemical
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
silicate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite
Sodium
bisulfite
Sodium
bisulfite
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
af finis
Daphnia
magna
(young)
Daphnia
magna
(adult)
Dugesia sp
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1* Location!2) ppm(3)
BSA - 70 (O)
0.286 (0)
BSA - 52 (O)
126 (O)
2308 (0)
BSA - 144(O)
0.861 (O)
506 (0)
BSA - 58 (0)
295 (0)
2562 (O)
BSA - 75 (O)
0.306 (O)
3312 (O)
BSA - 61.4(0)
BSA - 240 (T2A)
BSA - 116IT2A)
102 (T4A)
179 (T4A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4) Comments
ac Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
a c Comment same as above.
a c Comment same as above.
a c Comment same as above.
a c Comment same as above.
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents.
Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
values for the chemicals studied than when tested at
atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water'' was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Reference
(Year)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman
(1953)
Freeman
(1953)
Freeman
(1953)
Freeman
(1953)
Fairchild
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
m
Z
g
x
-------
Lymnaea sp
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
silicate
Mollienesia
latopinna
Daphnia
magna
;>
OJ
O
s
5
£
>
0
s
X
H
3D
m
V)
O
Tl
1.
m
2
E
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
carbonate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
carbonate and
sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
chromate
and sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
carbonate
and sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
chromate
and sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
carbonate
and sodium
sulfate
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
179 (T1A)
241 (T1A)
950-14,210 (T1A)
785-11,723 (T2A)
15-22 (T4A)
436(T4A)
85(T4A)
68 (T4A)
0.278 (T4A)
82 (T4A)
3,654 (T4A)
86 (T4A)
441 (T4A)
0.354 (T4A)
78 (T4A)
0.32 (T4A)
3,443 (T4A)
39 (T4A)
198 (T4A)
93 (T4A)
224 (T4A)
0.086 (T4A)
506 (T4A)
57 (T4A)
296 (T4A)
2,869 (T4A)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
The two TLm values are the respective concentration of each
of the chemicals listed.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
I
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
£
X
H
an
m
tn
O
o
X
m
Z
0
r;
i/i
>
j
^
Chemical
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
silicate and
sodium
sulfate
Sodium
borate
Sodium
borate
Sodium
borate
(ore)
Sodium
borate
Sodium
bromate
Sodium
bromate
Sodium
bromide
Sodium
bromide
Sodium
p-bromo-
benzene-
sulfonate
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Salmo
gairdnerii
Gambusia
af finis
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Bioassay
or Field
Study (1)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm'3)
52 (T4A)
126(T4A)
2,326 (T4A)
0.026 M (L2)
<240 (O)
2800 (T1 A)
1800(T2A)
8,200 (T2A)
- 0.020 M(L2)
210(0)
0.14 M(L2)
8200 (0)
843 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (*) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Each of the three TLm values represents the concentration
of each of the chemicals, respectively.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.8. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Threshold value may be only
half of that reported.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers,
stabilizers, and other adjuvants.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may show toxicity
when the concentration is high enough to exert unfavorable
osmotic effect.
a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 6.9.
Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones-
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Alabaster
(1956)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Freeman
(1953)
^
TJ
m
z
D
>
-------
Sodium
p-bromo-
benzene-
sulfonate
Sodium
n-butyl-
sulfonate
Sodium
butyl
sulfonate
Sodium
butyrate
Sodium
carbonate
;>
i Sodium
h? carbonate
O
m Sodium
S carbonate
Sodium
carbonate
c
a
Jjj Sodium
carbonate
X Sodium
2 carbonate
O
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish
BSA
Daphnia
magna
Oncorhyncus
tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
kisutch
Salmo
clarkii
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BCFA
523(T4A)
1,560(T1A)
2,590 (T1-4A)
7,827 (K)
8,000 (T1A)
5,400 (T3A)
2,700 (T4A)
5,000 (T1A)
424 (O)
a c
500 (O)
500 (O)
500 (O)
a c f p i
<424 (O)
68 (K5)
70 (K5)
80 (K5)
524 (O)
300 (T4A)
a d e
a c e f
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Comment same as above.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use
of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate,
alum, and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
hydroxide) peeling of certain fruits and vegetables is not
uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
charged in most cases to a stream. The concentrations
listed permitted largemouth bass to survive 7 to 9 hours,
bluegills to survive 4.5 to 11 hours, and goldfish to survive
indefinitely.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be due in
part to the rise in pH to 9.2.
This chemical is one of a number that may be found in
Kraft mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum
lethal concentration for 5 days.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hr
exposure period. Toxicity was essentially determined
by pH. At pH 10 the carbonate to bicarbonate ratio
was 1:2.27.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman
(1953)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Anderson
(1944)
Sanborn
(1945)
Anderson
(1946)
Haydu, et al
(1952)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
Z
X
H
C
3D
m
C/1
O
Tl
i
i
o
>
r
C/)
>
.1.
t j
G^
Chemical
Sodium
carbonate
Sodium
carbonate
Sodium
carbonate
Sodium
carbonate
Sodium
carbonate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
carbonate
plus sodium
chromate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
silicate
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Amphipoda
Co/ex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Dugesia sp
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp.
(eggs)
Mollienesia
latopinna
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study<1 > Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 552.4 (O)
BSA - 840 (T2A)
BSA - 300 (T4A)
BSA - 360 (Tl A)
1,820 (T1A)
347 (T1A)
607 (T1A)
384 (T1A)
385 (T1 A)
403 (T1A)
405 (T2A)
BSA - 242 (T5A)
320 (T4A)
BSA - 408 (0)
0.33 (0)
BSA - 420 (T4A)
0.34 (T4A)
BSA - 180(0)
85 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents.
Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
values for the chemicals studied than when tested at atmo-
spheric dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c e d i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
~~ distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app. 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water. Each value represents
the concentration of each respective chemical.
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
Reference
(Year)
Fairchild
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
m
Z
O
-------
to
-J
Sodium
carbonate
plus sodium
silicate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
carbonate
plus sodium
sulfate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
chro mate-
Sodium
silicate
Sodium
carbonate
plus sodium
chromate
and sodium
silicate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
sulfate
O Sodium
j^ carbonate
2 plus sodium
O chromate
p and sodium
W sulfate
Z Sodium
° carbonate-
Is Sodium
>5 silicate-
C Sodium
j*j sulfate
_ Sodium
n carbonate
O plus sodium
m silicate and
S sodium
O sulfate
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
265 (T1 A)
130 (T1A)
221 (O)
1,918 (O)
198 (T1A)
666(T1A)
172(T2A)
577 (T2A)
66 (T3A)
222 (T3A)
182 (O)
0.146(0)
86(0)
187(T4A)
0.15 (T4A)
88 (T4A)
240 (O)
0.192 (O)
2079 (O)
240 (T4A)
0.19 (T4A)
2,078 (T4A)
155(O)
73(0)
1343 (O)
161(T4A)
76(T4A)
1,396(T4A)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. Each TLm value is (1965)
equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined Freeman and
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a Fowler
100-hr exposure period. (1953)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. Each TLm value is (1965)
equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined Freeman and
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a Fowler
100-hr exposure period. (1953)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. Each TLm value (1965)
represents the concentration of each respective chemical.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined Freeman and
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a Fowler
100-hr exposure period. (1953)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. Each TLm value (1965)
represents the concentration of each respective chemical.
Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined Freeman and
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a Fowler
100-hr exposure period. (1953)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations Bennett
were made in various types of water. Each TLm value is (1965)
equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
m
O
-------
to
00
CHEMICALS
2
0
3
x
c
3)
m
en
O
-n
O
m
S
o
>
In
j
)
Chemical
Sodium
carboxyethyl
rosin amine
Sodium
chlorate
Sodium
chlorate
Sodium
chlorate
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study (^ Location^) ppm'3)
Cylindrospermum L 2.0 (O)
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Poly eel is BSA - 0.15M(L2)
nigra
Daphnia BSA - 4240 (0)
magna
Salmo BSA - 4200 (T1 A)
gairdnerii 2750 (T2A)
Carassius BSA - (O)
carassius
Polycelis BSA - 0.19 M(L2)
nigra
Daphnia BSA - 6143(O)
magna
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -PT(14)
Ma-PT (14)
So - NT
Cv - NT
Gp-T(3)
Np- NT
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.4. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
~ of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers, stabilizers.
and other adjuvants.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work.
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.27N solution, the fish survived 178 minutes.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.0. Solutions were renewed
every 1 2 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Alabaster
(1956)
Powers
(1918)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1944)
m
O
-------
Sodium
chloride
Brook
trout
BSA
(O)
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
I Sodium
chloride
1
O
C
3D
rn
c/i
Q Sodium
~n chloride
X
m
5
o
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
<4200 (O)
3,680 (S)
12,946 (T4A)
Daphnia
magna
BSA
5,093 (O)
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata ICv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bui in us
truncatus
Lymnaea
caillaudi
2.0 (O)
BSA
4100 (K1A)
2600 (K1A)
2600 (K1 A)
Fish were fed NaCI in gelatin capsules in amounts of 5.0 to
25.0 mg. Fish averaged 5.6 grams in weight. Physical effects
of the salt were exhibited rather than true toxicity. Fish
were also immersed in NaCI solution. Immersion in a 2.5%
solution produced no increase in blood salt concentration.
A 30-minute bath in 3.0% salt or a 10-minute bath in 5.0%
salt caused a rise in blood salinity that quickly returned to
normal when the fish were placed in fresh water. A 60-
minute bath in 3.0% salt resulted in a very high blood salt
level that required 48 hours to return to normal. A
15-minute bath in a 5.0% solution resulted in the loss of
the majority of the fish.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hours.
Phillips
(1944)
Anderson
(1946)
Anderson
(1948)
Trama
(1954)
a d e f This paper reports the LDsg in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured. If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment
did not demonstrate it. A saturated solution of 2,980 ppm
produced no significant mortalities.
ac The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects Fairchild
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic (1955)
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents. Analysis
of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested under lowered
oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold values for the
chemicals studied than when tested at atmospheric dissolved
oxygen.
a_ Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = Maloney
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No (1955)
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma - NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp -NT
Np -NT
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem- Gohar and
icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tern- EI-Gindy
perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 26 C. (1961)
m
z
a
-------
CHEMICALS
z
o
Z
X
-\
c
DO
m
C/)
O
Tl
0
I
m
S
o
^
t/i
i**
LO
0
Chemical
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'""
Gambusia BSA
af finis
Limnodrilus BSA
hoffmeisteri
Erpobdella
punctata
Helisoma
campanulata
Gyraulus
circumstriatus
Physa
heterostropha
Sphaerium
cf. tenue
Asellus
communis
Argia sp
Hydropsyche BSA
Stenonema
Cyprinidae BSA
Asellus sp
Hydropsyche sp
Dressenia sp
Calliriche sp
Helosciadium sp
Nodiflorum sp
f/uviatilis
Lemna
trisulca
Nais spp BSA
Potamogeton BSA
pectinatus
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
18,100 (T2A) acdeg
6200 (T4A) a c d i
7500 (T4A)
6150 (T4A)
3200 (T4A)
3500 (T4A)
5100 (T4A)
6200 (T4A)
1100 (T4A)
1 1 50 (T4A)
8250 (T4A)
24,000 (T4A)
9,000 (T2A) a
2,500 (T2A)
10,000 (L10A) a
1 0,000 (L7 and
K4FA)
10,000 (L6and
K17A)
10,000 (L5A)
10,000 (K13A)
(0)
1.0%(T36min) af
(0)
Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Most of the data developed was with hard water, but experi-
ments with soft water were also conducted. Additional
TLm data are presented.
Soft water used as diluent water.
L. trisulca was not affected at 10,000 ppm.
All tests were conducted in hard water. Time given is
median survival time of the worms.
Increasing NaCI solutions produced a proportional adverse
effect on vegetative growth and seed production, but a
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Wurtz and
Bridges
(1961)
Roback
(1965)
Vivier and
Nisbet
(1965)
Learner and
Edwards
(1963)
Teeter
(1965)
m
Z
g
x
concentration of 3000 ppm stimulated the production and
growth of tubers. 9000 ppm completely inhibited the
growth of one-week-old plants. 15,000 ppm reduced
growth completely and was fatal to many plants.
-------
Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride
Carassius
carassius
Culex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Mollienesia
latopinna
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus
BSA
BSA
£>
t *
OJ
£
m
8
Jo
^
0
s
X
c
3)
m
O)
O
/v
5
m
§
Sodium p-
chlorobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium p-
chlorobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium 2-
chlorotoluene-
4-sulfonate
Sodium 2-
chlorotoluene-
5-sulfonate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
(young)
Daphnia
magna
(adult)
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Mollienesia
latopinna
Polycelis
nigra
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
13,750 (T1A)
10,500 (T1A)
6,447 (T1A)
14,125 (T1A)
3,412 (T1 A)
18,735 (T1A)
2,430 (T5A)
12,940 (T4A)
3,007 (K)
2,394 (T4A)
3,219 (T1A)
8,600 (T1 A)
1,374 (T1A)
0.8 (T1A)
3.3 (T1A)
30. (T1A)
115.2 (T1A)
0.0028M (L2)
1.0(0)
<0.32 (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
"Toxicity" is expressed as 10 percent reduction in oxygen
utilization.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Patrick, et al
(1968)
Freeman
(1953)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1956)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
m
2
O
Jones
(1941)
Ingols
(1955)
Anderson
(1946)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
z
0
3
3
c
33
m
C/)
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
£
r:
1/3
>
tt
U>
(0
Chemical
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
chro mate-
Sodium
silicate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
chro mate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
silicate
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
af finis
Escherichia
coli
Saccharomyces
ellipsoides
Nereis sp
Card n us
maenas
Leander
squilla
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 0.42 (O)
BOD - (O)
BSA - 0.51 (O)
BSA - 500 (T2A)
L - (0)
BSA - 0.5 (SB 21)
1.0 (SB 21)
60.0 (T12A)
50.0 (SB 12)
5.0 (SB 35)
BSA - 0.201 (0)
119 (O)
2180 (O)
BSA - 0.276 (O)
2984 (O)
BSA - 0.159(O)
93 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
A concentration of 1.0 ppm produced an oxygen depletion in
percent of the control of 90%. It required 10.0 ppm to pro-
duce 38% oxygen depletion. There is an apparent relation-
ship between toxicity of chromium and the organic matter
concentration in that higher amounts of organic matter com-
plex with the chromium thus reducing its apparent toxicity.
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects of
lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents. Anal-
ysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested under
lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold values
for the chemicals studied than when tested at atmospheric
dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
This study suggests that the chromates have an effect on
microbial genetic expression. Toxicity appeared to be in
the range of 100 to 500 mg/l.
a The threshold toxicity for shore crabs was in the range of
40 to 60 ppm for a 12-day period of exposure.
The threshold toxicity for prawns was a little less than
10 ppm in adults and 5 ppm in young.
ac Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
a c Comment same as above.
a c Comment same as above.
Reference
(Year)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Ingols
(1954)
Fairchild
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Ingols and
Fetner
(1961)
Raymont and
Shields
(1964)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
>
o
o
m
Z
O
X
>
-------
Sodium
chromate
plus sodium
silicate
Sodium
chromate
plus sodium
sulfate
Sodium
chromate
plus sodium
silicate
and sodium
sulfate
Sodium
citrate
Sodium
citrate
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
^ Sodium
OT cyanide
>
D
2
3
{j Sodium
w cyanide
O
-n
s
OJ
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Pimephales
promelas
Sewage
organisms
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
0.21 (T4A)
130IT4A)
0.28 (T4A)
3,044 (T4A)
0.28 (T4A)
122 (T4A)
2,255 (T4A)
0.015M (L2)
825 (O)
0.0006M (L2)
<3.4 (0)
0.23 (T4A)
3.6 (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Each TLm value is equal to the concentration of each
respective chemical.
Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
Lepomis
cyanellus
FL
Carbon- 1.0 (K1)
dale. III.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 4.8. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number
of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical in-
terpolation and given in ppm CN~.
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited
is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%.
This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Green sunfish placed in cages in ponds 1 and 2 days after
application of the chemical suffered 100 percent mortality
at 1.0 ppm.
Toxicity seemed to be less in waters exhibiting high pH or
low temperature.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Jones
(1941)
I
m
Z
D
X
Anderson
(1946)
Doudoroff, et al
(1956)
Sheets
(1957)
Bridges
(1958)
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
S
X
H
jj
m
O
-n
O
I
m
S
o
£
>
i
oj
"^
Chemical
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium
cyanide
Sodium 2,5-
dichloro-
benzene-
sulfonate
Organism
Lepisosteus
osseus
Carassius
auratus
Cyprinus
carpio
Ictalurus
natal is
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
cyanellus
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Anguilla
anguilla
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Salmo
trutta
Carassius
auratus
Gammarus
pu/ex
Rana
temporaria
Green
sunfish
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study*1) Location<2) ppm*3) or Noted*4)
BSA - 1.0(K<1) ace
BSA - (H)0.35(T4A) cdef
(S) 0.23 (T4A)
(H)0.15 (T4A)
BSA - 0.49 (K 8 hr) ace
0.49 (K 12 hr)
0.49 (K 6hr)
0.49 (K 2 hr)
4.9 (K 12 hr)
BCFA - (O) ace
BCFA - (O) ae
BSA and Okla. (O) -
FL
BSA - 3,890 (K) a c
Comments
After application of 1 ppm of the chemical to small farm
ponds, fish began to surface within 5 to 30 minutes.
At concentrations of 1 ppm and at a variety of temperature
and pH conditions, effective kills of a number of different
species of warm-water fishes were produced.
Concentrations of 1 ppm produced complete kill of all
species of fish within 8 hr.
(H) Value in hardwater.
(S) Value in softwater.
This rather long paper deals more with behavior (avoidance
reaction time, etc.) than other aspects of toxicity. However,
interpolation from several curves resulted in the concentra-
tions quoted. Avoidance occurred at concentrations as low
as 10-°N.
Temperature and pH were important factors determining the
behavior and reaction time of Gammarus during exposure
to solutions of this chemical. Most of the data were de-
scribing behavioral responses. However, in a solution of
0.00005N, the fish survived 1-1/2 hours. Gammarus were
somewhat more resistant to sodium cyanide than fish.
This report deals more with behavioral aspects than strict
toxicity. The response limit for frog tadpoles is about
0.49 ppm. Increased temperature, a higher pH, and the
amount of dissolved oxygen were critical. The response
limit for tadpoles was 0.00001 N. The tadpoles were less
sensitive than fish but more sensitive than Gammarus.
Sodium cyanide was found to be moderately effective as a
repellent at 5 mg/l and to produce an avoidance response
at 1 .0 mg/l. No response was noted at or below 0.5 mg/l.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.
Reference
(Year)
Bridges
(1958)
Henderson, et al
(1959)
Costa
(1965)
Costa
(1965)
Costa
(1965)
Summerfelt
and Lewis
(1967)
Freeman
(1953)
o
m
z
o
-------
Sodium 2,5-
dichloro-
benzene
sulfonate
Sodium
dichromate
Sodium
dichromate
Sodium
dinitrophenate
Sodium
ferrocyanide
m
S
O
>
W
Sodium
fluoride
Sodium
fluoride
Sodium
fluoride
30
m
M Sodium
° fluoride
9
m Sodium
formate
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Polycelis
nigra
Sodium
ferrocyanide
Sodium
fluoride
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Gambusia
affinis
Rainbow
trout
Homarus
americanus
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
1,468 (T4A)
3,750 (T4A)
4,513 (T4A)
420 (T2A)
22 (T1A)
250 ppm
(17.7 min)
100 ppm
(61.0 min)
50 ppm
(209.0 min)
0.0008M (L2)
<600 (O)
0.0011M (L2)
504 (O)
925 (T2A)
5.9-7.5
(T2A)*
2.6-6.0
(T2A)**
*45 F
*55 F
0.9-4.5
(SB10)
<5200 (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a_ c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
theavg time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed
to the test chemical (ppm dinitrophenate).
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.4. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a_ This study postulates that temperature affects the toxicity
of fluoride concentration because of its effect on the
metabolic rate of the fish. TLm values are given as
Fluoride was not toxic even at levels five times those gen-
erally used in municipal water supplies. The lobsters
employed weighed 500 grams.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be a result
of unfavorable osmotic effect.
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Grindley
(1946)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Anonymous
(1966)
Stewart and
Cormick
(1964)
Anderson
(1946)
m
O
X
-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s
X
c
JO
m
en
O
-n
O
m
§
O
E)
^
J
\
Chemical
Sodium
formate
Sodium
hydrosulfide
Sodium
hydrosulfide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Gambusia BSA
at 'finis
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Polycelis BSA
n/gra
Daphnia BSA
magna
Micropterus BSA
sa/moides
(large mouth
bass)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish
Daphnia BSA
magna
Oncorhyncus BSA
tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
kisutch
Salmo clarkii
clarkii
Semotilus BSA
Atromaculatus
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm '3)
5,000 (T1 A)
206 (T2A)
4to10(CR)
0.000004M
(L2)
240 (O)
50 (0)
50(0)
50(0)
156(0)
48 (K5)
20 (K5)
35 (K5)
20 to 40 (CR)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.8. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a c f p i The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use of
~~ chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, alum,
and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium carbonate
for acidity control in biological filters; and sodium nitrate in
lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling
of certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon. These
chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged in most cases to
a stream. The concentrations listed permitted fish to survive
indefinitely.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be due to
the rise in pH to 9.1-9.5.
a d e This chemical is one of a number that may be found in Kraft
~ mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum lethal
concentration for 5 days.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presanted-
Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Copeland and
Woods
(1959)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1944)
Sanborn
(1945)
Anderson
(1946)
Haydu, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
o
m
Z
O
-------
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
hydroxide
Sodium
iodate
s
m Sodium
_ iodide
Sodium
to iodide
Sodium
iodate
Sodium
metaarsenite
£
X
3D
m
ui
O
Tl
O
"i Sodium
mono-
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
gibbosus
Lepomis
gibbosus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Lymnaea
caillaudi
Polycelis
nigra
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Sewage
organisms
Daphnia
magna
BCFA
BSA
FL
BSA
BSA
BSA
Durham,
N. H.
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
(O)
5 (K 3-5 min)
5 (K 3-5 min)
125 (T2A)
9.9 (pH, T4A)
450 (K1 A)
150 (K1A)
150 (K1A)
0.0013M (L2)
0.044M (L2)
3.3 (O)
<158(0)
(NTE)
BSA
hydrogen
phosphate
1,154(T1A)
1,089 (T2A)
426 (T4A)
a c e f Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade Cairns and
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour Scheier
exposure period. (1955)
At pH 9.8, all fish survived. At pH 9.9 to 10.1 after 4 days,
only one-half survived. At pH 10.41 to 10.50, only
10 percent survived after 3 days.
c The author suggests placing pellets of sodium hydroxide Jackson
in the nests of the sunfish when eggs or fry are present. (1956)
This method for controlling sunfish was developed first
in the laboratory in petri dishes and later conducted in
the field.
a The chemical must be applied after spawning begins and Jackson
before the fry leave the nest. The author suggests placing (1956)
pellets of sodium hydroxide in the nest of the sunfish
when eggs or fry are present.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals Wallen, et al
~~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with (1957)
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c d e i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to Cairns and
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data Scheier
reported are for larger fish, approximately 14.24 cm in (1959)
length. Data for smaller fish are also in the report.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to Goharand
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. EI-Gindy
The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 27 C. (1961)
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities Jones
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed. (1941)
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 8.0. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
Comment same as above. Jones
(1941)
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required Anderson
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in (1946)
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Comment same as above except value may be only half of Anderson
that reported. (1946)
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for Hermann
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con- (1959)
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well Dowden and
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua- Bennett
tions were made in various types of water. (1965)
m
O
X
-------
o
I
m
S
o
r~
cn
O
s
X
H
C
3)
m
o
Tl
o
i
m
S
O
£
1
Chemical
Sodium
mono-
hydrogen
phosphate
plus sodium
pyrophosphate
Sodium
napthalene
B-sulfonate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Organism
Daphnia
magna
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Daphnia
magna
Carassius
carassius
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish
Daphnia
magna
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 3,580 (T1 A)
433 (T1A)
2,685 (T1A)
63 (T1A)
BSA - 308 (K)
BSA - (O)
BSA - 500 (K10)
BSA - 0.043M (L2)
BSA - 8,500 (0)
BSA - 4,000 (0)
2,000 (O)
2,000 (0)
BSA - 5,000 (0)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Each TLm value is equal to the concentration of each re-
spective chemical.
a c Assay water was not characterizied chemically or otherwise
~~ described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.220N solution, fish survived 171 minutes.
Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a c f p i The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use of
chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, alum.
and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium carbonate
for acidity control in biological filters; and sodium nitrate in
lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling
of certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon. These
chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged in most cases to
a stream. The concentrations listed permitted large mouth
bass to survive indefinitely, bluegills to survive 3 days to
indefinitely, and goldfish to survive 4 days.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be caused
when the chemical concentration is high enough to exert
unfavorable osmotic effect.
Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman
(1953)
Powers
(1918)
Jones
(1939)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1944)
Sanborn
(1945)
Anderson
(1946)
>
TJ
m
Z
D
X
>
-------
\o
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrite
Sodium
nitrate
Sodium
nitrate
o
m
jj Sodium
JJj nitrite
>
O
Sodium
H nitrite
C
3)
m
CO
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gambusia
affinis
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms
Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Carassius
carassius
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
BSA
BCFA
BSA
BSA
BOD
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
12,000 (T4A)
9,500 (T4A)
10,000 (T2A)
9,000 (T4A)
(NTE)
6,000 (K1A)
3,100 (K1A)
12,150 (T1A)
4,206 (T4A)
12,800 (T1A)
6,375 (T1A)
5,950 (T2A)
3,251 (T4A)
0.0006M (L2)
<20 (O)
a d e f This paper reports the LDgQ in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C, was
measured. If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment did
not demonstrate it.
a c e f Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour
exposure period.
£ c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
!L^.l. A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data re-
ported are for larger fish, approximately 14.24 cm in
length. Data for smaller fish are also in the report.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5Q) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C for
Bulinus and 26 C for Biomophalaria.
a_c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.0. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
entrifuged Lake Erie water.
Trama
(1954)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)
Hermann
(1959)
Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
m
D
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
O
m
-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
g
X
H
C
JD
m
0
Tt
O
I
m
£
O
E>
^>
J-
o
Chemical
Sodium
nitrite
Sodium
nitrite
Sodium m-
nitrobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium m-
nitrobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium 4-
nitrochloro-
benzene-2-
sulfonate
Sodium 4-
nitrochloro-
benzene-2-
sulfonate
Sodium
nitroprusside
Sodium
nitroprusside
Sodium 4-
nitrotoluene-
2-sulfonate
Sodium
oxalate
Organism
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Gambusia
af finis
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Polycelis
nigra
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCO Location*2* ppm<3)
BSA - 400 to 2000
(CR)
BSA - 7.5 (T2A)
BSA - 2,235 (T4A)
1,350 (T1A)
BSA - 5,61 8 (K)
BSA - 1 ,474 (T4A)
6,375 (T4A)
3,532 (T1A)
3,208 (T2A)
BSA - 3,187 (K)
BSA - 0.0008M (L2)
BSA - <210 (O)
BSA - 1,440(T1A)
BSA - 0.011m(L2)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water'' was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
~ described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 8.6.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 6.9.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.0. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical re-
quired to immobilize the test animal. Assays were con-
ducted in centrifuged Lake Erie water. Value may be
half of that reported.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
Reference
(Year)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman
(1953)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Freeman
(1953)
Jones
(1941)
Anderson
(1946)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones
(1941)
j^
o
m
g
x
^
-------
Sodium
oxalate
Sodium
oxalate
Sodium
oxalate
Sodium
oxalate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
O
m
Q Sodium
> pentachloro-
E> phenate
> (88 percent)
O
Z
X
c
30
m
en
Daphnia BSA
magna
Gambusia BSA
affinis
Sewage BOD
organisms
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus
Erisymba BSA
buccata (EB)
Notropis
umbratilis (NU>
Pimephales
notatus (PN)
Campostoma
anomalum
Notropis
whipplii
-------
CHEMICALS
Z
D
s
X
H
33
m
O
""
O
m
2
o
£
en
>
Chemical
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenolate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 0)
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lebistes BSA
reticulatus
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Channel BSA
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lebistes BSCH
reticulatus
Oncorhynchus BSA
kisutch
Tubificid BSA
worms
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm(3)
2.0 (O)
2 (K 94%-
1440 min)
4 (K 100%-
300 min)
8 (K 100%-
90 min)
15(K 100%-
40 min)
25 (K 100%-
25 min)
0.32-0.35
(T1A)
0.46 (K1A)
0.5 (44.6%
K90)
3.0 (0)
0.31 (T1A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma -T (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv -NT
Gp -PT (7)
Np -T (3)
Standard curves are developed for use in determining concen-
trations for molluscicidal use in field conditions.
a c d f Temperature and pH were studied as variables. The lower the
pH, the more toxic the chemical was to the fish. As tem-
perature was increased the toxicity rose proportionately.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.
a c d e Sublethal effects found were retarded growth.
a e The value reported is obtained by a complex mathematical
treatment and is for "median resistance times" of juvenile
salmon with varying levels of salinity, temperature, and
dissolved oxygen. At 3.0 mg/l pentachlorophenate, the
maximum response (toxicity) was calculated to be 17.68%
salt concentration, 4.86 c, and 7.66 mg/l of dissolved oxygen.
a c Knop's solution was used. TLm levels for various pH's were
determined. This compound was more toxic at the lower
pH levels studied.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)
Klock
(1956)
Crandall and
Goodnight
(1959)
Clemens and
Sn |